Liquid Story Binder Wiki normanav_mdw1 http://dynamic-creativity.com/wiki/index.php/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.40.1 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Liquid Story Binder Wiki Liquid Story Binder Wiki talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk 12 23 47 2009-02-16T07:14:45Z 193.90.183.38 0 /* Using Images and FIle Description Pages */ Changed "I" to "i" in "File". wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} If file uploads are enabled, you can upload certain types of files to the wiki. This is particularly useful for uploading images, which you want to place on an article, but you can also upload other types of files. ==Upload a file== # Prepare the file for upload. Make sure the file is exactly as you want it. # In the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]], under “{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}”, click “'''{{lcfirst:{{int:upload}}}}'''.” # Click “'''Browse'''” next to the “'''{{int:sourcefilename}}'''” to locate the file on your computer (the name of the “browse” button depends on your web browser). # Change the “'''{{int:destfilename}}'''” to something descriptive, if necessary. # Fill in the “'''{{int:filedesc}}''',” if necessary. # Click the “'''{{int:uploadbtn}}'''” button. If it is a large file, you may need to wait several seconds for the upload to complete. == Using Images and File Description Pages == After you've uploaded a file, you can use it in an article, with some special wiki syntax to create the link. See [[Help:Images]]. Your file gets its very own “File Description Page” within the {{ns:image}} [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] of the wiki. You should edit this page to provide more information about the file. For example, many public wiki projects are quite sensitive to copyright issues, and so you should explain where you got the file from, and what its copyright status is, on the description page. Any other useful descriptive notes could also be added there. == List of Files in the Wiki == There are a number of special pages to help you view and manage files which have been uploaded. Go to “{{int:specialpages}}” (in the {{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}} on the left) and then see... * [[Special:Newimages|{{int:newimages}}]] - If you just uploaded one, you will see it here. * [[Special:Imagelist|{{int:listfiles}}]] shows all of the files * [[Special:Unusedimages|{{int:unusedimages}}]] helps you track down files which might not be needed. See [[Help:Special pages]] for details of the other information available here. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Managing files]] [[Category:Upload]] 9d0e99a776ccf4cf5c4eb0378ea9f27e1c2f243b 48 47 2010-06-03T23:09:11Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} If file uploads are enabled, you can upload certain types of files to the wiki. This is particularly useful for uploading images, which you want to place on an article, but you can also upload other types of files. ==Upload a file== # Prepare the file for upload. Make sure the file is exactly as you want it. # In the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]], under “{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}”, click “'''{{lcfirst:{{int:upload}}}}'''.” # Click “'''Browse'''” next to the “'''{{int:sourcefilename}}'''” to locate the file on your computer (the name of the “browse” button depends on your web browser). # Change the “'''{{int:destfilename}}'''” to something descriptive, if necessary. # Fill in the “'''{{int:filedesc}}''',” if necessary. # Click the “'''{{int:uploadbtn}}'''” button. If it is a large file, you may need to wait several seconds for the upload to complete. == Using Images and File Description Pages == After you've uploaded a file, you can use it in an article, with some special wiki syntax to create the link. See [[Help:Images]]. Your file gets its very own “File Description Page” within the {{ns:image}} [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] of the wiki. You should edit this page to provide more information about the file. For example, many public wiki projects are quite sensitive to copyright issues, and so you should explain where you got the file from, and what its copyright status is, on the description page. Any other useful descriptive notes could also be added there. == List of Files in the Wiki == There are a number of special pages to help you view and manage files which have been uploaded. Go to “{{int:specialpages}}” (in the {{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}} on the left) and then see... * [[Special:Newimages|{{int:newimages}}]] - If you just uploaded one, you will see it here. * [[Special:Imagelist|{{int:listfiles}}]] shows all of the files * [[Special:Unusedimages|{{int:unusedimages}}]] helps you track down files which might not be needed. See [[Help:Special pages]] for details of the other information available here. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Managing files]] [[Category:Upload]] 9d0e99a776ccf4cf5c4eb0378ea9f27e1c2f243b 12 36 73 2009-03-26T02:33:02Z 66.29.163.1 0 /* Creating a redirect */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Redirects are used to forward users from one page name to another. They can be useful if a particular article is referred to by multiple names, or has alternative punctuation, capitalization or spellings. ==Creating a redirect== You may start a new page with the name you want to direct from (see [[Help:Starting a new page]]). You can also use an existing page that you are making inactive as a page by going to that page and using the "edit" tab at the top. In either case, you will be inserting the following code at the very first text position of the Edit window for the page: <nowiki>#REDIRECT [[</nowiki>''pagename''<nowiki>]]</nowiki> where ''pagename'' is the name of the destination page. The word "redirect" is not case-sensitive, but there must be no space before the "#" symbol. Any text before the code will disable the code and prevent a redirect. Any text or regular content code after the redirect code will be ignored (and should be deleted from an existing page). However, to put or keep the current page name listed in a Category, the usual tag for that category is entered or kept on a line after the redirect code entry. You should use the 'preview' button below the Edit window, or Alt-P, to check that you have entered the correct destination page name. The preview page will not look like the resulting redirect page, it will look like a numbered list, with the destination page in blue: 1. REDIRECT <span style="color:blue">''pagename''</span> If the ''pagename'' as you typed it is not a valid page, it will show in red. Until there is a valid destination page, you should not make the redirect. ==Viewing a redirect== After making a redirect at a page, you can no longer get to that page by using its name or by any link using that name; and they do not show up in wiki search results, either. However, near the top of the destination page, a notice that you have been forwarded appears, with the source pagename as an active link to it. Click this to get back to the redirected page, showing the large bent arrow symbol and the destination for the redirect. By doing this, you can do all the things that any wiki page allows. You can go to the associated discussion page to discuss the redirect. You can view the history of the page, including a record of the redirect. You can edit the page if the redirect is wrong, and you can revert to an older version to remove the redirect. ==Deleting a redirect== There's generally no need to delete redirects. They do not occupy a significant amount of database space. If a page name is vaguely meaningful, there's no harm (and some benefit) in having it as a redirect to the more relevant or current page. If you do need to delete a redirect, e.g. if the page name is offensive, or you wish to discourage people from referring to a concept by that name, then you simply go to the redirect page as mentioned above, and follow the procedures at [[Help:Deleting a page]]. ==Double redirects == A double redirect is a page redirecting to a page which is itself a redirect, and it will not work. Instead, people will be presented with a view of the next redirect page. This is a deliberate restriction, partly to prevent infinite loops, and partly to keep things simple. However, you could look out for double redirects and eliminate them, by changing them to be 1-step redirects instead. You are most likely to need to do this after a significant [[Help:Moving a page|page move]]. Use the "what links here" toolbox link to find double redirects to a particular page, or use [[Special:DoubleRedirects]] to find them throughout the whole wiki. == A redirect to a page in the category namespace == To prevent a page that redirects to a category from appearing in the category, precede the word "Category" with a colon: <nowiki>#REDIRECT [[:Category:Glossary]]</nowiki> ---- {{Languages|Help:Redirects}} [[Category:Help|Redirects]] fcdccaf42c07788e1a0fcf589bc6b0b41fc464b7 74 73 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Redirects are used to forward users from one page name to another. They can be useful if a particular article is referred to by multiple names, or has alternative punctuation, capitalization or spellings. ==Creating a redirect== You may start a new page with the name you want to direct from (see [[Help:Starting a new page]]). You can also use an existing page that you are making inactive as a page by going to that page and using the "edit" tab at the top. In either case, you will be inserting the following code at the very first text position of the Edit window for the page: <nowiki>#REDIRECT [[</nowiki>''pagename''<nowiki>]]</nowiki> where ''pagename'' is the name of the destination page. The word "redirect" is not case-sensitive, but there must be no space before the "#" symbol. Any text before the code will disable the code and prevent a redirect. Any text or regular content code after the redirect code will be ignored (and should be deleted from an existing page). However, to put or keep the current page name listed in a Category, the usual tag for that category is entered or kept on a line after the redirect code entry. You should use the 'preview' button below the Edit window, or Alt-P, to check that you have entered the correct destination page name. The preview page will not look like the resulting redirect page, it will look like a numbered list, with the destination page in blue: 1. REDIRECT <span style="color:blue">''pagename''</span> If the ''pagename'' as you typed it is not a valid page, it will show in red. Until there is a valid destination page, you should not make the redirect. ==Viewing a redirect== After making a redirect at a page, you can no longer get to that page by using its name or by any link using that name; and they do not show up in wiki search results, either. However, near the top of the destination page, a notice that you have been forwarded appears, with the source pagename as an active link to it. Click this to get back to the redirected page, showing the large bent arrow symbol and the destination for the redirect. By doing this, you can do all the things that any wiki page allows. You can go to the associated discussion page to discuss the redirect. You can view the history of the page, including a record of the redirect. You can edit the page if the redirect is wrong, and you can revert to an older version to remove the redirect. ==Deleting a redirect== There's generally no need to delete redirects. They do not occupy a significant amount of database space. If a page name is vaguely meaningful, there's no harm (and some benefit) in having it as a redirect to the more relevant or current page. If you do need to delete a redirect, e.g. if the page name is offensive, or you wish to discourage people from referring to a concept by that name, then you simply go to the redirect page as mentioned above, and follow the procedures at [[Help:Deleting a page]]. ==Double redirects == A double redirect is a page redirecting to a page which is itself a redirect, and it will not work. Instead, people will be presented with a view of the next redirect page. This is a deliberate restriction, partly to prevent infinite loops, and partly to keep things simple. However, you could look out for double redirects and eliminate them, by changing them to be 1-step redirects instead. You are most likely to need to do this after a significant [[Help:Moving a page|page move]]. Use the "what links here" toolbox link to find double redirects to a particular page, or use [[Special:DoubleRedirects]] to find them throughout the whole wiki. == A redirect to a page in the category namespace == To prevent a page that redirects to a category from appearing in the category, precede the word "Category" with a colon: <nowiki>#REDIRECT [[:Category:Glossary]]</nowiki> ---- {{Languages|Help:Redirects}} [[Category:Help|Redirects]] fcdccaf42c07788e1a0fcf589bc6b0b41fc464b7 12 50 101 2009-11-11T10:16:12Z 62.49.253.159 0 Added missing category sort key wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Help:Magic words]] [[Category:Help|Variables]] 6f1a17bf9e3274cedab7d09df6ad24d4c2dfd0b1 10 65 131 2009-11-16T18:50:24Z 62.49.253.159 0 Adjusted links so they work when imported into a new wiki wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="color:#000000; border:solid 1px #A8A8A8; padding:0.5em; margin:0.5em 0; background-color:#FFFFFF;font-size:95%; vertical-align:middle;" | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.svg|40px|PD]] | {{#if:{{{text|}}}|{{{text}}}|'''Important note:''' When you edit this page, you agree to release your contribution into the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain public domain]. If you don't want this or can't do this because of license restrictions, please don't edit. This page is one of the {{mediawiki|Project:PD help|Public Domain Help Pages}}, which can be freely copied into fresh wiki installations and/or distributed with MediaWiki software; see [[Help:Contents]] for an overview of all pages. See {{mediawiki|Project:PD help/Copying}} for instructions.}} | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.svg|40px|PD]] |} <noinclude>{{Languages|Template:PD Help Page}}[[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 276b854c9e6a0d3253c0172bc7cd076ee1580262 12 73 147 2010-02-19T14:56:24Z 81.82.225.53 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{| class="wikitable plainlinks"</noinclude> |- |{{#if:{{{ex|}}}|{{{ex}}}|{{{frame|}}}}} | ... text text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:image}}:example.jpg{{#if:{{{frame|}}}|{{!}}'''{{{frame}}}'''}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{!}}'''{{{2}}}'''}}{{#if:{{{caption|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{caption}}}|none| |{{!}}{{{caption}}}}}|{{!}}caption}}]] text text text ... | text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text [[image:example.jpg|{{{frame|}}}|{{{2|}}}|{{#if:{{{caption|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{caption}}}|none| |{{{caption}}}}}|caption}}]] text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text <noinclude>|} {{Languages|Help:Images/frame}}</noinclude> da433683ab6de22349b7c8cbdad938dbef99e449 10 80 161 2010-03-16T17:37:24Z 95.132.203.101 0 Undo revision 309808 by [[Special:Contributions/95.132.203.101|95.132.203.101]] ([[User talk:95.132.203.101|Talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#fff;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Example.jpg|left|80px|Example sunflower image]] '''A little thank you...''' <br /><small>for {{{reason|{{{1}}}}}}. <br />hugs, {{{signature|{{{2}}}}}}</small> </div> <noinclude> {{Languages|Template:Thankyou}} [[Category:Template examples|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 52a46d4995212360c4c82e3b76438327a7e688f4 12 45 91 2010-05-18T18:34:22Z 87.60.144.211 0 /* Attributes on rows */ - smd: added css one-pixel table border example wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Tables''' may be authored in wiki pages using either XHTML table elements directly, or using wikicode formatting to define the table. XHTML table elements and their use are well described on various web pages and will not be discussed here. The benefit of wikicode is that the table is constructed of character symbols which tend to make it easier to perceive the table structure in the article editing view compared to XHTML table elements. As a general rule, it is best to avoid using a table unless you need one. Table markup often complicates page editing. == Wiki table markup summary == {|cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" width="60%" | <nowiki>{|</nowiki> | '''table start''' |- | <nowiki>|+</nowiki> | table '''caption,''' ''optional;'' only between '''table start''' and first '''table row''' |- | <nowiki>|-</nowiki> | '''table row,''' ''optional on first row'' -- wiki engine assumes the first row |- | <nowiki>!</nowiki> | '''table header''' cell, ''optional.'' Consecutive '''table header''' cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<code>!!</code>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<code>!</code>). |- | <nowiki>|</nowiki> | '''table data''' cell, ''required!'' Consecutive '''table data''' cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<code><nowiki>||</nowiki></code>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<code><nowiki>|</nowiki></code>). |- | <nowiki>|}</nowiki> | '''table end''' |} *The above marks must '''start on a new line''' except the double <code>||</code> and <code>!!</code> for optionally adding consecutive cells to a line. However, blank spaces at the beginning of a line are ignored. *'''XHTML attributes.''' Each mark, except table end, optionally accepts one or more XHTML attributes. Attributes must be on the same line as the mark. Separate attributes from each other with a single space. **Cells and caption (<code>|</code> or <code>||</code>, <code>!</code> or <code>!!</code>, and <code>|+</code>) hold content. So separate any attributes from content with a single pipe (<code>|</code>). Cell content may follow on same line or on following lines. **Table and row marks (<code>{|</code> and <code>|-</code>) do not directly hold content. Do ''not'' add pipe (<code>|</code>) after their optional attributes. If you erroneously add a pipe after attributes for the table mark or row mark the parser will delete it ''and'' your final attribute if it was touching the erroneous pipe! *'''Content''' may (a) follow its cell mark on the same line after any optional XHTML attributes or (b) on lines below the cell mark. Content that uses wiki markup that itself needs to start on a new line, such as lists, headings, or nested tables, must be on its own new line. *'''Escaping''' to insert a pipe (<code>|</code>) character into a table use the &lt;nowiki&gt; markup ==Basics== The following table lacks borders and good spacing but shows the simplest wiki markup table structure. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} The cells in the same row can be listed on one line separated by <code>||</code> (two pipe symbols). Extra spaces within cells in the wiki markup, as in the wiki markup below, do not affect the actual table rendering. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} </pre> | {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} |} === Table headers === Table headers can be created by using "<code>!</code>" (exclamation mark) instead of "<code>|</code>" (pipe symbol). Headers usually show up bold and centered by default. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| ! Item ! Amount ! Cost |- |Orange |10 |7.00 |- |Bread |4 |3.00 |- |Butter |1 |5.00 |- !Total | |15.00 |} </pre> | {| ! Item ! Amount ! Cost |- |Orange |10 |7.00 |- |Bread |4 |3.00 |- |Butter |1 |5.00 |- !Total | |15.00 |} |} ===Caption=== A '''table caption''' can be added to the top of any table as follows. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| |+ Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} == XHTML attributes == You can add XHTML attributes to tables. For the authoritative source on these, see [http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/struct/tables.html the W3C's HTML 4.01 Specification page on tables]. === Attributes on tables === Placing attributes after the table start tag (<code>{|</code>) applies attributes to the entire table. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |1.00 |} |} === Attributes on cells === You can put attributes on individual '''cells'''. For example, numbers may look better aligned right. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right" | 12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right" | 500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right" | 1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |} You can also use '''cell''' attributes when you are listing multiple '''cells''' on a single line. Note that the '''cells''' are separated by <code>||</code>, and within each '''cell''' the attribute(s) and value are separated by <code>|</code>. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" | Orange || Apple || align="right" | 12,333.00 |- | Bread || Pie || align="right" | 500.00 |- | Butter || Ice cream || align="right" | 1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" | Orange || Apple || align="right" | 12,333.00 |- | Bread || Pie || align="right" | 500.00 |- | Butter || Ice cream || align="right" | 1.00 |} |} ===Attributes on rows=== You can put attributes on individual '''rows''', too. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic; color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic; color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |} ====Simple one-pixel table border==== An example of the above for one-pixel table border (without need for external extensions): {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="font-size: 50%;"> {| style="border-color: #000; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; border-spacing: 0; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 0; padding: 4px;" !style="border-width: 0px 1px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Orange !style="border-width: 0px 0px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Apple |- |style="border-width: 0px 1px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Bread |style="border-width: 0px 0px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Pie |} </pre> | {| style="border-color: #000; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; border-spacing: 0; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 0; padding: 4px;" !style="border-width: 0px 1px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Orange !style="border-width: 0px 0px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Apple |- |style="border-width: 0px 1px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Bread |style="border-width: 0px 0px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Pie |} |} ===HTML colspan and rowspan=== You can use HTML '''colspan''' and '''rowspan''' attributes on cells for advanced layout. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" !colspan="6"|Shopping List |- |rowspan="2"|Bread & Butter |Pie |Buns |Danish |colspan="2"|Croissant |- |Cheese |colspan="2"|Ice cream |Butter |Yoghurt |} </pre> | {| border="1" !colspan="6"|Shopping List |- |rowspan="2"|Bread & Butter |Pie |Buns |Danish |colspan="2"|Croissant |- |Cheese |colspan="2"|Ice cream |Butter |Yoghurt |} |} ===With HTML attributes and CSS styles=== [[Manual:CSS|CSS]] style attributes can be added with or without other HTML attributes. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="white-space:-moz-pre-wrap; white-space:-pre-wrap; white-space:-o-pre-wrap; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word; word-break:break-all;"> {| style="color:green; background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| style="color:green; background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} '''Attributes''' can be added to the caption and headers as follows. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="white-space:-moz-pre-wrap; white-space:-pre-wrap; white-space:-o-pre-wrap; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word; word-break:break-all;"> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+ align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;" |''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| border="1" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" |+ align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;" |''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} ==Caveats== ===Negative numbers=== If you start a cell on a new line with a negative number with a minus sign (or a parameter that evaluates to a negative number), your table can get broken, because the characters <code>|-</code> will be parsed as the wiki markup for table row, not table cell. To avoid this, insert a space before the value (<code>| -6</code>) or use in-line cell markup (<code>|| -6</code>). ===CSS vs Attributes=== Table borders specified through CSS rather than the border attribute will render incorrectly in a small subset of text browsers. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Tables]] d17a14be61492df10e0408450fa58b9ef96bb621 0 2 2 2010-06-02T00:31:40Z Admin 1 Created page with 'test main page content' wikitext text/x-wiki test main page content 42fb93cceff88d09064a40eee28df9e8e5ec3a5d 3 2 2010-06-02T01:52:36Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [Black Obelisk Software]http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna. 9f99efac7b48c8fdb640169a1550595339e42f9d 4 3 2010-06-02T01:53:12Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [Black Obelisk Software http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna]. 0c7250beb9d72aa902f07ac41be3412088ac03db 5 4 2010-06-02T03:21:14Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. 133ce77998e712c9a0ef007e9da6a0121494f3f9 2 3 6 2010-06-03T20:30:57Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.black…' wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. 0452c8c93515a6f20bd73bdd65d147b48f35be3e 7 6 2010-06-03T20:31:26Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. d283b1fb376f6d951c55393238e5d3a42aab4c39 4 4 8 2010-06-03T22:04:14Z Admin 1 Created page with '== Summary == <p>If you only read the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b>, no more information is collected than is typically collected in server logs by web sites in general. </p>…' wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == <p>If you only read the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b>, no more information is collected than is typically collected in server logs by web sites in general. </p><p>If you contribute to the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b>, you are publishing every word you post publicly. If you write something, assume that it will be retained forever. This includes articles, user pages and talk pages. Some limited exceptions are described below. </p> <h2>Publishing on the wiki and public data</h2> <p>Simply visiting the web site does not expose your identity publicly (but see private logging below). </p><p>When you edit any page in the wiki, <b>you are publishing a document</b>. This is a public act, and you are identified publicly with that edit as its author. </p> <h3>Identification of an author</h3> <p>When you publish a page in the wiki, you may be logged in or not. </p><p>If you are logged in, you will be identified by your user name. This may be your real name if you so choose, or you may choose to publish under a pseudonym, whatever user name you selected when you created your account. </p><p>If you have not logged in, you will be identified by your network IP address. This is a series of four numbers which identifies the Internet address from which you are contacting the wiki. Depending on your connection, this number may be traceable only to a large Internet service provider, or specifically to your school, place of business, or home. It may be possible that the origin of this IP address could be used in conjunction with any interests you express implicitly or explicitly by editing articles to identify you even by private individuals. </p><p>It may be either difficult or easy for a motivated individual to connect your network IP address with your real-life identity. Therefore if you are very concerned about privacy, you may wish to log in and publish under a pseudonym. </p><p>When using a pseudonym, your IP address will not be available to the public except in cases of abuse, including vandalism of a wiki page by you or by another user with the same IP address. In all cases, your IP address will be stored on the wiki servers and can be seen by <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki's</b> server administrators and by users who have been granted "CheckUser" access. Your IP address, and its connection to any usernames that share it may be released under certain circumstances (see below). </p><p>If you use a company mail server from home or telecommute and use a DSL or cable Internet connection, it is likely to be very easy for your employer to identify your IP address and find all of your IP based <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> contributions. Using a user name is a better way of preserving your privacy in this situation. However, remember to log out or disconnect yourself after each session using a pseudonym on a shared computer, to avoid allowing others to use your identity. </p> <h3>Cookies</h3> <p>The wiki will set a temporary session cookie (PHPSESSID) whenever you visit the site. If you do not intend to ever log in, you may deny this cookie, but you cannot log in without it. It will be deleted when you close your browser session. </p><p>More cookies may be set when you log in, to avoid typing in your user name (or optionally password) on your next visit. These last up to 30 days. You may clear these cookies after use if you are using a public machine and don't wish to expose your username to future users of the machine. (If so, clear the browser cache as well.) </p> <h3>Passwords</h3> <p>Many aspects of the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki's</b> community interactions depend on the reputation and respect that is built up through a history of valued contributions. User passwords are the only guarantee of the integrity of a user's edit history. All users are encouraged to select strong passwords and to never share them. No one shall knowingly expose the password of another user to public release either directly or indirectly. </p> <h2>Private logging</h2> <p>Every time you visit a web page, you send a lot of information to the web server. Most web servers routinely maintain access logs with a portion of this information, which can be used to get an overall picture of what pages are popular, what other sites link to this one, and what web browsers people are using. It is not the intention of the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> to use this information to keep track of legitimate users. </p><p>These logs are used to produce the site statistics pages; the raw log data is not made public, and is normally discarded after about two weeks. </p><p>Log data may be examined by developers in the course of solving technical problems and in tracking down badly-behaved web spiders that overwhelm the site. IP addresses of users, derived either from those logs or from records in the database are frequently used to correlate usernames and network addresses of edits in investigating abuse of the wiki, including the suspected use of malicious "sockpuppets" (duplicate accounts), vandalism, harassment of other users, or disruption of the wiki. </p> <h3>Policy on release of data derived from page logs</h3> <p>It is the policy of <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> that personally identifiable data collected in the server logs, or through records in the database via the CheckUser feature, may be released by the system administrators or users with CheckUser access, in the following situations: </p> <ol><li>In response to a valid subpoena or other compulsory request from law enforcement </li><li>With permission of the affected user </li><li>To the manager of <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b>, his/her legal counsel, or his/her designee, when necessary for investigation of abuse complaints. </li><li>Where the information pertains to page views generated by a spider or bot and its dissemination is necessary to illustrate or resolve technical issues. </li><li>Where the user has been vandalizing articles or persistently behaving in a disruptive way, data may be released to assist in the targeting of IP blocks, or to assist in the formulation of a complaint to relevant Internet Service Providers </li><li>Where it is reasonably necessary to protect the rights, property or safety of <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b>, its users or the public. </li></ol> <p><b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> policy does not permit public distribution of such information under any circumstances, except as described above. </p> <h2>Sharing information with third parties</h2> <p>Except where otherwise specified, all text added to <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> is available for reuse under the terms of the GFDL, except for information published in the “Reserved” Section, which remains the property of the copyright holder(s). </p><p><b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> will not sell or share private information, such as email addresses, with third parties, unless you agree to release this information, or it is required by law to release the information. </p> <h2>Security of information</h2> <p><b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> makes no guarantee against unauthorized access to any information you provide. This information may be available to anyone with access to the servers. </p> <h2>E-mail</h2> <p>You may provide your e-mail address in your Preferences and enable other logged-in users to send email to you through the wiki. Your address will not be revealed to them unless you respond, or possibly if the email bounces. The email address may be used by <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> to communicate with users on a wider scale. </p><p>If you do not provide an email address, you will not be able to reset your password if you forget it. However, you may contact one of the <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> server administrators to enter a new mail address in your preferences. </p><p>You can remove your email address from your preferences at any time to prevent it being used. </p> <h3>Information email addresses</h3> <p>Some email addresses (see below) may forward mail to a team of volunteers trusted by <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> to use a ticket system to view them and answer them. Mail sent to the system is not publicly visible, but is visible to this group of <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> volunteers. By sending a mail to one of these addresses, your address may become public within this group. The ticket system team may discuss the contents of your mail with other contributors in order to best answer your query. </p> <h2>User data</h2> <p>Data on users, such as the times at which they edited and the number of edits they have made are publicly available via "user contributions" lists, and in aggregated forms published by other users. </p> <h3>Removal of user accounts</h3> <p>Once created, user accounts will not be removed. It may be possible for a username to be changed (depending on the number of edits you have). <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> does not guarantee that a name will be changed on request. </p> <h2>Deletion of content</h2> <p>Removing text from <b>Liquid Story Binder Wiki</b> does not permanently delete it. In normal articles, anyone can look at a previous version and see what was there. If an article is "deleted", any user with "administrator" access on the wiki, meaning almost anyone trusted not to abuse the deletion capability, can see what was deleted. Information can be permanently deleted by those people with access to the servers, but there is no guarantee this will happen except in response to legal action. </p> ad7d92f5d00df89cc2cae1b2ee465e2b2950b855 4 233 9 2010-06-03T22:05:59Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.black…' wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. d283b1fb376f6d951c55393238e5d3a42aab4c39 10 9 2010-06-03T22:06:48Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Content is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. ede31b669311868af8cca6e58a8cf98f929fd19e 11 10 2010-06-03T22:10:13Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Various locations that link to Black Obelisk Software include an affiliate link to help support this project. Should someone use this link and subsequently purchase Liquid Story Binder, Deleyna will be paid a referral fee. If you do not wish to donate that referral fee to support this website, simply go to Black Obelisk Software directly using: www.blackobelisksoftware.com Content of this wiki the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. 6735184cf0f9c9037d2231eb0f5d7a70c20de039 12 11 2010-06-03T22:12:05Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Various locations that link to Black Obelisk Software include an affiliate link to help support this project. Should someone use this link and subsequently purchase Liquid Story Binder, Deleyna will be paid a referral fee. If you do not wish to donate that referral fee to support this website, simply go to Black Obelisk Software directly using: www.blackobelisksoftware.com. Deleyna is not affiliated with Liquid Story Binder in any way other than as a referrer. I love this software and want to see its use spread. Content of this wiki is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. 00310bffa3415ab56e07c92cff992bfc2d8126dd 4 6 13 2010-06-03T22:25:15Z Admin 1 Created page with 'LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY This is an online, open-content, collaborative encyclopedia of information developed and managed by a voluntary associati…' wikitext text/x-wiki LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY This is an online, open-content, collaborative encyclopedia of information developed and managed by a voluntary association of individuals and groups who are developing a common resource of topical knowledge. The structure of the project allows anyone with an Internet connection and World Wide Web browser to alter its contents. Please be advised that nothing found here has necessarily been reviewed by professionals with the expertise required to provide you with complete, accurate or reliable information. That is not to say that you will not find valuable and accurate information in the Liquid Story Binder Wiki. Much of the time you will. However, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or reliability of the information found here. The content of any given article may recently have been changed, vandalized, or altered by someone whose opinion does not correspond with the state of generally accepted knowledge in the relevant field(s). NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. COPYRIGHTS Liquid Story Binder Wiki makes no claim of ownership to any of the materials posted or otherwise provided herein. By posting or otherwise providing any information to Liquid Story Binder Wiki, you are granting to the public free permission to: * Use, copy, distribute, display, publish and modify your information; * Publish your name in connection with your information; and * Grant these permissions to other persons. This section applies only to legally permissible content, and only to the extent that use and publication of the legally permissible content does not violate any law. You will not be paid for your submission. Liquid Story Binder Wiki may refuse to publish, and may remove your submission at any time at its sole discretion. For each submission you make, you must have all rights necessary for you to grant the permissions in this section. TRADEMARKS Any trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights, personality rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used, or cited in the articles of Liquid Story Binder Wiki are the property of their respective owners. Use of such marks or rights does not imply that you may use them for any purpose other than for the same or a similar informational use as contemplated by the original authors of these wiki articles under the GFDL licensing scheme. Unless otherwise stated, Liquid Story Binder Wiki is neither endorsed by or affiliated with any of the holders of any such marks and/or rights, and as such Liquid Story Binder Wiki cannot and does not grant any rights to use any otherwise protected materials. Your use of any such property is at your own risk. JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. DISCLAIMER IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 23deec97f24cc62a2fa5a3102d0af0cfbac80581 14 13 2010-06-03T22:27:01Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki == LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY == This is an online, open-content, collaborative encyclopedia of information developed and managed by a voluntary association of individuals and groups who are developing a common resource of topical knowledge. The structure of the project allows anyone with an Internet connection and World Wide Web browser to alter its contents. Please be advised that nothing found here has necessarily been reviewed by professionals with the expertise required to provide you with complete, accurate or reliable information. That is not to say that you will not find valuable and accurate information in the Liquid Story Binder Wiki. Much of the time you will. However, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or reliability of the information found here. The content of any given article may recently have been changed, vandalized, or altered by someone whose opinion does not correspond with the state of generally accepted knowledge in the relevant field(s). == NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW == Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. == NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE == You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. == COPYRIGHTS == Liquid Story Binder Wiki makes no claim of ownership to any of the materials posted or otherwise provided herein. By posting or otherwise providing any information to Liquid Story Binder Wiki, you are granting to the public free permission to: * Use, copy, distribute, display, publish and modify your information; * Publish your name in connection with your information; and * Grant these permissions to other persons. This section applies only to legally permissible content, and only to the extent that use and publication of the legally permissible content does not violate any law. You will not be paid for your submission. Liquid Story Binder Wiki may refuse to publish, and may remove your submission at any time at its sole discretion. For each submission you make, you must have all rights necessary for you to grant the permissions in this section. == TRADEMARKS == Any trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights, personality rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used, or cited in the articles of Liquid Story Binder Wiki are the property of their respective owners. Use of such marks or rights does not imply that you may use them for any purpose other than for the same or a similar informational use as contemplated by the original authors of these wiki articles under the GFDL licensing scheme. Unless otherwise stated, Liquid Story Binder Wiki is neither endorsed by or affiliated with any of the holders of any such marks and/or rights, and as such Liquid Story Binder Wiki cannot and does not grant any rights to use any otherwise protected materials. Your use of any such property is at your own risk. == JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT == Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. == NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE == If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. == DISCLAIMER == IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 692f1be37b242aac50481f4428b565fc326a76f5 4 7 15 2010-06-03T22:50:17Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the Liquid Story Binder User Group.' wikitext text/x-wiki Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the Liquid Story Binder User Group. 68d4ff6bdfe45f1f7dcaf5363f46af95deaf1f36 16 15 2010-06-03T23:00:27Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. a178acf55fcfb479df2d6ba3f4e9d7e907d51ec5 12 8 18 17 2010-06-03T23:09:08Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} "'''Assigning permissions'''" means granting users extra rights within the wiki software (or revoking these rights). This is done by going to the [[Special:UserRights]] page, and adding users into a "group" which has specific rights. The first thing to note however, is that this action requires special permissions itself! == Bureaucrats == By default, you will need to be a 'Bureaucrat' (in the 'Bureaucrat' group) before you can access the [[Special:UserRights]] page. Other users can always contact one of the bureaucrats to request a change of permissions. Find out who these people are at [[Special:ListUsers/bureaucrat]]. In a small wiki there might typically be only one such user or maybe two. == Promoting users to Sysops and Bureaucrats == The [[Special:UserRights]] page allows you (if you have access) to set which groups a user is in. A common task would be to put a user into the 'Sysop' group. This will grant the user various extra rights, such as deleting pages, and blocking users. See [[Help:Sysops and permissions]] for more details. Obviously giving a user such rights implies that you '''trust''' the user, both in terms of being non-malicious, and also as somebody with sufficient competence in using the wiki software, and in dealing with the wiki community. People hoping to become sysops should read [[Help:Sysops and permissions]]. However it should be noted that actions of a sysop user are (almost) entirely reversible, by other sysop users, and so it can be a good idea to dish out these extra permissions to a number of users in order to * spread the workload of day-to-day sysop operations such as blocking vandals and deleting pages. * make things more democratic, and decrease any perception of a single dictator running the community * allow competent users the power they need to make progress with wiki refactoring. * reward valued contributors/community members == Processes == If you have many sysops, you may start to need documented processes governing their actions. e.g. when should a page be protected versus leaving it unprotected? You may even reach the point where you need a documented procedure for deciding who gets to be a sysop, and who should have their sysop rights revoked. To manage all of this, you may wish to promote several users into the 'Bureaucrat' group (a smaller number of your most trusted users) to spread the workload managing the promoting/demoting of sysops. On some large wikis, users are voted in by other users before they are granted extra permissions, and sysops have their rights revoked by a committee who investigate accusations of misconduct. Such processes are unlikely to be necessary in anything but the largest of wiki communities. == Other permissions == Beyond promoting/demoting of Sysops and Bureaucrats, you can also allow a user to operate as a 'bot', meaning their edits do not show up on recent changes. == See also == * {{mediawiki|Manual:User_rights_management|Manual:User rights management}} {{Languages|Help:Assigning permissions}} [[Category:Help|Assigning permissions]] 2026288f83e7948f387b47a2d7cc3f0593ef8a97 12 9 20 19 2010-06-03T23:09:08Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Blocking users''' is an action that [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysops]] can perform upon users or IP addresses to prevent them from editing the wiki. ==Blocking== Blocking users is fairly straightforward, visit [[Special:BlockIP]] and follow these steps: # '''IP Address or username''': Enter in the username, IP address, or [[Help:Range blocks|IP range]] to block in the "User" field. If blocking a username, make sure to check the spelling since nonexistent users can be blocked as well. Instead of typing this information in manually, it is also possible to click on a "block" link in recent changes, contributions pages, or history pages, which will automatically fill in this field with the appropriate username or IP address. A "Block this user" link is also present in the toolbox when viewing User and User talk pages. # '''Expiration''': Select when the block should expire from the drop-down, or manually type in an expiration time of the block. When manually typing in a time, follow the [http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/html_node/Date-input-formats.html GNU standard format]. The default options in the drop-down may be modified at [[MediaWiki:Ipboptions]]. # '''Reason (optional)''': The reason selected from the drop-down combined with the other/additional reason specified will be used as the message displayed to the blocked user when they try to edit. The default reasons in the drop-down may be modified at [[MediaWiki:Ipbreason-dropdown]]. # '''Select additional block options (optional)''': Depending on if a username or IP is being blocked and other options that may have been enabled, some or all of these options will be displayed on the form. Please see [[Manual:Block and unblock#Configuration settings related to blocking]] for information of how to enable or disable some of the following options. #* ''Block anonymous users only'': This option is only available when blocking an IP address. When selected, registered users who try to edit using a blocked IP address will still be able to edit. Otherwise, they will be unable to edit as well. #* ''Prevent account creation'': Selecting this option will prevent the blocked username or IP address from creating new accounts. #* ''Automatically block the last IP address used by this user, and any subsequent IPs they try to edit from'': This option is only available when blocking a username. When selected, the user's IP will become "autoblocked" (these show up as numbers such as #17 on [[Special:IPBlockList|the active block list]]) for a short period of time and any other IP addresses that the blocked user tries to edit from will be blocked as well. #* ''Prevent user from sending e-mail'': This option is only available when blocking a username. When this option is selected, the user will be unable to use the [[Special:EmailUser]] interface. #* ''Hide username from the block log, active block list and user list'': When selected, the blocked username or IP address will not be added to the [[Special:Log/block|block log]], the [[Special:IPBlockList|active block list]], or the [[Special:ListUsers|user list]]. Other users with the ability to view these hidden entries will still be able to see and unblock the username or IP address. This option is not enabled in a default installation of MediaWiki; the person putting the block in place must have the ''hideuser'' permission. See {{mediawiki|Manual:User_rights|Manual:User rights}}. #* ''Watch this user's user and talk pages'': When selected, this adds the blocked user's user page and user talk page to your watchlist. # Double-check everything you entered and click on '''Block this user'''. A message should appear saying if the block was successful or unsuccessful. ==Unblocking== To unblock a username or IP address, go to the [[Special:IPBlockList|active block list]] and click on the (unblock) link next to the user or IP you wish to unblock. Then, enter in an optional reason and click on the unblock button. A message should appear saying if the unblock was successful or unsuccessful. ==What it means to be blocked== Blocked users are unable to [[Help:Editing pages|edit pages]], [[Help:Managing files|upload files]], [[Help:Moving a page|move pages]], and perform other actions that additional {{mediawiki|Manual:User_rights|user rights}} would grant. Effectively, this makes the wiki read only for those users. Sysops or others with access to the blocking and unblocking interface may still block and unblock others (including themselves) while blocked. ==See Also== *{{mediawiki|Manual:Block and unblock}} {{Languages|Help:Blocking users}} [[Category:Help|Blocking users]] [[Category:Block|Blocking users]] 101a47ccde2d3459458d4a37d7555cb7628cdc6d 12 10 22 21 2010-06-03T23:09:08Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ==Running your own bot== *{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot}} :''For what use?'' E.g. add a footer to some categorized pages,<ref>{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot/add_text.py|add_text.py}}</ref> add some wikilinks,<ref>{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot/replace.py|replace.py}}</ref> archive in moving old talk to subpages,<ref>{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot/archivebot.py|archivebot.py}}</ref> edit categories,<ref>{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot/category.py|category.py}}</ref> manage templates.<ref>{{mediawiki|meta:pywikipediabot/template.py|template.py}}</ref> :::{| style="font-color:#535068; border:solid 0px #A8A8A8; background-color:#FFFFFF;font-size:75%;" |[[File:Crystal Clear action run.png|40px]] |<tt><references/></tt> |} === Frameworks and interfaces for bot development === :''See '''{{mediawiki|API:Client Code}}''''' MediaWiki {{mediawiki|API}} is for convenient access to machine-readable data. == See also == * {{mediawiki|meta:Bot}} {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] bdf7d9e9510263be3dbf579e4ace0e853dd64f5c 12 11 24 23 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} MediaWiki allows you to categorize pages and files by appending one or more '''Category''' {{#ifeq:Category|{{ns:category}}||'''({{ns:category}})'''}} tags to the content text. Adding these tags creates links at the bottom of the page that take you to the list of all pages in that category, which makes it easy to browse related articles. ==Add a page to a category== To add a page or uploaded file to a category, simply edit the page and add the following text (where ''NAME'' is the name of the category you want to add it to). <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] Any number of {{ns:category}} tags may be added to the page and the page will be listed in all of them. {{ns:category}} tags can be added wherever you like in the editing text, but they are usually added at the very bottom for the convenience of other editors. Adding {{ns:category}} tags to categories will make them subcategories. It is a good idea to organize all your categories into a hierarchy with a single top level category. Spaces and line breaks before categories are ignored, thus <pre><nowiki> * A list item [[Category:Some category]] Some text </nowiki></pre> will be rendered the same as <pre><nowiki> * A list item Some text </nowiki></pre> You will need to manually add a &lt;br /&gt; tag or a line break after the category. ===Sort key=== A ''sort key'' specifies where the page will appear in the category list, and under which letter heading. (By default, the page is sorted under the first letter of its full name ''including its namespace''.) You can add a sort key to a page by adding it inside the {{ns:category}} tag. For example, the tag below will add the page under the heading "S". <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''SORT'']] Sort keys are case-sensitive, and a space is also valid. The order of the sections within a category follows the Unicode sort order. The sort key does not change the page title displayed in the category. ==Create a category== A category can be created the same way as other wiki pages (See [[Help:Starting a new page]]); just add "<code>{{ns:category}}:</code>" before the page title. (Category lists exist even if their description page is not created, but these categories are isolated from others and serve little purpose for organization or navigation.) It is not possible to rename (move) a category, unlike other wiki pages. It is necessary to create a new category and change the {{ns:category}} tag on every page. The new category will not have the older category's page history, which is undesirable if there are many revisions. To avoid extra work, try searching within your wiki before creating a new category. The list of all categories can be found in "{{int:specialpages}}" in the "{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}" box of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]]. ===Hidden categories=== The categories that a page is in are normally listed at the bottom of the page. A category can be hidden from these lists by adding "<code><nowiki>__HIDDENCAT__</nowiki></code>" [[Help:Magic words|magic word]] to the category page. (Each user can choose to see them in a separate "{{int:hidden-categories}}" list, by checking "{{int:tog-showhiddencats}}" in the "{{int:prefs-rendering}}" section of [[Special:Preferences]].) Hidden categories are automatically added to [[:Category:{{mediawiki:hidden-category-category}}]] (specified by [[MediaWiki:Hidden-category-category]]). Hidden categories are not hidden on category pages ({{bugzilla|15550}}) ==Linking to a category== To create a link to a category, use a leading colon before the category name. (Without this colon, it will add the current page to the category.) To change the link text, write the text inside the link tag after a pipe. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''TEXT'']] For example, to link to "{{ns:category}}:Help", write "<code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:Help]]</code>", which will result in [[:{{ns:category}}:Help]]. [[Help:Redirects|Redirect pages]] (to categories) must also use the colon, otherwise it will be added to the category instead of redirecting. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Categories]] 58fe6b4e7e860fae5b7aeb80c042d22fcfd67b73 12 12 26 25 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ==Reading== * [[Help:Navigation|Navigation]] * [[Help:Searching|Searching]] * [[Help:Tracking changes|Tracking changes]] * [[Help:Watchlist|Watchlist]] ==Editing== * [[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] * [[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] * [[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] * [[Help:Links|Links]] * [[Help:User page|User pages]] * [[Help:Talk pages|Talk pages]] * [[Help:Signatures|Signatures]] ===Advanced editing=== * [[Help:Images|Images]] * [[Help:Tables|Tables]] * [[Help:Categories|Categories]] * [[Help:Subpages|Subpages]] * [[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] * [[Help:Moving a page|Moving (renaming) a page]] * [[Help:Redirects|Redirects]] * [[Help:Deleting a page|Deleting a page]] * [[Help:Protected pages|Protected pages]] * [[Help:Templates|Templates]] * [[Help:Variables|Variables]] * [[Help:Namespaces|Namespaces]] * [[Help:Special pages|Special pages]] * [[Help:External searches|External searches]] * [[Help:Bots|Bots]] ===Personal customization=== * [[Help:Preferences|Preferences]] * [[Help:Skins|Skins]] ==Wiki administration== * [[Help:Sysops and permissions|Sysops and permissions]] The following features require extra permissions that are not normally granted to all wiki users. * [[Help:Protecting and unprotecting pages|Protecting and unprotecting pages]] * [[Help:Sysop deleting and undeleting|Sysop deleting and undeleting]] * [[Help:Patrolled edits|Patrolled edits]] * [[Help:Blocking users|Blocking users]] * [[Help:Range blocks|Range IP blocks]] * [[Help:Assigning permissions|Assigning permissions]] {{Languages|Help:Contents}} [[Category:Help| ]] __NOTOC__ 2ba5b918c84b82fc50ccfdf264f0eb4e4640eba3 12 13 28 27 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifexist: Template:PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}|{{PD Help Page}}}} == When not to delete a page == Typically you would delete a page if the contents are entirely inappropriate and do not match the purposes of the Wiki. In other situations, you would take a less extreme course of action, for example: * The page should have a different title -- See [[Help:Moving a page]] * The contents should have been placed on a different page -- Add the contents to the other page, and then supply a redirect. See [[Help:Redirects]] * The contents are already on a different page -- Delete the duplicate content and leave a redirect. That way, the page title, which made sense to somebody, will helpfully redirect to the information. See [[Help:Redirects]] * The page is out-of-date -- Re-word sentences to be in the past tense, to make the page an historical record. Alternatively, label the information as out-of-date, with a warning notice. An actual delete is generally necessary only if the ''title'' of the page is inappropriate. In other situations, a merge and redirect is more appropriate. === Proposing changes === Deciding on appropriate content/page titles can be a difficult aspect of Wiki organization, and one which can often provoke debates. If the merge or deletion you have in mind is one which might cause upset, you should propose the change first. Do this by leaving a note to give your reasons on the [[Help:Talk pages|talk page]]. You might also establish a system for labeling the page with a delete/merge proposal template, to make everybody aware of your intentions. === Unlinking a page === The 'What links here' toolbox feature (bottom of left sidebar) will tell you which other Wiki pages link to the current page. Always use this feature to check before proceeding with deleting. These related pages will need to be edited for their links to reflect the change. == Deletion itself == '''Normal users cannot permanently delete a Wiki page'''. This is a deliberate design feature, and is an important part of why wikis work. Every kind of editing operation can be reverted by any other user, and that includes resurrecting deleted content. It doesn't cause significant wasted space; and with nothing but a 'delete' label, the page is effectively deleted anyway. '[[Help:Sysops and permissions|Sysop]]' users ''are'' able to delete a page semi-permanently. See [[Help:Sysop deleting and undeleting]]. Typically 'sysops' might look for delete labels, and do a proper delete on these pages, after a period of time. If for some reason you need a page to be deleted more quickly than that, you will need to contact a 'sysop' to request this. ==See also== * [[Help:Sysops and permissions]] {{Languages|Help:Deleting a page}} {{Help/Category|Help}} 6e1e4c8f7b7e5d2216c7bdbf8a57226243f9c998 12 14 30 29 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:User page|User pages]] :[[Help:Talk pages|Talk pages]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] :[[Help:Moving a page|Moving a page]] :[[Help:Redirects|Redirects]] :[[Help:Deleting a page|Deleting a page]] {{languages|Help:Editing}} [[Category:Help|Editing]] 36131f837b0d7c2aac4afea8bd315f5f7ed36562 12 15 32 31 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} It's very easy to edit the contents of a wiki. It only takes a few clicks. # Click the “'''{{int:edit}}'''” [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page. # Make changes to the text. # Click the “'''{{int:savearticle}}'''” button. Simple as that! == Editing rules, editing conventions, and formatting == The number one rule of wiki editing, is to ''be bold''. Dive in and make changes. Other people can correct mistakes later, so have confidence, and give it a try! There can be all kinds of editing conventions, rules, and philosophy governing the editing of wiki pages, but the "be bold" rule overrides these! In general try to write clearly and concisely and make sure you are always aiming to do something which improves the wiki contents. An edit might be to contribute whole paragraphs or pages full of information, or it could be as simple as fixing a typo or spelling mistake. When you need to use some type of formatting e.g. new headings or bold text, you do this using wiki syntax. See [[Help:Formatting]] for some of the common types of formatting used. == Edit Summary == Before you save a change, you can enter a short note in the '''{{int:summary}}''' box describing your changes. Don't worry too much about this, or spend too much time thinking about it, but try to give a little description of what you just changed e.g. "''fixed typo''" or "''added more information about sunflowers''". The summary gets stored alongside your edit, and allows people to [[Help:Tracking changes|track changes]] in the wiki more effectively. == Preview == It's a good idea to use the “'''{{int:showpreview}}'''” button to see what your change will look like, before you save it. This is also related to [[Help:Tracking changes|tracking changes]] because every time you save, this is displayed to others as a separate change. This isn't something to worry about too much, but it's good to get into the habit of eliminating mistakes in your own work, by using a preview before saving, rather than saving several minor corrections afterwards. ==Show changes== Another option is the “'''{{int:showdiff}}'''” button which allows you to see the differences between the current version and your edited version. == Other types of editing == With wiki edits you can start a new page, move (or rename) a page, or even delete a page: * [[Help:Starting a new page]] * [[Help:Moving a page]] * [[Help:Deleting a page]] Remember you should always aim to improve the overall contents of the wiki with your edits. == Discussion == Every article has its own “talk page” where you can ask questions, make suggestions, or discuss corrections. See [[Help:Talk pages]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Edit]] [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 8d9fcffc92da65905deaec4c8e483c48c2acbad5 12 16 34 33 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{move|(new name to be decided)}} {{PD Help Page}} It is possible to create an external searches of a topic using key words using a template. For example, this is something that would work for Google: <pre><nowiki> <span style="border: 1px solid #CCD5DB;">[[Image:GoogleIcon.PNG]] [http://www.google.com/search?hl=en&safe=off&q={{{1|Wiki}}}&btnG=Search&meta= {{{1|Google}}}]</span> <noinclude> ==Usage== Allows to establish a link to a search query at the Google search engine: <div style="display:table; width:auto;"><pre> {{Google|Term1+Term2+Term3}} &lt;/pre></div> [[Category:Template|Google]] </noinclude></nowiki></pre> The usage is very simple and easy to use. <nowiki>{{Google|firstTerm+Second+etc}}</nowiki> It is also possible to do phrases by using %22Term1+Term2+etc%22 *External searches are useful where an article requires certain keywords to make an effective search. *For the editor it allows making searches of web more quickly and painlessly. Other applications of the template include searching Forums, for bug reports of the same type for software development wikis where the wiki and forum work together. Note: Wikipedia has an [[Help:Links#Interwiki_links|interwiki prefix]] with a similar effect, so you can link to google results with <nowiki>[[Google:firstTerm+Second+etc]]</nowiki>, although templates are still useful for linking other search engines. {{languages}} [[Category:Help|External Searches]] [[Category:Search|External Searches]] 20c59927af67df281fd60e8d9bffa3bf06017a8d 12 17 36 35 2010-06-03T23:09:09Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} You can format your text using wiki markup. This consists of normal characters like asterisks, single quotes or equation marks which have a special function in the wiki, sometimes depending on their position. For example, to format a word in ''italic'', you include it in two single quotes like <code><nowiki>''this''</nowiki></code>. == Text formatting markup == {| class="wikitable" ! Description !! You type !! You get |- ! colspan="3" style="background:#ABE" | character (inline) formatting – ''applies anywhere'' |- |Italic text | <code><nowiki>''italic''</nowiki></code> |''italic'' |- | Bold text | <code><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></code> |'''bold''' |- | Bold and italic | <code><nowiki>'''''bold & italic'''''</nowiki></code> |'''''bold & italic''''' |- |Escape wiki markup | <code><nowiki><nowiki>no ''markup''&lt;/nowiki></nowiki></code> |<nowiki>no ''markup''</nowiki> |- ! colspan="3" style="background:#ABE" | section formatting – ''only at the beginning of the line'' |- |Headings of different levels | <pre>=level 1= ==level 2== ===level 3=== ====level 4==== =====level 5===== ======level 6======</pre> An article with 4 or more headings automatically creates a [[wikipedia:Wikipedia:Section#Table of contents (TOC)|table of contents]]. |<!-- hack to prevent TOC viewing for h1 - h6 elements: their style is hardcopied here --> <div style="font-size: 188%; margin: 0; padding-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .17em; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa">Level 1</div> <div style="font-size: 150%; margin: 0; padding-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .17em; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa">Level 2</div> <div style="font-size: 132%; font-weight: bold">Level 3</div><!-- --><b>Level 4</b><!-- --><div style="font-size: 86%; font-weight: bold">Level 5</div><!-- --><b style="font-size: 80%">Level 6</b> |- |Horizontal rule | <code>----</code> | ---- |- |Bullet list | <pre> * one * two * three ** three point one ** three point two </pre> Inserting a blank line will end the first list and start another. | * one * two * three ** three point one ** three point two |- |Numbered list | <pre> # one # two<br />spanning more lines<br />doesn't break numbering # three ## three point one ## three point two </pre> | # one # two<br />spanning more lines<br />doesn't break numbering # three ## three point one ## three point two |- |Definition list |<pre> ;item 1 : definition 1 ;item 2 : definition 2-1 : definition 2-2 </pre> | ;item 1 : definition 1 ;item 2 : definition 2-1 : definition 2-2 |- | Adopting definition list to indent text | <pre>: Single indent :: Double indent ::::: Multiple indent</pre> This workaround may be controversial from the viewpoint of accessibility. | : Single indent :: Double indent ::::: Multiple indent |- | Mixture of different types of list | <pre> # one # two #* two point one #* two point two # three #; three item one #: three def one # four #: four def one #: this rather looks like the continuation of # four #: and thus often used instead of <br /> # five ## five sub 1 ### five sub 1 sub 1 ## five sub 2 ;item 1 :* definition 1-1 :* definition 1-2 : ;item 2 :# definition 2-1 :# definition 2-2 </pre> The usage of <code>#:</code> and <code>*:</code> for breaking a line within an item may also be controversial. | # one # two #* two point one #* two point two # three #; three item one #: three def one # four #: four def one #: this rather looks like the continuation of <code># four</code> #: often used instead of <code>&lt;br /></code> # five ## five sub 1 ### five sub 1 sub 1 ## five sub 2 ;item 1 :* definition 1-1 :* definition 1-2 : ;item 2 :# definition 2-1 :# definition 2-2 |- |- |Preformatted text | <pre> preformatted text is done with a '''space''' at the ''beginning'' of the line </pre> This way of preformatting only applies to section formatting, and character formatting markups are still effective. | preformatted text is done with a '''space''' at the ''beginning'' of the line |} == Paragraphs == MediaWiki ignores single line breaks. To start a new paragraph, leave an empty line. You can force a line break within a paragraph with the HTML tags <code>&lt;br /></code>. == HTML == Some [[wikipedia:HTML|HTML]] tags are allowed in MediaWiki, for example <code>&lt;code></code>, <code>&lt;div></code>, <code><nowiki><span></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki><font></nowiki></code>. These apply anywhere you insert them. {| class="wikitable" !Description !You type !You get |- | Underscore | <code><nowiki><u>underscore</u></nowiki></code> |<u>underscore</u> |- | Strikethrough | <code>&lt;del>Strikethrough&lt;/del></code> or <code>&lt;s>Strikethrough&lt;/s></code> |<del>Strikethrough</del> |- style="white-space:nowrap" |Fixed width text | <code>&lt;tt>Fixed width text&lt;/tt></code> or <code>&lt;code>source code&lt;/code></code> | <tt>Fixed width text</tt> or <code>source code</code> |- |Blockquotes | <code> text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text &lt;blockquote> quote quote quote quote quote quote &lt;/blockquote> text text text text text text text text text text text text </code> | text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text <blockquote> quote quote quote quote quote quote </blockquote> text text text text text text text text text text text text |- |Comment | <code>&lt;!-- This is a comment --></code> Text can only be viewed in the edit window. | <!-- This is a real invisible comment --> |- |Completely preformatted text | <code><nowiki><pre>this way, all markups are '''ignored'''</pre></nowiki></code> | <pre> this way, all markups are '''ignored'''.</pre> |- |'''Customized''' preformatted text | <code><nowiki><pre style="CSS text">this way, all markups are '''ignored''' and formatted with a CSS text</pre></nowiki></code> | <pre style="white-space:pre-wrap;white-space:-moz-pre-wrap;white-space:-pre-wrap;white-space:-o-pre-wrap;word-wrap:break-word;overflow:auto;"> this way for instance, all '''ignored''' markups take into account the navigator size, by automatically adding some carriage returns dynamically to it.</pre> |} == Other formatting == Beyond the text formatting markup shown above, here are some other formatting references: *[[Help:Links|Links]] * [[Help:Images|Images]] * [[Help:Tables|Tables]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Formatting]] 31b8a2af6f01cfae655a4b717ee7f71ca28bb21d 12 18 38 37 2010-06-03T23:09:10Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} This page explains the '''image''' syntax when editing the wiki. You or another user must usually [[Help:Managing files|upload an image]] before you can use it on a page. == Syntax == The full syntax for displaying an image is: [[File:{file_name}|{options}|{caption}]] Where options can be zero or more of the following, separated by pipes: * ''border'', ''frame'', ''thumb'', or ''frameless'': Controls how the image is formatted * ''left'', ''right'', ''center'', ''none'': Controls the alignment of the image within a text * ''baseline'', ''sub'', ''super'', ''top'', ''text-top'', ''middle'', ''bottom'', ''text-bottom'': Controls the vertical alignment of the image within a text * ''{width} px'': Resizes the image to the given width in pixels * ''{width}x{height}px'': Resizes the image to fit within the given width and height in pixels; it is possible to specify only the height by writing ''x{height}px'' ** ''Note that the image will always retain its aspect ratio.'' * ''link={destination}'': Allows to link to an arbitrary title, URL or just nowhere ({{mediawiki|rev:41727|1.14+}}) ** ''link= '': Will display an image without link, e.g. <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|link=Help:Images]]</code> → [[File:Example.jpg|20px|link=Help:Images]]. ** ''Note that ''link'' cannot be used in conjunction with ''thumb'' as thumb is always meant to link to the larger version of the image. In addition, ''link'' cannot be used with ''frame''.'' * ''alt={alternative text}'': For changing the alternative text (''alt=""'') of an image ({{mediawiki|rev:41837|1.14+}}) * Special cases: ** ''page=1'': Displays the specified page when showing a djvu or pdf file The options can be given in any order. If the given options conflict each other, the latter is applied, except for the format options, where the options take the priority in the order of ''frame'', ''thumb'', and ''frameless'' and/or ''border''. If a parameter does not match any of the other possibilities, it is assumed to be the caption text. Caption text shows below the image in ''thumb'' and ''frame'' formats and as mouseover-text in ''border'', ''frameless'' or omitted. Caption text in ''thumb'' and ''frame'' can contain wiki links and other formatting. In the other options, wiki-formatting will not work though transclusion will. If no caption text is supplied, a caption is automatically created showing the file name. To completely remove the caption, set it to <code><nowiki><span title=""></span></nowiki></code>. For example, <code><nowiki>[[File:Example.jpg|20px|<span title=""></span>]]</nowiki></code> → [[File:Example.jpg|20px|<span title=""></span>]]. == Format == The following table shows the effect of all available formats. {| class="wikitable plainlinks" |- !Description !You type !You get {{Help:Images/frame|frame=|ex=no format specified}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=border|ex=border results in a very small gray border}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=frame}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=thumb}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=frameless|ex=frameless, like thumbnail, respect user preferences for image width but without border and no right float}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=frameless|2=border|ex=frameless and border}} {{Help:Images/frame|2=link=Main Page|ex=internal link}} {{Help:Images/frame|2=link=http://wikipedia.org|ex=external link}} {{Help:Images/frame|2=link=|ex=no link (external or file page)}} |} When the height of an image in thumbnail is bigger than its width and you find it too outstanding, you may try the option <code>upright</code>, which will try to adjust its size to more desirable size. Note that by writing <code>thumb={filename}</code>, you can use a different image for the thumbnail. == Alignment == Note that when using <code>frame</code> or <code>thumb</code>, the default alignment will be <code>right</code>. {| class="wikitable" !Description !You type !You get {{Help:Images/frame|frame=|ex='''no alignment specified''', or default alignment}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=none|ex=specify alignment as '''none'''}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=center}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=left}} {{Help:Images/frame|frame=right}} |} === Vertical alignment === text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|baseline]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|sub]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|super]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|text-top]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|middle]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|bottom]] text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Example.jpg|20px|text-bottom]] results in (the text is underlined to show the result more clearly) <u>text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|baseline]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|sub]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|super]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|text-top]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|middle]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|bottom]] text text [[File:Example.jpg|20px|text-bottom]]</u> == Size and Frame == Among different formats, the effect of the size parameter may be different, as shown below. * When the format is not specified, or only <code>border</code>ed, the size can be both reduced and enlarged. * An image with <code>frame</code> always ignores the size specification. * The size of an image with <code>thumb</code> and <code>frameless</code> can be reduced, but can not be enlarged beyond the original size of the image. For how it appears when its size is not specified, see [[#Format|Format]] section above. {| class="wikitable" !Format!!Reduced!! Enlarged {{Help:Images/size|frame=}} {{Help:Images/size|frame=border}} {{Help:Images/size|frame=frame}} {{Help:Images/size|frame=thumb}} {{Help:Images/size|frame=frameless}} |} == Stopping text flow == On occasion it is desirable to stop text from flowing around an image. Depending on the web browser's screen resolution and such, text flow on the right side of an image may cause a section header (for instance, <nowiki>== My Header ==</nowiki>) to appear to the right of the image, instead of below it, as a user may expect. The text flow can be stopped by placing '''<nowiki><br style="clear: both" /></nowiki>''' before the text that should start after the image. == Gallery of images == It's easy to make a gallery of '''thumbnails only''', not other images, with the <code><nowiki><gallery></nowiki></code> tag. The syntax is: <nowiki><gallery></nowiki> File:Image Name.ext|caption File:Image Name.ext|caption {...} </gallery> Note that the image code is not enclosed in brackets when enclosed in gallery tags. Captions are optional, and may contain wiki links or other formatting. for example: <nowiki><gallery></nowiki> File:Example.jpg|Item 1 File:Example.jpg|a link to <nowiki>[[</nowiki>Help:Contents]] File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg| <nowiki>''italic caption''</nowiki> File:Example.jpg|on page "<nowiki>{{</nowiki>PAGENAME}}" </gallery> is formatted as: <gallery> File:Example.jpg|Item 1 File:Example.jpg|a link to [[Help:Contents]] File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg|''italic caption'' File:Example.jpg|on page "{{PAGENAME}}" </gallery> ===Parameters=== The gallery tag itself takes several additional parameters: <pre><gallery {parameters}> {images} </gallery></pre> * <code>caption={caption}</code>: sets a caption on the gallery. * <code>widths={width}px</code>: sets the widths of the images. ''Note the plural, width'''s''''' * <code>heights={heights}px</code>: sets the (max) heights of the images. * <code>perrow={integer}</code>: sets the number of images per row. Example: Coding: <pre> <gallery widths=60px heights=60px perrow=7 caption="sunflowers are groovy"> File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg </gallery> </pre> Result: <gallery widths=60px heights=60px perrow=7 caption="sunflowers are groovy"> File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg File:Example.jpg </gallery> == Links == === Link to description page === If you put a colon (<code>:</code>) before <code>{{ns:image}}:</code>, the image will not be embedded and the link will lead to the description page of the file. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}]] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|Sunflowers]] results in [[:{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}]] [[:{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|Sunflowers]] === Link to another page === This will make a 50px width picture with a link to the page [[MediaWiki]]: <nowiki>[[</nowiki>File:Wiki.png|50px|link=MediaWiki]] [[File:Wiki.png|50px|link=MediaWiki]] === Link directly to file === You can use the pseudo-namespace “{{ns:media}}” to link directly to a file, bypassing the description page. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:media}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}]] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:media}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|Sunflowers]] results in [[{{ns:media}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}]] [[{{ns:media}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|Sunflowers]] You can also use:&nbsp; <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{#special:Filepath}}/{{mediawiki:image_sample}}]] which can be used to link to a potential file, even if it doesn't exist. You can also use: <nowiki>{{</nowiki>FILEPATH:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}<nowiki>}}</nowiki> which generates an external URL to the file inline: {{FILEPATH:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}}} == Requisites == Before using images in your page, the system administrator of your wiki must have {{mediawiki|Manual:Configuring file uploads|enabled file uploads}} and a user has to [[Help:Managing files|upload the file]]. System administrators may also set the wiki to accept files from {{mediawiki|Manual:Image Administration#Foreign Repositories|foreign repositories}}, such as the [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page Wikimedia Commons]. For server side image resizing it is necessary to have a scaler configured (such as GD2, ImageMagick, etc.). == Files at other websites == You can link to an external file available online using the same syntax used for linking to an external web page. <pre>[http://url.for/some/image.png]</pre> Or with different text: <pre>[http://url.for/some/image.png link text here]</pre> If it is enabled on your wiki (see {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgAllowExternalImages}}), you can also embed external images. To do that, simply insert the image's url: <pre>http://url.for/some/image.png</pre> {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Images]] 4314ccc80735a9941f6a0e86966ce6f8ad20c9ef 12 20 42 41 2010-06-03T23:09:10Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are four sorts of links in MediaWiki: # '''[[#Internal links|internal links]]''' to other pages in the wiki # '''[[#External links|external links]]''' to other websites # '''[[#Interwiki links|interwiki links]]''' to other websites registered to the wiki in advance # '''[[#Interlanguage links|Interlanguage links]]''' to other websites registered as other language versions of the wiki == Internal links == To add an internal link, enclose the name of the page you want to link to in double square brackets. When you save the page, you'll see the new link pointing to your page. If the page exists already it is displayed in blue, if it does not, in red. Selflinks to the current page are not transformed in URLs but displayed in bold. (If you really want to link to the current page, use an anchor (see below), or <nowiki>[[#top|current page]]</nowiki> which always links to the top.) The first letter of the target page is automatically capitalized, unless otherwise set by the admins, and spaces are represented as underscores (typing an underscore in the link will have a similar effect as typing a space, but is not recommended, since the underscore will also be shown in the text). {| border="1" class="wikitable" !Description !You type !You get |- |Internal link |<pre>[[Main Page]]</pre> |[[Main Page]] |- |Piped link |<pre>[[Main Page|different text]]</pre> |[[Main Page|different text]] |- |Shortened sort-of-piped link |<pre>[[Internationalisation]]s</pre> |[[Internationalisation]]s |- |Redirect |<pre>#REDIRECT [[Main Page]]</pre> See also [[Help:Redirects]] | &rarr; [[Main Page]] |- |Internal link to an anchor |<pre>[[#See also]]</pre> [[Help:Formatting|Section headings]] and the [[#top|top]] of the page are automatically anchored. |[[#See also]] |- |Internal link to an anchor at another page |<pre>[[Help:Images#See also]]</pre> |[[Help:Images#See also]] |- |Internal link to the current page's talk page |<pre>[[{{TALKPAGENAME}}|Discussion]]</pre> See also [[Help:Magic_words#Page_names]] |[[{{TALKPAGENAME}}|Discussion]] |- |Internal link to a subpage |<pre>[[/example]]</pre> Shortcut for <nowiki>[[Help:Links/example]]</nowiki>. See also [[Help:Subpages]]. |[[/example]] |- |Internal link to a subpage without the leading slash |<pre>[[/example/]]</pre> Shortcut for <nowiki>[[Help:Links/example|example]]</nowiki>. |[[/example/]] |- |Internal link to a category page |<pre>[[:Category:Help]]</pre> See also [[Help:Categories]] |[[:Category:Help]] |- |Internal link to an image or a file of other types |<pre>[[media:example.jpg]] [[media:example.pdf]]</pre> See also [[Help:Images]] |[[media:example.jpg]] [[media:example.pdf]] |- |Internal link to the user's user page |<pre>[[Special:MyPage]]</pre> |[[Special:MyPage]] |} == External links == {| border="1" class="wikitable" !style="width:15%"|Description !style="width:45%"|You type !style="width:40%"|You get |- |External link |<tt><nowiki>http://mediawiki.org</nowiki></tt> |http://mediawiki.org |- |External link with different label |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org MediaWiki] |- |Numbered external link |<tt><nowiki>[http://mediawiki.org]</nowiki></tt> |[http://mediawiki.org] |- |External links with file icons |<tt><nowiki> [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.avi video] [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.ogg sound] [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.pdf document] </nowiki></tt> <small>Currently supported extensions: ogm, avi, mpeg, mpg (video); ogg, mid, midi, mp3, wav, wma (audio); and pdf (document)</small> | [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.avi video]<br/> [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.ogg sound]<br/> [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.pdf document]<br/> |- |External link to the same host |<tt><nowiki>http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename</nowiki></tt> |http://{{SERVERNAME}}/pagename |- |External link to other host passing the pagename |<tt><nowiki>http://google.com/search?q={{PAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> |http://google.com/search?q={{PAGENAMEE}} |- |Mailto link |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org email me]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org email me] |- |Mailto named with subject line and body |<tt><nowiki>[mailto:info@example.org?Subject=URL%20Encoded%20Subject&amp;body=Body%20Text info]</nowiki></tt> |[mailto:info@example.org?Subject=URL%20Encoded%20Subject&body=Body%20Text info] |} === How to avoid auto-links === By default, when you write a URL as is, it will be transformed to an external link. To avoid that effect, put the URL between <code>&lt;nowiki&gt;</code> tags as in: <nowiki><nowiki>http://mediawiki.org</nowiki></nowiki> == Interwiki links == Interwiki links are links with the internal link markup to a website registered in advance. For example, you can link to the Sunflower article on http://en.wikipedia.org by typing <code><nowiki>[[wikipedia:Sunflower]]</nowiki></code>, which will result in a link [[wikipedia:Sunflower]]. This is because <code><nowiki>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/</nowiki></code> is registered to your wiki by default with the prefix of <code>wikipedia</code>. ''This link may not work properly, if the admin of your wiki has changed the setting.'' Unlike internal links, interwiki links do not use page existence detection, so an interwiki link will appear blue even if the page does not exist on the remote wiki. Similar to internal page links, you can create piped links, with alternate link label, e.g. <code><nowiki>[[wikipedia:Sunflower|big yellow flower]]</nowiki></code>. Basically this is an abbreviation for longer URLs. A very similar link could be created as a normal external link by typing <code><nowiki>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sunflower Sunflower]</nowiki></code>, but interwiki links allow you to type out an easy and compact link, almost as if you are linking to a page on your own wiki. To edit the [[interwiki table]] on your site, see the [[Extension:InterWiki|InterWiki extension]]. === Interlanguage links === If your wiki has other language versions, you may find “interlanguage links” in the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]], just below [[Help:Navigation#Toolbox|toolbox]] in the box named “{{lcfirst:{{int:otherlanguages}}}}.” Interlanguage links behave similar to interwiki links, except that they are listed in the sidebar. To create an interlanguage link from a page, just type <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>''language prefix'':pagename]]</code> wherever you like in the page; the language prefix is the prefix specified at your wiki for the other language version (typically the [[wikipedia:ISO 639|ISO language code]]). If you want to make the interlanguage link to appear in the content of the page, you can add a colon before the language prefix, e. g. <code><nowiki>[[:en:Sunflower]]</nowiki></code>. == See also == * [[Help:Linked images|Linked images]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Links]] [[Category:Link|Links]] 9eb026b742a2a6bb6f18e6e41254aa7989c6a82a 12 21 44 43 2010-06-03T23:09:10Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} This is an example subpage. {{Languages|Help:Links/example}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 54377ace1f78997a7b1790f33e295d368e1a28c2 12 22 46 45 2010-06-03T23:09:11Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki '''Magic words''' are strings of text that MediaWiki associates with a return value or function, such as time, site details, or page names. This page is about usage of standard magic words; for a technical reference, see {{mediawiki|Manual:Magic words}}. There are three general types of magic words: *'''[[#Behavior switches|Behavior switches]]''': these are uppercase words surrounded by double underscores, ''e.g.'' '''__FOO__''' *'''[[#Variables|Variables]]''': these are uppercase words surrounded by double braces, ''e.g.'' '''<tt><tt><nowiki>{{FOO}}</nowiki></tt></tt>'''. As such, they look a lot like [[Help:Templates|templates]]. *'''[[#Parser functions|Parser functions]]''': these take parameters and are either of the form '''<tt><tt><nowiki>{{foo:...}}</nowiki></tt></tt>''' or '''<tt><tt><nowiki>{{#foo:...}}</nowiki></tt></tt>'''. See also {{mediawiki|Help:Extension:ParserFunctions}}. Page-dependent magic words will affect or return data about the ''current'' page (by default), even if the word is added through a transcluded template or included system message. ==Behavior switches== A behavior switch controls the layout or behaviour of the page and can often be used to specify desired omissions and inclusions in the content. {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Word !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="3"| '''Table of contents''' |- | <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki> | Hides the table of contents (TOC). | |- |<nowiki>__FORCETOC__</nowiki> | Forces the table of content to appear at its normal position (above the first header). | |- | <nowiki>__TOC__</nowiki> | Places a table of contents at the word's current position (overriding <nowiki>__NOTOC__</nowiki>). If this is used multiple times, the table of contents will appear at the first word's position. | |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="3"| '''Editing''' |- | <nowiki>__NOEDITSECTION__</nowiki> | Hides the section edit links beside headings. | |- | <nowiki>__NEWSECTIONLINK__</nowiki> | Adds a link ([[MediaWiki:Addsection|"+" by default]]) beside the "edit" tab for adding a new section on a non-talk page (see {{mediawiki|m:Help:Section#Adding a section at the end|Adding a section to the end}}). | 1.7+ |- | <nowiki>__NONEWSECTIONLINK__</nowiki> | Removes the link beside the "edit" tab on pages in talk namespaces. | {{mediawiki|rev:47522|1.15+}} |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="3"| '''Categories''' |- | <nowiki>__NOGALLERY__</nowiki> | Used on a category page, replaces thumbnails in the category view with normal links. | 1.7+ |- | <nowiki>__HIDDENCAT__</nowiki> | Used on a category page, hides the category from the lists of categories in its members and parent categories (there is an option in the [[Help:Preferences|user preferences]] to show them).<!-- hiddencategory hiddencat hide category categories --> | 1.13+ |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="3"| '''Language conversion''' |- | <nowiki>__NOCONTENTCONVERT__</nowiki><br /><nowiki>__NOCC__</nowiki> | On wikis with language variants, don't perform any content language conversion (character and phase) in article display; for example, only show Chinese (zh) instead of variants like zh_cn, zh_tw, zh_sg, or zh_hk. | |- | <nowiki>__NOTITLECONVERT__</nowiki><br /><nowiki>__NOTC__</nowiki> | On wikis with language variants, don't perform language conversion on the title (all other content is converted). | |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="3"| '''Other''' |- | <nowiki>__START__</nowiki> | No effect. | |- | <nowiki>__END__</nowiki> | Explicitly marks the end of the article, to prevent MediaWiki from removing trailing whitespace. Removed in {{mediawiki|rev:19213|19213}}. | 1.1 - 1.8 |- | <nowiki>__INDEX__</nowiki> | Tell search engines to index the page (overrides {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgArticleRobotPolicies|$wgArticleRobotPolicies}}, but not robots.txt). | 1.14+ |- | <nowiki>__NOINDEX__</nowiki> | Tell search engines not to index the page (ie, do not list in search engines' results). | {{mediawiki|rev:37973|1.14+}} |- | <nowiki>__STATICREDIRECT__</nowiki> | On redirect pages, don't allow MediaWiki to automatically update the link when someone moves a page and checks "Update any redirects that point to the original title". | {{mediawiki|rev:37928|1.13+}} |} ==Variables== Variables return information about the current page, wiki, or date. Their syntax is similar to [[Help:Templates|templates]]. Variables marked as "<span style="background:#FED;">'''[expensive]'''</span>" are tracked by the software, and the number that can be included on a page is limited. If a template name conflicts with a variable, the variable will be used (so to transclude the template [[{{ns:10}}:PAGENAME]] you would need to write <code><tt><nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{ns:10}}:PAGENAME<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt></code>). In some cases, adding parameters will force the parser to treat a variable as a template; for example, <code><tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAYNAME|x}}</nowiki></tt></code> transcludes [[{{ns:10}}:CURRENTDAYNAME]]. ===Date & time=== The following variables return the current date and time in UTC. Due to MediaWiki and browser caching, these variables frequently show when the page was ''cached'' rather than the current time. {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Variable !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Year''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTYEAR}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTYEAR}} | Year | |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Month''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTH}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTMONTH}} | Month (zero-padded number) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTMONTHNAME}} | Month (name) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}} | Month ([[w:genitive|genitive form]]) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}} | Month (abbreviation) | 1.5+ |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Day''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAY}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTDAY}} | Day of the month (unpadded number) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAY2}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTDAY2}} | Day of the month (zero-padded number) | 1.6+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTDOW}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTDOW}} | Day of the week (unpadded number) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAYNAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTDAYNAME}} | Day of the week (name) | |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Time''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTTIME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTTIME}} | Time (24-hour HH:mm format) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTHOUR}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTHOUR}} | Hour (24-hour zero-padded number) | |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Other''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTWEEK}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTWEEK}} | Week (number) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTTIMESTAMP}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTTIMESTAMP}} | YYYYMMDDHHmmss timestamp | 1.7+ |} The following variables do the same as the above, but using the site's server config or $wgLocaltimezone. * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALYEAR}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALMONTH}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALMONTHNAME}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALMONTHNAMEGEN}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALMONTHABBREV}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALDAY}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALDAY2}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALDOW}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALDAYNAME}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALTIME}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALHOUR}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALWEEK}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{LOCALTIMESTAMP}}</nowiki></tt> :''For more thorough time formatting, you may want to install [[Extension:ParserFunctions]] to use the [[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions#.23time|#time parser function]]'' ===Technical metadata=== Revision variables return data about the '''latest edit to the current page''', even if viewing an older version of the page. {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Variable !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Site''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SITENAME}} | The wiki's site name ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgSitename|$wgSitename}}). | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SERVER}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SERVER}} | domain URL ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgServer|$wgServer}}) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SERVERNAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SERVERNAME}} | domain name ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgServerName|$wgServerName}}) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{DIRMARK}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{DIRECTIONMARK}}</nowiki></tt> | {{DIRMARK}}<br />{{DIRECTIONMARK}} | Outputs a unicode-directional mark that matches the wiki's default language's direction (<code>&amp;lrm;</code> on left-to-right wikis, <code>&amp;rlm;</code> on right-to-left wikis), useful in text with multi-directional text. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SCRIPTPATH}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SCRIPTPATH}} | relative script path ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgScriptPath|$wgScriptPath}}) | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{STYLEPATH}}</nowiki></tt> | {{STYLEPATH}} | relative style path ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgStylePath|$wgStylePath}}) | 1.16+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CURRENTVERSION}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CURRENTVERSION}} | The wiki's MediaWiki version. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{CONTENTLANGUAGE}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{CONTENTLANG}}</nowiki></tt> | {{CONTENTLANGUAGE}}<br />{{CONTENTLANG}} | The wiki's default interface language ({{mediawiki|Manual:$wgLanguageCode|$wgLanguageCode}}) | 1.7+ |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Latest revision to current page''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONID}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONID}} | Unique revision ID | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONDAY}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONDAY}} | Day edit was made (unpadded number) | 1.8+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONDAY2}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONDAY2}} | Day edit was made (zero-padded number) | 1.8+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONMONTH}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONMONTH}} | Month edit was made (zero-padded number) | 1.8+<br/>Changed to zero-padded number in {{mediawiki|rev:66200|1.17+}} <!--|- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONMONTH1}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONMONTH1}} | Month edit was made (unpadded number) | {{mediawiki|rev:66200|1.17+}}--> |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONYEAR}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONYEAR}} | Year edit was made | 1.8+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}} | Timestamp as of time of edit | 1.8+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{REVISIONUSER}}</nowiki></tt> | {{REVISIONUSER}} | The username of the user who made the most recent edit to the page | {{mediawiki|rev:48149|1.15+}} |-style="background:#FED;" | <tt><nowiki>{{PAGESIZE:</nowiki>''page name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | {{PAGESIZE:Help:Magic_words}} | '''[expensive]''' Returns the byte size of the specified page. | {{mediawiki|rev:33551|1.13+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{PROTECTIONLEVEL:</nowiki>''action''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | protection level | Outputs the protection level (e.g. 'autoconfirm', 'sysop') for a given action (e.g. 'edit', 'move') on the current page or an empty string if not protected. | {{mediawiki|rev:45587|1.15+}} |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Affects page content''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{DISPLAYTITLE:</nowiki>''title''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | | Format the current page's title header. The value must be equivalent to the default title: only capitalization changes and replacing spaces with underscores. It can be disabled or enabled by {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgAllowDisplayTitle|$wgAllowDisplayTitle}}; disabled by default before 1.10+, enabled by default thereafter. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{DEFAULTSORT:</nowiki>''sortkey''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{DEFAULTSORTKEY:</nowiki>''sortkey''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{DEFAULTCATEGORYSORT:</nowiki>''sortkey''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | | Used for categorizing pages, sets a default [[Help:Categories|category sort key]]. For example if you put <tt><nowiki>{{DEFAULTSORT:Smith, John}}</nowiki></tt> at the end of [[John Smith]], the page would be sorted under "S" by default in categories. | 1.10+ |} ===Statistics=== Numbers returned by these variables normally contain separators (commas or spaces, depending on the local language), but can return raw numbers with the ":R" flag (for example, <code><tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFPAGES}}</nowiki></tt></code> &rarr; {{NUMBEROFPAGES}} and <code><tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFPAGES:R}}</nowiki></tt></code> &rarr; {{NUMBEROFPAGES:R}}). Use "|R" for magic words that require a parameter like PAGESINCATEGORY (for example <code><tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINCATEGORY:Help}}</nowiki></tt></code> and <code><tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINCATEGORY:Help|R}}</nowiki></tt></code>). {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Variable !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- |{{Hl3}} colspan="4"| '''Entire wiki''' |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFPAGES}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFPAGES}} | Number of wiki pages. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFARTICLES}} | Number of pages in {{mediawiki|Manual:Using custom namespaces#Content namespaces|content namespaces}}. | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFFILES}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFFILES}} | Number of uploaded files. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFEDITS}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFEDITS}} | Number of page edits. | {{mediawiki|rev:21319|1.10+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFVIEWS}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFVIEWS}} | Number of page views. Usually useless on a wiki using [[Manual:Cache|caching]]. | {{mediawiki|rev:42721|1.14+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFUSERS}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFUSERS}} | Number of registered users. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFADMINS}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFADMINS}} | Number of users in the ''sysop'' {{mediawiki|Manual:User rights|group}}. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} | Number of active users, based on the criteria used in [[Special:Statistics]]. | {{mediawiki|rev:47392|1.15+}} |-style="background:#FED;" | <tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINCATEGORY:</nowiki>''categoryname''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINCAT:Help}}</nowiki></tt> | {{PAGESINCATEGORY:Help}}<br />{{PAGESINCAT:Help}} | '''[expensive]''' Number of pages in the given [[Help:Categories|category]] (replace "Help" with the relevant category name). | {{mediawiki|rev:32932|1.13+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBERINGROUP:</nowiki>''groupname''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{NUMINGROUP:</nowiki>''groupname''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NUMBERINGROUP:bureaucrat}}<br />{{NUMINGROUP:bureaucrat}}<br /><small><nowiki>({{NUMBERINGROUP:bureaucrat}} used here)</nowiki></small> | Number of users in a specific {{mediawiki|Manual:User rights|group}}. | {{mediawiki|rev:40116|1.14+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINNS:</nowiki>''index''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINNAMESPACE:</nowiki>''index''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | ''not enabled'' | Number of pages in the given [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] (replace ''index'' with the relevant [[Manual:Namespace|namespace index]]). For instance, <tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINNAMESPACE:</nowiki>''14''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> will output the number of category pages. <tt><nowiki>{{PAGESINNS:0}}</nowiki></tt> differs from <tt><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}</nowiki></tt> in that the former includes redirects and disambiguation pages. Disabled by default, enable with {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgAllowSlowParserFunctions|$wgAllowSlowParserFunctions}}. | 1.7+ |} ===Page names=== {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Variable !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- | <tt><nowiki>{{FULLPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{FULLPAGENAME}} | Namespace and page title. | 1.6+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{PAGENAME}} | Page title. | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{BASEPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{BASEPAGENAME}} | Page title excluding the current [[Help:Subpages|subpage]] and namespace ("Title/foo" on "Title/foo/bar"). For more complex splitting, use <nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions#.23titleparts|#titleparts:]] <nowiki>}}</nowiki> from [[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions extension]]. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SUBPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SUBPAGENAME}} | The [[Help:Subpages|subpage]] title ("foo" on "Title/foo"). | 1.6+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} | The namespace and title of the associated content page. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{TALKPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> | {{TALKPAGENAME}} | The namespace and title of the associated talk page. | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{PIPETRICK}}</nowiki></tt> | Magic words | Performs the [[w:Help:Pipe trick|pipe trick]] on the page title. | 1.16+ |} The <tt><nowiki>{{BASEPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> and <tt><nowiki>{{SUBPAGENAME}}</nowiki></tt> magic words only work in namespaces that have subpages enabled. See {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgNamespacesWithSubpages}} for information on enabling subpages. The following are URL-encoded equivalents: * <tt><nowiki>{{FULLPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{PAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{BASEPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{SUBPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{SUBJECTPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{TALKPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{PIPETRICKE}}</nowiki></tt> As of {{mediawiki|rev:46662|1.15+}}, these can all take a parameter, allowing specification of the page to be operated on, instead of just the current page: * <tt><nowiki>{{PAGENAME:Template:Main Page}}</nowiki></tt> &rarr; '''{{PAGENAME:Template:Main Page}}''' {{Warning|Page titles containing certain characters, such as single quotes (') or asterisks <tt>*</tt>, may produce unexpected results when handled with these magic words, e.g. <tt><nowiki>{{PAGEINSCATEGORY:{{PAGENAME}}}}</nowiki></tt>. See bugs {{mediawiki|bugzilla:14779|14779}}, {{mediawiki|bugzilla:16474|16474}}.}} ===Namespaces=== {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Variable !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- | <tt><nowiki>{{NAMESPACE}}</nowiki></tt> | {{NAMESPACE}} | Name of the page's namespace | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{SUBJECTSPACE}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{ARTICLESPACE}}</nowiki></tt> | {{SUBJECTSPACE}}<br />{{ARTICLESPACE}} | Name of the associated content namespace | 1.7+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{TALKSPACE}}</nowiki></tt> | {{TALKSPACE}} | Name of the associated talk namespace | 1.7+ |} The following are URL-encoded equivalents: * <tt><nowiki>{{NAMESPACEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{SUBJECTSPACEE}}</nowiki></tt> * <tt><nowiki>{{TALKSPACEE}}</nowiki></tt> As of {{mediawiki|rev:46630|1.15+}}, these can take a page name parameter and will return the namespace of the page name parameter, instead of the current page's: * <tt><nowiki>{{NAMESPACE:Template:Main Page}}</nowiki></tt> &rarr; '''{{NAMESPACE:Template:Main Page}}''' * <tt><nowiki>{{SUBJECTSPACE:Template:Main Page}}</nowiki></tt> &rarr; '''{{SUBJECTSPACE:Template:Main Page}}''' * <tt><nowiki>{{TALKSPACE:Template:Main Page}}</nowiki></tt> &rarr; '''{{TALKSPACE:Template:Main Page}}''' ==Parser functions== Parser functions are very similar to variables, but take one or more parameters (technically, any magic word that takes a parameter is a parser function), and the name is sometimes prefixed with a hash to distinguish them from templates. This page only describes parser functions that are integral to the MediaWiki software. Other parser functions may be added by MediaWiki extensions such as the {{mediawiki|Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions extension}}. For those see [[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions]]. ===URL data=== {| {{prettytable}} |- !{{Hl2}}| Parser function !{{Hl2}}| Input → Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Versions |- | <tt><nowiki>{{localurl:</nowiki>''page name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{localurl:</nowiki>''page name''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''query string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <nowiki>{{localurl:MediaWiki}}</nowiki> → {{localurl:MediaWiki}}<br /><nowiki>{{localurl:MediaWiki|printable=yes}}</nowiki> → {{localurl:MediaWiki|printable=yes}} | The relative path to the title. | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{fullurl:</nowiki>''page name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{fullurl:</nowiki>''page name''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''query_string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{fullurl:</nowiki>''interwiki:remote page name''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''query_string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <nowiki>{{fullurl:Category:Top level}}</nowiki> → {{fullurl:Category:Top level}}<br /> <nowiki>{{fullurl:Category:Top level|action=edit}}</nowiki> → {{fullurl:Category:Top level|action=edit}} | The absolute path to the title. This will also resolve [[Manual:Interwiki|Interwiki]] prefixes. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{filepath:</nowiki>''file name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{filepath:</nowiki>''file name''<nowiki>|nowiki}}</nowiki></tt> | <nowiki>{{filepath:Wiki.png}}</nowiki> → {{filepath:Wiki.png}}<br /><nowiki>{{filepath:Wiki.png|nowiki}}</nowiki> → {{filepath:Wiki.png|nowiki}} | The absolute URL to a media file. | {{mediawiki|rev:25854|1.12+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{urlencode:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <nowiki>{{urlencode:x y z á é}}</nowiki> → {{urlencode:x y z á é}} | The input encoded for use in URLs. | {{mediawiki|rev:14273|1.7+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{anchorencode:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <nowiki>{{anchorencode:x y z á é}}</nowiki> → {{anchorencode:x y z á é}} | The input encoded for use in URL section anchors (after the '#' symbol in a URL). | {{mediawiki|rev:16279|1.8+}} |} ===Namespaces=== <tt><nowiki>{{ns:}}</nowiki></tt> returns the localized name for the [[Help:Namespace|namespace]] with that index. <tt><nowiki>{{nse:}}</nowiki></tt> is the URL-encoded equivalent. It does the same, but it replaces spaces with underscores, making it usable in external links. {| {{prettytable}} |- ! {{hl3}} colspan="2" width="50%" | Content namespaces ! rowspan="11" | ! {{hl3}} colspan="2" width=%50%" | Talk namespaces |- !{{Hl2}}| Usage !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Usage !{{Hl2}}| Output |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:-2}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Media}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:-2}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:-1}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Special}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:-1}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:0}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:0}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:1}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:1}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:2}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:User}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:2}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:3}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:User talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:3}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:4}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Project}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:4}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:5}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Project talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:5}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:6}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:File}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Image}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:6}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:7}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:File talk}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Image talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:7}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:8}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:MediaWiki}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:8}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:9}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:MediaWiki talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:9}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:10}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Template}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:10}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:11}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Template talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:11}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:12}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Help}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:12}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:13}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Help talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:13}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:14}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Category}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:14}} | <tt><nowiki>{{ns:15}}</nowiki></tt> or <tt><nowiki>{{ns:Category talk}}</nowiki></tt> | {{ns:15}} |} ===Formatting=== <!--Well gosh, with the source of the examples hidden, who can tell what you are inputting without looking here in the source?--> {| {{prettytable}} !{{Hl2}}| Usage !{{Hl2}}| Input → Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Version |- |- | <tt><nowiki>{{lc:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{lc:DATA CENTER}}</nowiki></tt> → {{lc:DATA CENTER}} | The lowercase input. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{lcfirst:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{lcfirst:DATA CENTER}}</nowiki></tt> → {{lcfirst:DATA CENTER}} | The input with the <u>very first</u> character lowercase. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{uc:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{uc:text transform}}</nowiki></tt> → {{uc:text transform}} | The uppercase input. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{ucfirst:</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{ucfirst:text transform}}</nowiki></tt> → {{ucfirst:text transform}} | The input with the <u>very first</u> character uppercase. | 1.5+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{formatnum:</nowiki>''unformatted&nbsp;num''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{formatnum:</nowiki>''formatted&nbsp;num''<nowiki>|R}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{formatnum:987654321.654321}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{formatnum:987654321.654321}}<br /> <tt><nowiki>{{formatnum:987,654,321.654321|R}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{formatnum:987,654,321.654321|R}} | The input with decimal and decimal group separators, and localized digit script, according to the wiki's default locale. The <tt><nowiki>|</nowiki>R</tt> parameter can be used to unformat a number, for use in mathematical situations. | 1.7+<br />{{mediawiki|rev:32012|1.13+}} |- | <code><nowiki>{{#dateformat:</nowiki>''date''<nowiki>}} {{#formatdate:</nowiki>''date''<nowiki>}} {{#dateformat:</nowiki>''date''{{!}}''format''<nowiki>}} {{#formatdate:</nowiki>''date''{{!}}''format''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> | <tt><nowiki>{{#dateformat:25 deC 2009|ymd}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{#dateformat:25 deC 2009|ymd}} (your pref), 2009 DeC 25 (default)<br/> <tt><nowiki>{{#formatdate:dec 25,2009|dmy}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{#formatdate:dec 25,2009|dmy}} (your pref), 25 Dec 2009 (default)<br/> <tt><nowiki>{{#dateformat:2009-12-25|mdy}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{#dateformat:2009-12-25|mdy}} (your pref), December 25, 2009 (default)<br/> <tt><nowiki>{{#formatdate:2009 dec 25|ISO 8601}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{#formatdate:2009 dec 25|ISO 8601}} (your pref), 2009-12-25 (default)<br/> <tt><nowiki>{{#dateformat:25 decEmber|mdy}}</nowiki></tt><br/> → {{#dateformat:25 decEmber|mdy}} (your pref), DecEmber 25 (default)<br/> Note: In the example above, "your pref" refers to your date preference on the current MediaWiki wiki only. | Formats an unlinked date based on user "Date format" preference, and adds metadata tagging it as a formatted date. For logged-out users and those who have not set a date format in their preferences, dates can be given a default: <tt>mdy</tt>, <tt>dmy</tt>, <tt>ymd</tt>, <tt>ISO&nbsp;8601</tt> (all case sensitive). If only the month and day are given, only <tt>mdy</tt> and <tt>dmy</tt> are valid. If a format is not specified or is invalid, the input format is used as a default. If the supplied date is not recognized as a valid date (specifically, if it contains any metadata such as from a nested use of these or a similar template), it is rendered unchanged, and no (additional) metadata is generated.<br/><small>{{warning}}Although the ISO 8601 standard requires that dates be in the Gregorian calendar, the ISO parameter in this function will still format dates that fall outside the usual Gregorian range (e.g. dates prior to 1583). Also, the magic word cannot properly convert between negative years (used with ISO 8601) and years BC or years BCE (used in general writing).</small> | {{mediawiki|rev:48249|1.15+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|</nowiki>''stringlength''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|</nowiki>''strlen''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''char''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|</nowiki>''strlen''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|5}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padleft:xyz|5}}<br /> <tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|5|_}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padleft:xyz|5|_}} <tt><nowiki>{{padleft:xyz|5|abc}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padleft:xyz|5|abc}} | Inserts a string of padding characters (character chosen in third parameter; default '0') of a specified length (second parameter) next to a chosen base character or variable (first parameter). The final digits or characters in the base replace the final characters in the padding; i.e. <nowiki>{{padleft:44|3|0}}</nowiki> produces {{padleft:44|3}}.<br />'''{{mediawiki|bugzilla:16852|bug}} (fixed in {{mediawiki|rev:45734|r45734}}):''' multibyte characters are interpreted as two characters, which can skew width. These also cannot be used as padding characters. | 1.8+ |- | <tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|</nowiki>''stringlength''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|</nowiki>''strlen''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''char''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|</nowiki>''strlen''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''string''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|5}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padright:xyz|5}}<br /> <tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|5|_}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padright:xyz|5|_}} <tt><nowiki>{{padright:xyz|5|abc}}</nowiki></tt> → {{padright:xyz|5|abc}} | Identical to padleft, but adds padding characters to the right side. |- | <tt><nowiki>{{plural:2|</nowiki>''is''<nowiki>|</nowiki>''are''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | <tt><nowiki>{{plural:1|is|are}}</nowiki></tt> → {{plural:1|is|are}}<br /> <tt><nowiki>{{plural:2|is|are}}</nowiki></tt> → {{plural:2|is|are}} | Outputs the correct given pluralization form (parameters except first) depending on the count (first parameter). Plural transformations are used for languages like Russian based on "count mod 10". |- | <tt><nowiki>{{grammar:N|</nowiki>''noun''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | | Outputs the correct inflected form of the given word described by the inflection code after the colon (language-dependent). Grammar transformations are used for inflected languages like Polish. See also {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgGrammarForms}}. | 1.7+ |} ===Miscellaneous=== {| {{prettytable|class="plainlinks"}} !{{Hl2}}| Usage !{{Hl2}}| Output !{{Hl2}}| Description !{{Hl2}}| Version |- | <tt><nowiki>{{int:</nowiki>''message name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki> | <tt><nowiki>{{int:</nowiki>edit<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> &rarr; '''{{int:edit}}''' <br /><small>''(depends on user language, try: [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|uselang=fr}}#Miscellaneous fr] &bull;[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|uselang=ja}}#Miscellaneous ja])''</small> | Internationalizes (translates) the given '''int'''erface (MediaWiki namespace) message into the user language. ''Note that this can damage/confuse cache consistency, see [[bugzilla:14404|bug 14404]].'' | |- | <tt><nowiki>{{#language:</nowiki>''language code''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{#language:ar}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{#language:th}}</nowiki></tt> | {{#language:language code}}<br />{{#language:ar}}<br />{{#language:th}} | The native name for the given language code, in accordance with [[w:ISO 639|ISO 639]]. | {{mediawiki|rev:14490|1.7+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{#special:</nowiki>''special page name''<nowiki>}}</nowiki><br /><nowiki>{{#special:userlogin}}</nowiki></tt> | {{#special:special page name}}<br />{{#special:userlogin}} | The localized name for the given canonical Special: page. | {{mediawiki|rev:17321|1.9+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{#tag:</nowiki>''tagname''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt><br /><tt><nowiki>{{#tag:</nowiki>''tagname''<br><nowiki>|</nowiki>''tag content''<br><nowiki>|</nowiki>''parameter=value''<br /><nowiki>|</nowiki>''parameter2=value''<br /><nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | ''(depends on parser tag)'' | Alias for XML-style parser or extension tags, but parsing wiki code. Attribute values can be passed as parameter values ('<code><nowiki><tagname attribute="value"></nowiki></code>' &rarr; '<code><tt><nowiki>{{#tag:tagname|attribute=value}}</nowiki></tt></code>'), and inner content as an unnamed parameter ('<code><nowiki><tagname>content</tagname></nowiki></code>' &rarr; '<code><tt><nowiki>{{#tag:tagname|content}}</nowiki></tt></code>'). '''Warning''' : '<code><tt><nowiki>{{#tag:tagname|attribute1=value1|attribute2=value2}}</nowiki></tt></code>' will be interpreted like '<code><nowiki><tagname attribute2="value2">attribute1=value1</tagname></nowiki></code>'. You must write '<code><tt><nowiki>{{#tag:tagname||attribute1=value1|attribute2=value2}}</nowiki></tt></code>' to pass an empty content. | {{mediawiki|rev:29482|1.12+}} |- | <tt><nowiki>{{gender:</nowiki>''username''<br /><nowiki>|</nowiki>''return text if user is male''<br /><nowiki>|</nowiki>''return text if user is female''<br /><nowiki>|</nowiki>''return text if user hasn't defined their gender''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></tt> | ''(depends on the named user's gender)'' | A switch for the gender set in [[Special:Preferences]] | {{mediawiki|rev:46247|1.15+}} |} {{languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Time|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Magic words|{{PAGENAME}}]] 9dceda76241e97262cda2eae571a526a85966017 12 24 50 49 2010-06-03T23:09:11Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Moving (renaming) a page''' means giving it another name. This is done by using the "{{lc:{{MediaWiki:move}}}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|tab]] at the top. Then simply enter the new name and click "{{MediaWiki:movepagebtn}}". Normally you would want to leave the "{{MediaWiki:movetalk}}" option ticked. If you move page "A" to a new title "B", this operation will do the following: * Renames the title of page "A" as "B" * Renames all the editing history of page "A" as of page "B" as well * Creates a new page "A", whose content is a [[Help:Redirects|redirect]] to page "B" <!--I think the above describes just the opposite to what actually happens in the database, I'm going to replace it with correct description: page is not actually moved in [[Page table]], it's simply given a new title--> The second point is important. By using the "{{MediaWiki:move}}" feature, you also '''move the editing history''', which is desirable in most situations. The editing history allows people to see how the contents of the page were built up, and who contributed what. If you move contents around by copying and pasting (not using the move feature), you do not achieve this (see also [[Help:Tracking changes]]). Because the move operation '''leaves behind a redirect''' (see [[Help:Redirects]]), it should not result in any broken links, however you might want to hunt down pages or other redirects which link in to the redirect, and change their text to link directly to the new title. The "{{MediaWiki:whatlinkshere}}" feature, which can be used through the link in the {{MediaWiki:toolbox}} (at bottom of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]] on the left) is useful when doing this. == Proposing a move == Deciding on a page title can be a difficult aspect of wiki organization, and one which can often provoke debates. If the move you have in mind is one which might cause upset or could be considered controversial, you should propose the move first. Do this by leaving a note to give your reasons on the [[Help:Talk pages|talk page]]. You might also establish a system for labeling the page itself, with a move proposal template, to make everybody aware of your intentions. == Undo a move == As with all wiki editing, a move operation can be reversed (by any user). To reverse a move operation, simply move the page back, e.g. move page "B" back to "A". The page title "B" will still be left behind, as a redirect from "B" to "A". Any user can remove the redirect and propose that the page be deleted. However the final deletion will require sysop privileges (see [[Help:Deleting a page]]). == Moving a page without creating a redirect == Users with the ''suppressredirect'' [[Help:User rights|user right]] can optionally move a page without creating a redirect. This is particularly useful when undoing a move. == See also == * [[Help:Copying a page]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 2a296edf1fb7751c544d34184dfaec554d3412ea 12 25 52 51 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Pages on a MediaWiki wiki are grouped into collections called "'''namespaces'''", which differentiate between the purpose of the pages at a high level. Pages in certain namespaces can also have special properties or behave differently when they interact with other pages. Namespaces are indicated in page titles by prefixing the page name with "<tt>namespace:</tt>", so the prefix "<tt>{{NAMESPACE}}:</tt>" in this page's title ("{{FULLPAGENAME}}") indicates that this page is in the {{NAMESPACE}} namespace. Note, however, that colons and prefixes can also appear in page titles ''without'' indicating a namespace: The page [[Foo:{{PAGENAME}}]] is a page located in the [[#0: (Main)|mainspace]] because the namespace "Foo" does not exist. Similarly the page [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Foo:{{PAGENAME}}]] is in the "{{NAMESPACE}}" namespace. ==Standard namespaces== The standard MediaWiki installation has sixteen namespaces which can contain user-generated content; there are also two special namespaces which contain pages created 'on the fly' by the MediaWiki software. The standard namespaces are organised in pairs, with each pair containing a 'subject namespace' and a 'discussion namespace'. The namespaces are numbered from zero such that all subject namespaces have even indices, and all talk namespaces have odd indices. ====-2: {{ns:-2}}==== This namespace is an alias used for direct linking to media files: the link [[{{ns:-2}}:Wiki.png]] links to just the image rather than the image description page, which would be [[:{{ns:6}}:Wiki.png]]. ====-1: {{ns:-1}}==== This namespace is used to group [[Help:Special pages|special pages]], reports and interfaces that are generated 'on demand' by MediaWiki and which are not directly editable. It is not possible to create pages in this namespace except by modifying or extending the MediaWiki software. ====0: (Main)==== Namespace zero is the 'null' namespace, commonly called the "main namespace" or "mainspace". This namespace typically contains the bulk of the content pages in a wiki. This namespace generally has no special properties. ====1: {{ns:1}}==== The "Talk" namespace is the discussion namespace attached to the mainspace. It has no special properties. ====2: {{ns:2}}==== Each user has a corresponding page in the {{ns:2}} namespace, which is linked to from edit histories, watchlists, recent changes, etc; wherever an individual user is uniquely identified. This page, and subpages of it, can be used by users to record information about themselves or to test and draft new content. Pages of the form "<tt style="whitespace:nowrap">{{ns:2}}:''UserName''/Foo'''.js'''</tt>" or "<tt style="whitespace:nowrap">{{ns:2}}:''UserName''/Foo'''.css'''</tt>" can only be edited by the user themselves or by [[Help:Sysops and permissions|administrators]]. ====3: {{ns:3}}==== This namespace is the talkspace associated with the {{ns:2}} namespace. Pages in this namespace are mainly used to leave messages for particular users or inform them of discussions that may be of interest to them. To facilitate this, when a page [[{{ns:3}}:UserName]] is edited, whenever the user 'UserName' loads a page, a notice is displayed at the top of the page informing them of the edit: <div class="usermessage plainlinks">You have [[{{ns:3}}:UserName|<span style="color:#002bb8">{{MediaWiki:newmessageslink}}</span>]] ([{{fullurl:{{ns:3}}:UserName&diff=cur}} <span style="color:#002bb8">{{MediaWiki:newmessagesdifflink}}</span>]).</div> This notice continues to appear until the user loads their user talk page to read the message. ====4: {{ns:4}}==== This is a content namespace that is normally used for meta-discussions related to the operation and development of the wiki. It has no special properties. ====5: {{ns:5}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated content pages. It has no special properties. ====6: {{ns:6}}==== [[Image:Wiki.png|right]] The {{ns:6}} namespace is used to store metadata for images, videos, sound files and other media accessed via the {{ns:-2}} namespace. Each file has a corresponding page in the {{ns:6}} namespace which is often used to hold licensing data. Linking ''directly'' to a page in this namespace instead includes the media file inline in the page: <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:6}}<nowiki>:Wiki.png|right]]</nowiki></tt> produces the image to the right. See [[Help:Images]] for more details of this link syntax. To create an [[Help:Links|internal link]] to the file page, you need to add a colon to the front of the namespace: <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>[[:</nowiki>{{ns:6}}<nowiki>:Wiki.png|right]]</nowiki></tt> produces [[:{{ns:6}}:Wiki.png]]. The standard MediaWiki installation has alias "Image" for {{ns:6}} namespace - See [[Help:Namespaces#Namespace aliases|Namespace aliases]]. ====7: {{ns:7}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated media files. It has no special properties. ====8: {{ns:8}}==== The MediaWiki namespace is used to hold system messages and other important content. For instance, the page [[{{ns:8}}:Edit]] contains the text that fills the "{{MediaWiki:Edit}}" tab at the top of every page. If that page exists, it overrides the default content, which is "edit this page". Similarly, [[{{ns:8}}:Common.css]] is the system message which holds the [[wikipedia:Cascading Style Sheets|CSS]] code that is loaded for all users for each page. It has the special property that the entire namespace is fully protected and can only be edited by administrators. ====9: {{ns:9}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated system messages. It has no special properties. ====10: {{ns:10}}==== The {{ns:10}} namespace is used to hold [[Help:Templates|templates]], blocks of text or wikicode that are intended to be transcluded in several other pages. To facilitate this it has the special property that it is the ''default'' namespace for transclusions: the wikicode <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>{{Foo}}</nowiki></tt> is equivalent to <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>{{</nowiki>'''{{ns:10}}:'''<nowiki>Foo}}</nowiki></tt>. ====11: {{ns:11}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated template pages. It has no special properties. ====12: {{ns:12}}==== The {{ns:12}} namespace is usually used to hold help files, instructions and 'how-to' guides. It has no special properties. ====13: {{ns:13}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated help pages. It has no special properties. ====14: {{ns:14}}==== The {{ns:14}} namespace contains [[Help:Categories|categories]], dynamic lists of other pages. To facilitate this, linking ''directly'' to a category page does not output an inline link, but instead includes the page into the associated category page. So the code <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:14}}<nowiki>:Help]]</nowiki></tt> causes a category link to appear at the bottom of the page (at the bottom in the box marked "{{MediaWiki:Pagecategories}}"). Clicking on that link takes you to the category page, where this page is visible in the category list. To create an inline link to a category page, you need to add a colon to the front of the namespace: <tt style="white-space:nowrap"><nowiki>[[:</nowiki>{{ns:14}}<nowiki>:Help]]</nowiki></tt> produces [[:{{ns:14}}:Help]]. See [[Help:Categories]] for more details on category link syntax. ====15: {{ns:15}}==== This is a talk namespace that is normally used for discussions related to the associated category pages. It has no special properties. ==Localisation== ===Renaming namespaces=== {| {{prettytable|width=0|style=float:right}} |- !{{hl2}}|Canonical name !{{hl2}}|Localized name |- | Media || {{ns:-2}} |- | Special || {{ns:-1}} |- |(Main) || {{ns:0}} |- | Talk || {{ns:1}} |- | User || {{ns:2}} |- | User talk || {{ns:3}} |- | Project || {{ns:4}} |- | Project talk || {{ns:5}} |- | File || {{ns:6}} |- | File talk || {{ns:7}} |- | MediaWiki || {{ns:8}} |- | MediaWiki talk || {{ns:9}} |- | Template || {{ns:10}} |- | Template talk || {{ns:11}} |- | Help || {{ns:12}} |- | Help talk || {{ns:13}} |- | Category || {{ns:14}} |- | Category talk || {{ns:15}} |} Namespace names can be translated into languages other than English and individual namespaces can be renamed, as set by a wiki's system admins. These names are known as the 'localized' namespace names. However, all namespaces have a 'canonical name', the original English name which will work on any installation of MediaWiki. So linking to [[User:Foo]] will always locate the user page for the user foo, whether the wiki is in French (where the localized name would be [[:Utilisateur:Foo]]), Russian ([[:Участник:Foo]]) or Hindi ([[:सदस्य:Foo]]). The canonical namespace names are given in the table to the right along with their localized names on this wiki. ===Namespace aliases=== On some wikis there are also namespace ''aliases'': alternative names that will also be resolved to the localised names. For instance, a wiki might define "T" as an alias for {{ns:10}}, such that typing [[T:Foo]] is equivalent to [[{{ns:10}}:Foo]], saving a few characters and seconds. By default, "Image" is an alias for {{ns:6}}, so <tt style="white-space:nowrap;"><nowiki>[[Image:Wiki.png]]</nowiki></tt> is equivalent to <tt style="white-space:nowrap;"><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:6}}<nowiki>:Wiki.png]]</nowiki></tt>. ===Custom namespaces=== :''See {{mediawiki|Manual:Using custom namespaces}} for more information''. Some wikis may wish to organise their content in ways that do not fit into this standard set of namespaces. A wiki may define additional namespaces to facilitate this; these namespaces behave exactly like normal namespaces, and generally have indices greater than or equal to 100. These custom namespaces generally have no special properties. ==Identifying namespaces== There are a number of ways by which the namespace of a particular page can be identified: ;Magic words The [[Help:Magic word|magic word]] <tt><nowiki>{{NAMESPACE}}</nowiki></tt> returns the value of the namespace the page is in. ;Javascript The javascript variable <tt>wgCanonicalNamespace</tt> contains the full namespace name. The variable <tt>wgNamespaceNumber</tt> contains the numerical index of the namespace. ;CSS The <tt><nowiki><body></nowiki></tt> tag of the HTML page output is given two CSS classes that vary by namespace: A class <tt>ns-#</tt>, where # is the index of the namespace, and <tt>ns-XXX</tt>, where XXX is "<tt>subject</tt>" for all content namespaces, "<tt>special</tt>" for pages in the {{ns:-1}} namespace, and "<tt>talk</tt>" for talk namespaces. So CSS code such as the following can be used to change the appearance of an object based on its namespace: <source lang=css> .ns-subject a { /* All links on content pages to be green. */ color: #00FF00; } .ns-talk a { /* Links on talk pages to be blue. */ color: #0000FF; } .ns-3 a { /* and links on user talk pages to be red */ color: #FF0000; } </source> ;API You can get a complete list of all the namespaces used on this wiki from the API: :{{SERVER}}/w/api.php?action=query&meta=siteinfo&siprop=namespaces == See also == * {{mediawiki|Manual:Namespaces}} * {{mediawiki|Manual:Using custom namespaces}} {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Namespaces]] [[Category:Namespace|Namespaces]] 697305489081891fbff68de2575b264978883ecb 12 26 54 53 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} When viewing any page on a MediaWiki wiki, you'll find three main navigation elements: # The [[#Sidebar|sidebar]] on the left gives you access to important pages in the wiki such as Recent changes or Upload file. # At the top of the page are links (often called [[#Page Tabs|tabs]]) which relate to the page currently displayed: its associated discussion page, the version history, and&mdash;most notably&mdash;the edit link. # In the top right corner you'll find [[#User Links|user links]]; as an anonymous user, you'll see a link to create an account or log in (they are the same page). As a logged-in user you have a collection of personal links, including ones to your user page and [[Help:Preferences|preferences]]. == Sidebar == [[Image:M-en-sidebar.png|framed|right|Example sidebar, shown on the left of the page]] The sidebar is displayed on the left edge of the page below the site logo (if using the default MonoBook skin). This sidebar gives you access to important pages in the wiki such as Recent changes or Upload file. === Navigation === Clicking on the logo brings you back to the main page of the wiki. The links in the navigation section just below will take you to important pages of the wiki. These links can be configured by site administrators. === Toolbox === The {{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}} contains a selection of links which change depending on what type of page you are viewing. ;On all pages (except special pages): :* “{{int:whatlinkshere}}” takes you to a special page that lists the pages on this wiki which contain a link to the current page. This is helpful when you are looking for pages of related information. The “{{lcfirst:{{int:whatlinkshere}}}}” information can also be useful when you are refactoring wiki pages and need to check whether links to this page are still relevant after changes in the current page. :* The “{{lcfirst:{{int:recentchangeslinked}}}}” tool lists all recent changes in the pages linked to from the current page. Recent changes to all relevant template pages are included in the resulting page list. The "Hide minor edits" option that can be set in the user [[Help:Preferences|preferences]] applies, among other things, to “{{lcfirst:{{int:recentchangeslinked}}}}”. : ;On all pages (including special pages): :* “{{int:upload}}” displays a special page that allows logged-in users to upload images and other files to the wiki. Uploaded files can be linked from or embedded in wiki pages. ''Uploading files, viewing files on the server, including them in wiki pages and managing the uploaded files is discussed in the [[Help:Managing files|managing files]] section of this manual.'' This is not displayed if file uploading has been disabled or not enabled in the first place. :* The “{{lcfirst:{{int:specialpages}}}}” tool lists the MediaWiki special pages. In MediaWiki terminology, a special page is one that presents information about the Wiki and/or allows access to administration activities for the wiki. For example, a list of users registered with the wiki, statistics about the wiki such as the number of pages and number of page edits, system logs, a list of orphaned pages, and so on. These special pages are commonly generated when the special page is loaded rather than being stored in the wiki database.<br/>''The function and use of the default special pages can be found in the [[Help:Special pages|special pages]] section of this manual.'' == Page Tabs == [[Image:M-en-pagetabs.png|framed|right|Default page tabs at the top of the page]] The page tabs are displayed at the top of the page to the right of the site logo (if using the default MonoBook skin). These tabs allow you to perform actions or view pages that are related to the current page. The available default actions include: viewing, editing, and discussing the current page. The specific tabs displayed on your pages depend on whether or not you are logged into the wiki and whether you have sysop (administrator) privileges on the wiki. On special pages only the namespace tab is displayed. ;Default for all users :* “[[Help:Namespaces|namespace]]” (page, help, special page, template, user page etc.) :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:talk}}}}” :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:edit}}}}” (may read “{{lcfirst:{{int:viewsource}}}}” if anonymous editing is disabled, the page is in the MediaWiki: namespace, or the page is protected) :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:history_short}}}}” : ;Extra tabs for logged-in users: :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:move}}}}” :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:watch}}}}” : ;Extra tabs for sysops: :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:protect}}}}” :* “{{lcfirst:{{int:delete}}}}” Administrators can {{Mediawiki|FAQ#How_do_I_add.2Fremove_tabs_throughout_my_wiki.3F|add or remove tabs}} by using JavaScript or installing extensions, so the tabs you see may be different depending on which wiki you are using. == User Links == [[Image:M-en-userlinks.png|framed|right|Default user links at the top right of the page]] The user links are displayed at the top far right of the page (if using the default MonoBook skin). These tabs allow the logged-in user to view and edit their user page and wiki preferences. Additionally, the user links allow the user to quickly access their contributions to the wiki and logout. For anonymous users the user links is replaced by a link to the wiki login page or, if enabled, a link to your IP address and your IP address's talk page. ; “<username>” : This links to your user page which is where you can put information about yourself, store bits of information you want to remember or whatever else you fancy. ; “{{lcfirst:{{int:mytalk}}}}” : This links to your discussion page, where people can leave messages for you. ; “{{lcfirst:{{int:mypreferences}}}}” : Allows you to change your personal site preferences. ; “{{lcfirst:{{int:mywatchlist}}}}” : A list of all pages that you are watching. Pages can be added to this list by clicking “{{lcfirst:{{int:watch}}}}” at the top of the page. ; “{{lcfirst:{{int:mycontris}}}}” : A list of all contributions you have made to the wiki. ; “{{lcfirst:{{int:logout}}}}” : Click this link to log out of the wiki. {{Languages|Help:Navigation}} [[Category:Help|Navigation]] 8bbb88bc26d06c439fea9f97caeecbc7e6102953 12 27 56 55 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''New images''' is a [[Help:special page|special page]] that lists recently added files as a [[Help:gallery|gallery]] in reverse order, with creation date and time, current size, user who [[Help:upload|upload]]ed the file, and name of the uploaded file. This feature is accessible at [[Special:NewImages]]. The page results are '''not''' adjustable using settings the [[Help:Preferences|Preferences]]. This special page can be [[Help:transclusion|transcluded]], with the first unnamed parameter specifying how many entries should be displayed. :<nowiki>{{Special:NewImages/50}}</nowiki> This special page does not accept additional parameters, [[bugzilla:3358|yet]]. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 5d729f67217008ec3a918cf29df4ccf01befa10b 12 28 58 57 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''New pages''' is a [[Help:special page|special page]] that lists recently created pages in reverse order of creation, with creation date and time, current size, user who created the page, and first [[help:edit summary|edit summary]]. It also provides links to [[Help:patrolled pages|patrol]] these new pages when that feature is enabled. This feature is accessible at [[Special:NewPages]]. The page results are not adjustable in the [[Help:Preferences|Preferences]]. The ability to filter by user was added in [[bugzilla:6448]]. == Transclusion == This special page can be [[Help:transclusion|transcluded]], with the first unnamed parameter specifying how many entries should be displayed. :<nowiki>{{Special:NewPages/50}}</nowiki> Additional parameters may be used in a comma separated list such as: :<nowiki>{{Special:Newpages/limit=5,shownav,offset=20081210,namespace=Template}}</nowiki> {|class="sortable wikitable" !parameter!!value type!!description |- |limit||integer||Number of entries to display |- |offset||date||Date to begin the list of entries |- |namespace||string|| Restrict the results to the named [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] |- |hideliu|| || Hide logged in users (LIU) |- |hidepatrolled|| ||Only show pages which have not been [[Help:patrolled pages|patrolled]]. |- |hidebots|| || Hide [[Help:Bots|Bots]] |- |showredirs|| || Show [[Help:Redirect|Redirect]]s |- |shownav|| ||Display result navigation links above and beneath the results, i.e,<br>"(Latest &#124; Earliest) View (newer 5) (older 5) (20 &#124; 50 &#124; 100 &#124; 250 &#124; 500)" |} {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] f143745edcb4f6bb48e66a20a6f573184eb32d02 12 29 60 59 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} <div style="float:right;">__TOC__</div> '''Patrolled edits''' are a feature which allows specific users to mark items in recent changes as having been "patrolled" or "approved". By default this is only available if you have [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysop permissions]]. This feature is useful when reviewing recent changes for undesirable edits, link spam and vandalism. This allows people (with permission to do so) to coordinate their patrolling activity, such that edits get checked over once, with less wasted effort (different people checking the same edit). == Marking edits as patrolled == ; To mark an edit as patrolled #Access [[Special:Recentchanges]] #:Changes which are not patrolled will be indicated with a red exclamation mark #Click the ({{mediawiki|m:Help:Diff|diff}}) link next to an edit #To mark the edit as patrolled, click the ''mark as patrolled'' link == Hiding patrolled edits from recent changes == Patrolled edits can be hidden from recent changes by adding "hidepatrolled=1" to url in the following form: <code><nowiki>http://example.com/w/index.php?title=Special:Recentchanges&hidepatrolled=1</nowiki></code> == Customization == === Enabling/disabling === Patrolled edits are enabled by default in MediaWiki 1.4 and later. To disable this, set '''{{mediawiki|Manual:$wgUseRCPatrol|$wgUseRCPatrol}}''' in {{mediawiki|Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php}} to <code>false</code>. <code>$wgUseRCPatrol = false;</code> === Permissions === ==== 1.4 ==== In MediaWiki 1.4, patrolled edits are enabled for all users. To restrict this to sysops, set '''$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol''' in {{mediawiki|Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php}} to <code>true</code>. <code>$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol = true;</code> ==== 1.5+ ==== In MediaWiki 1.5 and later, patrolled edits are enabled for sysops. Use the '''{{mediawiki|Manual:$wgGroupPermissions|$wgGroupPermissions}}''' configuration variable to assign this to new or existing user groups. See {{mediawiki|Manual:User_rights_management|Manual:User rights management}}. For instance, to create a ''patrollers'' group: <code>$wgGroupPermissions['patrollers']['patrol'] = true;</code> === Automatic patrolling === In MediaWiki 1.6 through 1.8, there is a [[Help:preferences|user preference]] available to users who are able to mark edits as patrolled. When set, this causes their edits to be patrolled automatically. This option is not available if the patrolled edits feature is switched off. In MediaWiki 1.9 this user preference has been removed and replaced by a new "autopatrol" right, assigned only to sysops by default. Also, users cannot mark their own edits as patrolled. === Marker === The formatting of the unpatrolled edit marker can be altered using CSS. The exclamation mark displayed on the Recent changes log is styled using the <code>span.unpatrolled</code>. == See also == * [[Help:Patrolled pages]] * {{mediawiki|meta:Help:Patrolled edit|Further reading on the Meta-Wiki}} * {{mediawiki|Extension:FlaggedRevs}} {{Languages|Help:Patrolled edits}} [[Category:Help|Patrolled edits]] 5e43d85629edb46339358b078a4558f5300bb482 12 30 62 61 2010-06-03T23:09:12Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Clicking on the [[Special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in allows you to change your preferences. You will be presented with the User profile section, as well as a bar of tabs across the top for changing other types of settings. ==User profile== ===User profile=== * ''Username'': Your user name. Only bureaucrats can change your username, and the wiki must also have the {{mediawiki|Extension:Renameuser|Renameuser extension}} installed. * ''User ID'': A number assigned to your account when you created it (for example, if your number is 42 you are the 42nd user to sign up at this particular wiki). This number is used for internal purposes. * ''Number of edits'': How many edits you have made. Not all wikis will have this. * ''Real name'': If provided, this will be used for attribution (rather than using your username). Providing your real name is entirely optional. Some wikis do not have this option. * ''E-mail'': Your email address, if you have supplied one. You can also change or remove your address here. * ''Nickname'': When you sign your name (using <code><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></code>), what you enter here will be used at the start instead of a simple link to your user page. By default, anything you enter here will be wrapped with <code><nowiki>[[ ]]</nowiki></code>; if you want to use special linking, enable ''Raw signatures (without automatic link)''. * ''Language'': This controls what language the interface is displayed in. MediaWiki's default interface includes localisations for all supported languages, but this is not necessarily the case with extensions or custom skins. Page text will '''not''' be translated, nor will templates (unless the templates integrate text localisation). ===Change password=== To change your password, enter your old password in the first box and your new password in the last two. If you want this site to remember your login, check ''Remember my login on this computer''. Note that this function requires you to have cookies enabled in your browser, and if your cookie is cleared or expires you will no longer be remembered. ===E-mail=== If you have supplied an email address, you will need to click the ''verify address'' button in order to use these functions. You will receive an email; simply open it and follow the link to enable the following functions. * ''E-mail me when a page I'm watching is changed'' * ''E-mail me when my user talk page is changed'' * ''E-mail me also for minor edits of pages'' * ''Enable e-mail from other users'' * ''Send me copies of emails I send to other users'' ===Languages=== From your preferences you can select what language you would like the interface to be in. Only the buttons like 'edit' and 'talk', in addition to a few pages in the sidebar, will be affected. The main text of the pages will not be changed by this for the vast majority of pages, although there are a few pages where it will, like some in the Wikimedia Meta Wiki. ==Skin== Here you can choose the skin you want to use (use ''Preview'' if you want to see a skin before you choose it). By default, MediaWiki includes the following skins: * Chick * Classic * Cologne Blue * Modern * MonoBook (default) * MySkin * Nostalgia * Simple * [[media:MediaWiki Skin Vector.png|Vector]] While you can choose whatever skin you like, bear in mind that some wikis will incorporate templates or layout elements that will not display as intended in some of these skins. Generally speaking, sticking with MonoBook (or whatever the wiki's default skin is) will ensure you see pages as intended. ==Math== Here you can control how mathematical equations described using the <code><nowiki><math></nowiki></code> tag will be displayed. Mathematical formulae uploaded as images or written outside the math tag will not be affected by this setting. * ''Always render PNG'' * ''HTML if very simple or else PNG'' * ''HTML if possible or else PNG'' * ''Leave it as TeX (for text browsers)'' * ''Recommended for modern browsers'' * ''MathML if possible (experimental)'' ==Files== Here you can determine how images will be displayed. Images displayed by direct pasting of a URL (if the wiki has it enabled) will not be affected by this setting. * ''Limit images on image description pages to'': This setting lets you choose how big image previews will be on the Image: pages. If you know what your current screen resolution is you may like to set this to one or two sizes smaller than your own screen. If you have a slow connection (such as dial-up) you may want to limit them to 320×240. * ''Thumbnail size'': Define how big you want thumbnails to appear. This setting will not affect thumbnails with dimensions determined by an editor, nor can it increase images beyond their original dimensions. ==Date and time== The following is normally rendered depending on preferences: <pre> [[2001-01-05]] (or [[2001]]-[[01-05]]) (with leading zeros) [[2001]] [[January 5]] ([[2001]] [[January 05]]) [[January 5]], [[2001]] ([[January 05]], [[2001]]) [[5 January]] [[2001]] ([[05 January]] [[2001]]) [[January 5]] ([[January 05]]) [[5 January]] ([[05 January]]) </pre> ==Editing== Settings to control editing pages, including the size of the edit box displayed and whether to watch pages that you have edited or created automatically. ==Recent changes== * ''Days to show in recent changes'': Here you can specify how far back the [[Help:Tracking changes|recent changes]] pages will go. Note that the list will stop prematurely if the number of edits is exceeded (see below) * ''Number of edits to show in recent changes'': Here you can specify how many edits should be displayed. * ''Hide minor edits in recent changes'': This enables you to hide edits marked as minor (see [[Help:Editing pages]]). Since some users will rapidly make a lot of tiny tweaks to update templates or fix spelling errors you may find enabling this to be useful. You can also turn this on temporarily from the recent changes page (see [[Help:Tracking changes]]). * ''Enhanced recent changes (JavaScript)'': Enhanced recent changes condenses edits into a per-page list. As indicated, this requires JavaScript to be enabled. See [[Help:Tracking changes]] for more information on this feature. ==Watchlist== Setting to control the behaviour of the watchlist (See [[Help:Watchlist]]) Most of these options are also available on the watchlist display itself, but by setting them in your preferences you control the default behaviour i.e. Every time you visit the watchlist it will do the same. ==Search== Default settings for searches including how many results to display and how much context to show for each result. Check the boxes next to the namespaces which you want to show up, the first time that you search for something. You can override this when doing an actual search, by checking or unchecking the boxes at the bottom of the search results screen. ==Misc== Other settings such as numbering and justification. == See also == * {{meta|Help:Preferences}} * [[Help:Skins]] {{Languages|Help:Preferences}} [[Category:Help|Preferences]] 8870d3491fde493176d16a1b4a99e7bcce5725a6 12 31 64 63 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} A '''protected page''' is a page where normal users are prevented from [[Help:Editing pages|editing]] and/or [[Help:Moving a page|moving]] at all. Only a user with [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysop permissions]] can edit or move a protected page. Likewise only sysop users can protect a page in the first place, or unprotect the page to lift the restriction. There are several reasons why a particular page might be protected: * On public wikis, pages may be protected because they have been repeatedly targeted with vandalism or moved to bad titles, or where it is believed that vandalism or page moves would have a unusually severe impact. * On corporate wikis, pages may be protected when they contain statements which have been approved by management, and policy dictates that those statements can't be changed without following a certain approval process. Page protection limits collaboration on the wiki content, and should be avoided where possible. For sysop information see [[Help:Protecting and unprotecting pages]] {{Languages|Help:Protected pages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] c44a18a1f9789f66701ff12d7c0400226ff1edfe 12 32 66 65 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Protecting and unprotecting pages''' is very straightforward, but these operations require [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysop permissions]]. You can designate a page as a [[Help:Protected pages|protected page]] by clicking the 'Protect page' tab, and supplying a comment (a brief textual description of why you are protecting the page). There are several reasons why a particular page might be protected. On public wikis, a protected page is usually one which has been repeatedly targeted with vandalism, or where it is believed that any vandalism would have an unusually severe impact. On corporate wikis, a page may be protected when the content has been frozen via an approval process. However there are also many good reasons for ''not'' protecting pages. As a sysop you must make this choice, and wield your power responsibly. {{languages|Help:Protecting and unprotecting pages}} [[Category:Help|Protecting and unprotecting pages]] d255432375f1949379071fba918832e7c3df92c7 12 33 68 67 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-sidebar.png|framed|right|The default sidebar on the left, see the fifth link from top]] The '''random page''' feature allows users to view a wiki page at random. The default, and most convenient use is to show a random page in the main namespace, and is accessed through the [[Special:Random]] page. Users will be redirected to the selection. [[Special:Randompage]] is an alias for the feature and works in the same manner. == Namespace selection == Users can also opt to view a random page in a namespace of their choice. This is achieved by specifying a namespace as a parameter to the page, i.e. [[Special:Random/Help]] will select a random page in the Help namespace; [[Special:Random/Category]] will show the contents of a random category, etc. ==Settings== * {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgContentNamespaces}} - this will set what namespaces should be counted as article content and included in [[Special:Random]] function * {{mediawiki|Manual:$wgExtraRandompageSQL}} - this settings allows for filtering of content from the [[Special:Random]] function {{languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Special Pages|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Random page|{{PAGENAME}}]] 19545f240c434ef3696043ebd06f3755537e9920 12 34 70 69 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Range blocks''' are technical restrictions applied through [[Special:Blockip]] to a group of [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IP_addresses IP addresses] that prevent them from editing, creating new accounts, sending email through the wiki interface, et cetera. Registered accounts editing from these IP addresses will also be blocked, unless you check the box to only block anonymous editors. Range blocking is enabled on all [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Foundation Wikimedia] wikis; to enable it on other wikis, add "<code>{{mediawiki|Manual:$wgSysopRangeBans|$wgSysopRangeBans}} = true;</code>" in <tt>{{mediawiki|Manual:LocalSettings.php|LocalSettings.php}}</tt>. To block an IP range from [[Special:Blockip]], enter the first IP address in the range followed by a forward slash and a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_inter-domain_routing Classless inter-domain routing] (CIDR) suffix. '''You should avoid performing range blocks unless you understand what you are doing, or you may end up blocking tens of thousands of people who are not the problem!''' ==Non-technical Explaination== IP address are broken up into blocks of numbers. The most common block is 256 numbers. An example of this would be 148.20.57.0 thru 148.20.57.255. Once it reaches 255 the next number is 148.20.58.0. IP addresses can be broken up in to smaller or larger blocks. The smallest practical block is a block of 4. This could be one of the following: 148.20.57.0 - 148.20.57.3, or 148.20.57.4 - 148.20.57.7, or 148.20.57.8 - 148.20.57.11 etc. Of this block of 4 numbers, only two can be assigned to a computer. The first and last numbers of any block are reserved for network communication. These are level 30 blocks and can be expressed like this: 148.20.57.0/30, or 148.20.57.4/30, or 148.20.57.8/30 etc. The next largest bock is 8. They can be as follows: 148.20.57.0 - 148.20.57.7, or 148.20.57.8 - 148.20.57.15, or 148.20.57.16 - 148.20.57.23 etc. In this block of 8 numbers only 6 can be assigned to a computer as, once again, the first and last numbers in a block are reserved for network communication. These can also be expressed as follows: 148.20.57.0/29, or 148.20.57.8/29, or 148.20.57.16/29 etc. From this point on the number of IP addresses in a block continue to double. 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, etc. A block of 16 would start 148.20.57.0/28. A block of 32 would start 148.20.57.0/27. A block of 64 would start 148.20.57.0/26. A block of 128 would start 148.20.57.0/25. A block of 256 would start 148.20.57.0/24. So if you have an IP address and you want to block the range assigned how do you know which one to use? Let's say you have a problem with 148.20.57.34. You can lookup who has this IP address at http://ws.arin.net/whois/?queryinput=148.20.57.34 This tells us that this IP address is assigned, along with a LOT of others in a /17 range, to the Department of Defense. We certainly don't want to block a large block of the DoD! The rule of thumb is block as little a possible. Only block a range if there is a cluster of IP addresses giving a problem. There's a calculator that is very useful for this: http://www.csgnetwork.com/ipinfocalc.html Go to this site and enter 148.20.57.34 into the first set of blanks. Now select Network Prefix Length and enter 27 (this will give a block of 32 addresses) and click Calculate Network Information. This will show us a bock of 32 IP addresses that include 148.20.57.34. (The first - network - and the last - broadcast - addresses will be displayed along with the usable addresses in the range.) You can use this tool to test ranges to be sure they are what you want before entering the information to initiate the block. ==Technical explanation== CIDR notation is written as the IP address, a slash, and the CIDR suffix (for example, the IPv4 "<code>10.2.3.41/24</code>" or IPv6 "<code>a3:b:c1:d:e:f:1:21/24</code>"). The CIDR suffix is the number of starting digits every IP address in the range have in common when written in binary. For example: "<code>10.10.1.32</code>" is binary "<code>00001010.00001010.00000001.00100000</code>", so <code>10.10.1.32/27</code> will match the first 27 digits ("<code><u>00001010</u>.<u>00001010</u>.<u>00000001</u>.<u>001</u>00000</code>"). The IP addresses <code>10.10.1.32</code>–<code>10.10.1.63</code>, when converted to binary, all have the same 27 first digits and will be blocked if <code>10.10.1.32/27</code> is blocked. As the CIDR suffix increases, the block affects fewer IP addresses (see [[#Table|table of example ranges]]). CIDR suffixes are not the same for IPv4 addresses as they are for IPv6 addresses. ==Calculating the CIDR suffix== You can use the [[#Table|table of sample ranges]] below to guess the range, use a computer script, or manually calculate the range. ===Conversion to binary=== The first step in manually calculating a range is to convert the first and last IP address to binary representation. (This assumes you're not using a computer script, which can probably calculate the range for you anyway.) An IP address is composed of four groups of eight ones and zeros. Each group represents a number from 0 to 255. To convert a number to binary, you can use a [http://www.ccci.com/tools/subcalc/binary.html reference table] or know the value of each binary digit: {| class="prettytable" style="text-align:center;" |- | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |- | 128 | 64 | 32 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |} Proceeding from left to right, fill in '1' if the number is at least that value, and subtract that value (if it's not, fill in '0' and don't subtract). For example, to calculate 240: # 240 is at least 128, so place 1 and subtract 128. # 112 (240-128) is at least 64, so place 1 and subtract 64. # 48 (112-64) is at least 32, so place 1 and subtract 32. # 16 (48-32) is at least 16, so place 1 and subtract 16. # Since the remaining value is zero, all the remaining places are '0'. Thus, 240 is 1111 0000 because it can be represented as 128+64+32+16+0+0+0+0. ===Calculate range=== # Place both IP addresses one atop the other, and count how many starting digits are exactly alike. This is the CIDR suffix. # Double-check! Being off by one digit could extend your block by thousands of addresses. The example below calculates the CIDR range between 69.208.0.0 and 69.208.0.255. Note that this is a simple example; some groups of IP addresses do not so neatly fit CIDR suffixes, and need multiple different-sized blocks to block the exact range. IP addresses: 69.208.0.0 69.208.0.255 &nbsp; Convert to binary: 0100 0101.1101 0000.0000 0000.0000 0000 0100 0101.1101 0000.0000 0000.1111 1111 &nbsp; Count identical first numbers: '''0100 0101.1101 0000.0000 0000'''.0000 0000 '''0100 0101.1101 0000.0000 0000'''.1111 1111 |____________________________| 24 digits &nbsp; CIDR range: 69.208.0.0/24 </pre> ===<span id="Table">Table of sample ranges</span>=== The table below shows the IP blocks each CIDR suffix affects. Note that MediaWiki only supports blocking CIDR suffixes 16&ndash;32. {| class="prettytable" ! CIDR ! Start Range ! End Range ! Total addresses ! Bits selected in IP address |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/0''' | 0.0.0.0 | 255.255.255.255 | 4,294,967,296 | ********.********.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/1''' | 0.0.0.0 | 127.255.255.255 | 2,147,483,648 | 0*******.********.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/4''' | 64.0.0.0 | 79.255.255.255 | 268,435,456 | 0100****.********.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/8''' | 69.0.0.0 | 69.255.255.255 | 67,108,864 | 01000101.********.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/11''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.238.255.255 | 2,197,152 | 01000101.110*****.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/12''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.223.255.255 | 1,048,576 | 01000101.1101****.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/13''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.215.255.255 | 524,288 | 01000101.11010***.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/14''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.211.255.255 | 262,144 | 01000101.110100**.********.******** |- style="color:gray;" | 69.208.0.0'''/15''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.209.255.255 | 131,072 | 01000101.1101000*.********.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/16''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.255.255 | 65,536 | 01000101.11010000.********.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/17''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.127.255 | 32,768 | 01000101.11010000.0*******.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/18''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.63.255 | 16,384 | 01000101.11010000.00******.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/19''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.31.255 | 8,192 | 01000101.11010000.000*****.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/20''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.15.255 | 4,096 | 01000101.11010000.0000****.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/21''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.7.255 | 2,048 | 01000101.11010000.00000***.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/22''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.3.255 | 1,024 | 01000101.11010000.000000**.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/23''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.1.255 | 512 | 01000101.11010000.0000000*.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/24''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.255 | 256 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.******** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/25''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.127 | 128 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.0******* |- | 69.208.0.0'''/26''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.63 | 64 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.00****** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/27''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.31 | 32 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.000***** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/28''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.15 | 16 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.0000**** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/29''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.7 | 8 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.00000*** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/30''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.3 | 4 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.000000** |- | 69.208.0.0'''/31''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.1 | 2 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.0000000* |- | 69.208.0.0'''/32''' | 69.208.0.0 | 69.208.0.0 | 1 | 01000101.11010000.00000000.00000000 |} ==References== * [[wikipedia:Classless Inter-Domain Routing|Classless Inter-Domain Routing]] ==External links== * [http://www.find-ip-address.org/ip-country/ IP Address Ranges Block] gives you complete IP ranges for certain countries. * [http://apps.csc.fi/laskin2.html Netmask calculator] which helps in making the correct decision for range blocks. * [http://tools.wikimedia.de/~chm/blockcalc.php Rangeblock-Calculator] gives you the range you should use when blocking. {{Languages|Help:Range blocks}} [[Category:Help|Range blocks]] [[Category:Block|Range blocks]] 3803ddb3b812599151858e135d2ed321f6c3affc 12 35 72 71 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Recent changes''' is a [[Help:special page|special page]] that lists recent changes in reverse order, with creation date and time, current size, user who created the page, and first [[help:edit summary|edit summary]]. It also provides links to [[Help:patrolled edits|patrol]] these new edits when that feature is enabled. This feature is accessible at [[Special:RecentChanges]]. The page results are adjustable using settings the [[Help:Preferences#Recent_changes|Preferences section "Recent changes"]]. This special page can be [[Help:transclusion|transcluded]], with the first unnamed parameter specifying how many entries should be displayed. :<nowiki>{{Special:RecentChanges/50}}</nowiki> Additional parameters may be used a comma separated list such as: :<nowiki>{{Special:RecentChanges/days=5,limit=40}}</nowiki> {|class="sortable wikitable" !parameter!!value type!!class="unsortable"|description |- |days||integer||Maximum number of days to display |- |limit||integer||Maximum number of entries to display |- |hidebots|| || Hide [[Help:Bots|bots]] |- |bots|| || Show bots |- |hideminor|| || Hide [[Help:minor edit|minor edit]]s |- |minor|| || Show minor edits |- |hideliu|| || Hide logged in users (LIU) |- |hidepatrolled|| ||Only show pages which have not been [[Help:patrolled pages|patrolled]]. |- |hideanons|| || Hide [[Help:Anonymous user|Anonymous user]]s |- |hidemyself|| || Hide the logged in user's own changes |} ==See also== * {{meta|Help:Recent_changes|Further reading on the Meta-Wiki}} {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Recent changes]] 4ffac4c30cbe187c7bf8b0f9d3d20437d391842b 12 37 76 75 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} :'''''NB''' This page summarizes the search function. More detailed information about available options can be found on the [[wikipedia:Wikipedia:Searching|Search documentation page]] on English Wikipedia.'' The quickest way to find information in MediaWiki is to look it up directly. On the left-hand side of your screen there is a '''{{lcfirst:{{int:search}}}}''' box with two buttons under it labeled "{{int:searcharticle}}" and "{{int:searchbutton}}". <div style="border:1px solid #ababff; background: #fdfdff; padding: 1em; margin: 1.1em 1em 1em 0em; font-size:105%"> Put your keyword in the searchbox. * '''{{int:searcharticle}}''' - (or ''Enter'' on keyboard) will take you automatically to the article, if it exists. * '''{{int:searchbutton}}''' - will search the text of all pages on the wiki (with some restrictions, see below). </div> If you clicked “{{int:searcharticle}}”, or you clicked “{{int:searchbutton}}” and the page you were looking for did not exist, you will be presented with a list of articles that matched your search criteria (or a message that no matches were found). == How it works == Here's how the search works: * Only the article content is searched - the page title is ignored. * The article content is searched in its raw (wikitext) form - i.e., it searches the text that appears in the edit box when you click “{{lcfirst:{{int:edit}}}}”, not the rendered page. This means that content coming from an included template will not be picked up, but the target of piped links will be. * Even if you enclose a phrase in quotes, the search looks for each word individually. e.g., if you enter "world war 2" it will return pages that contain "world" and "war" and "2". * The search is not case-sensitive, so "MediaWiki", "mediawiki" and "MEDIAWIKI" all give the same result. == Restricting the search == If you click the “{{int:searchbutton}}” button without filling in anything, you will be taken to “Special:Search” which gives you extra searching options (also available from any search results list) You may find it useful to restrict a search to pages within a particular [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] e.g., only search within the {{ns:2}} pages. Tick the namespaces you require for this search. By default only the [[Help:Namespaces|namespaces]] specified in your [[Help:Preferences|preferences]] will be searched. Logged-in users can change their preferences to specify the namespaces they want to search by default. This can be done by selecting and deselecting boxes in the ”search” section of user preferences. __NOTOC__ {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Searching]] [[Category:Search|Searching]] 2b31241116f72cc32346c4360806d7d442043343 12 38 78 77 2010-06-03T23:09:13Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Users can easily '''sign''' their posts at the end of a comment. Signing is normally done on [[Help:Talk pages|talk pages]] only, not on conjointly written articles. == Default signature options == There are three default options. Four tildes are standard (full signature). Typing three tildes results in a username-only signature (without timestamp). Typing five tildes results in a pure timestamp (without username). {| class="wikitable" ! Function ! Wiki markup ! Resulting code ! Resulting display |- | Signature plus timestamp | <pre>~~~~</pre> | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC)</code> | [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |- | Signature alone | <pre>~~~</pre> | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] </code> | [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] |- | Timestamp alone | <pre>~~~~~</pre> | <code>12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC)</code> | 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |} If you edit without logging in, your IP address will take the place of a username. Usernames and IP addresses are also stored in [[Help:Page history|page histories]] as a record of who wrote what, so others can always verify signatures. The common format to type a signature – two hyphens (or a dash) followed by four tildes (<code>-- '''<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>'''</code>) – is derived from the computer network Usenet, where two hyphens mark a signature block. The actual signature string, the tildes, automatically get substituted with username (linked to the appropriate user page) and timestamp (time/date), when you save a signed edit. This helps other users to follow the chronological order of discussions, and to identify the author of a particular comment. If you don't find the tilde on your keyboard, you can use the signature button [[{{ns:image}}:Button sig.png|text-bottom|link=|signature button]] of the default [[Help:Edit toolbar|edit toolbar]] as a typing aid. Signatures do not work in edit summaries (they do not translate from <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki> there). == Customized signatures == Registered users can customize their signature (the part between the two hyphens and the timestamp) by changing the field "{{int:yournick}}" in their [[Help:Preferences|preferences]]. By default, anything you enter there will be wrapped with <code><nowiki>[[ ]]</nowiki></code>. To use a special linking (without this automatic link), you have to enable “Raw signatures.” Then you can add Wiki markup and also HTML (as far as allowed on the wiki) as you like, but the maximum length is 255 characters. Please note that striking signatures are often disliked by other users. If you enable “Raw signatures” but don't add any customized signature string, you'll sign with your unlinked username. The most common customizations are the following two: {| class="wikitable" ! Purpose ! Raw signature ! Resulting signature display |- | Adapting the displayed username | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|User Name]]</code> | -- [[{{ns:2}}:Username|User Name]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |- | Adding a talk page link | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] (<nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:3}}:Username|talk]])</code> | -- [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] ([[{{ns:3}}:Username|talk]]) 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |} {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Signatures]] dcac3ebbef8a4befcd9d8919bf660c8dd9389e4f 12 39 80 79 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Click on the [[Special:preferences|my preferences]] link in the upper right while logged in then click on the '''Skin''' button to change your skin. You can also preview the skin by clicking the '''(preview)''' links next to each skin. You can make changes to the current skin's {{mediawiki|Manual:Interface/Stylesheets|stylesheet}} file (CSS) by creating a subpage of your userpage, "[[Special:Mypage/monobook.css|User:Yourname/monobook.css]]" for example. This requires your site admin to have enabled this feature -- if it is, you will see advice text at the top of your custom CSS page about clearing your browser's cache. == See also == * [[Help:Preferences]] * [[Manual:Gallery of user styles]] (no official skins) {{Languages|Help:Skins}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Skin|{{PAGENAME}}]] e93cfa9ddb78445b1603202edf6f78c106ea654f 12 40 82 81 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Special pages''' are pages that are created by the software on demand. They are located in their own [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] ''Special:'' and are not editable directly as other pages. Some special pages depend on the [[Help:Preferences|preferences]] that have been set by a user, e.g. the number of titles which is displayed on a user's [[Help:Watchlist|watchlist]]. ==List of special pages== Clicking the link ''[[Special:Specialpages]]'' will take you to a list of all special pages on a wiki. Such a link is often accessible in the [[Help:Navigation#Toolbox|toolbox]] on the left hand panel. Some special pages can be [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]]. * [[Help:New images|New images]] (includable) * [[Help:New pages|New pages]] (includable) * [[Help:Preferences|Preferences]] * [[Help:Random page|Random page]] * [[Help:Recent changes|Recent changes]] (includable) * [[Help:Watchlist|Watchlist]] * ... {{Languages|Help:Special pages}} [[Category:Help|Special pages]] [[Category:Special Pages| ]] a8866f70c25063ca8c07f2b360a4648dcc294e96 12 41 84 83 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. == Using Wikilinks == MediaWiki makes it very easy to link wiki pages using a standard syntax (see [[Help:Links|Links]]). If you (or anyone else) create a link to an article that doesn't exist yet, the link will be coloured red, <span style="color: #ba0000">like this</span>. Clicking a red link will take you to the edit page for the new article. Simply type your text, click save and the new page will be created. Once the page has been created, the link will change from <span style="color: #ba0000">red</span> to <span style="color: #002bb8;">blue</span> (<span style="color: #5a3696;">purple</span> for pages you've visited) indicating that the article now exists. Usually this is the best way to create a new page, because it means that right from the start, the page will be linked from at least one other place on the wiki (and typically you will want to mesh it into other related pages later). If you are creating a new page without creating any link to it, you may need to ask yourself: Does this page really fit in with the topics already covered in the wiki? Also, how are you expecting visitors to find this page? Normally there is no reason to create a page without first creating a red link to it. == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. == Create redirects to your new page == Don't forget to setup redirects when you create a page. If you think another person may search for the page you've created by using a different name or spelling, please create the proper redirect(s). See [[Help:Redirects]] == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] d8f1ccd7a0e29ee54987527eb98b2e73c8a57951 12 42 86 85 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Subpages''' introduce some hierarchical organization into wiki pages, with levels of the hierarchy separated by slashes (<code>/</code>). === Where it works === By default, MediaWiki's subpage feature is turned off in the main namespace, but can be used on [[Help:Talk pages|talk pages]] and [[Help:User page|user pages]]. See [[Help:Namespaces]]. In namespaces where the feature is switched off, any slashes (/) within a page name are simply part of the page name and do nothing special. === How it works === Slashes (/) within a page name break the page into parent and subpages, recursively, e.g.: * [[Help:Subpages]] - this page * [[Help:Subpages/subpage]] - child page * [[Help:Subpages/subpage/sub-subpage]] - grandchild page Note that the part of page names after a slash is case sensitive including the first letter. In subpages, a link back to antecedent pages will automatically appear at the top. These links do not appear, however, if the antecedent pages have not yet been created. === Use of subpages === There are various uses for the subpage feature. Some of the typical usages of subpages are: * to create archives of old discussions under a [[Help:Talk pages|talk page]] * to create scratchpad editing spaces under a [[Help:User page|user page]] * to create other language versions of a document in multilingual wikis Subpages are useful for organising information hierarchically. On the other hand, subpages tend to have a long name that is hard to remember, so it may be more user-friendly to use them as little as possible. You can also organize pages with the [[Help:Category|category]] feature, which is more suitable for creating a hierarchical network of information. ==See also== * [[Meta:Help:Link#Subpage feature]] * [[Help:Variables#Page names]] * [[Special:PrefixIndex]] &ndash; Provides a list of subpages. {{languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Subpage|{{PAGENAME}}]] 781587e7cd30c1ac5a2f6a16d8b6558a8bc4c008 12 43 88 87 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Deleting a page''' is a straightforward operation for anyone with [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysop permissions]]. Users without such permissions can still remove text from wiki pages, or propose/request that a page should be deleted. See [[Help:Deleting a page]]. == Before deleting == Sysops should also be aware of the general advice given on [[Help:Deleting a page]] (In particular, note that there are many situations where a deleting is too drastic. Often a redirect is more appropriate for example) Before deleting you could perform various checks: * Use the "What links here" tool. This gives an indication as to how important a page is, and what subjects it relates to. Perhaps the page is still linked to prominently from many places. All incoming links will become red links if you proceed with the delete. Ideally all incoming links should be changed/removed, if there is genuinely no need for this page to exist. You could do this work prior to deleting, or ask others in the wiki community to do it. * Check the page history and the associated talk page. Who was proposing the deletion? Does anyone disagree? Has it been properly discussed? Did people have adequate time to raise objections? Did somebody vandalise a page, which then led to a deletion proposal? The care taken over these things might depend on the size of the wiki community, and how clear-cut the case for deletion is. Remember that only sysop users can undo a delete action, so to a normal user the information appears to be lost forever. == Use the 'delete' tab == Sysops should see a 'delete' tab at the top of every page. Click this to delete the page. You will be asked to confirm, and to supply a "Reason for deletion". This is a short textual description of why the page is being deleted. Your action will appear on the recent changes display, and in the deletion log ([[Special:Log]]). == Undeleting == To undelete a page you must navigate to the exact page name of the page. You can find this in the deletion log ([[Special:Log]]) if you dont remember it. You should then see a link to "View or restore n deleted edits". Tick the box next to the revision you wish to restore. ==Configuring deletion reasons== The list of reasons in the dropdown box is maintained at [[MediaWiki:Deletereason-dropdown]]. {{languages|Help:Sysop deleting and undeleting}} [[Category:Help|Sysop deleting and undeleting]] 22850ac5511f72222bbf0c1783f9ef67ea1a02c1 12 44 90 89 2010-06-03T23:09:14Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} The way '''permissions''' are set-up on different wikis can vary, but in general... == Soft security - There ''are'' no permissions == Wikis are often set up to be freely and openly editable. This means anyone can edit the pages, often without even registering/logging in. This is only possible because wikis offer a unique kind of "soft security". By making it very simple to monitor edits, and revert changes to retrieve an older version of a page, a wiki doesn't need to be very restrictive at all. There ''are'' no permissions. Everyone is an administrator. You don't need permission to edit, and you are encouraged to "be bold", go forth and edit! ...at least that is the theory. In practice MediaWiki software does offer many options related to permissions. == Sysops == By default MediaWiki provides extra functionality to a group of trusted users called 'sysops' (or known more generally as 'administrators') Most of the time this should go largely unnoticed by the normal users of a wiki community. Everyone can get involved in editing pages, and even undertaking drastic reorganisation of the wiki. The extra powers of a sysop user are intended for use in settling disputes and preventing repeated vandalism. === Who are the sysops? === You can find out who the sysops are at [[Special:ListUsers/sysop]] === What can a sysop do? === There are a number of extra features available to sysops. The key ones are as follows: ;Protecting and unprotecting pages, and editing protected pages :'Protecting' a page prevents normal users from editing the page at all. There are several reasons why a particular page might be protected. For more information see [[Help:Protected pages]]. For sysop information see [[Help:Protecting and unprotecting pages]] ;Deleting pages, and undeleting. :A page can be deleted semi-permanently, such that it is no longer available (even in the page histories) for normal users. Normal users do not have this power. See [[Help:Deleting a page]]. For sysop information see [[Help:Sysop deleting and undeleting]]. ;Blocking a user or IP address, and unblocking them. :Users can be blocked from the wiki. This is a useful way of keeping out persistent vandals. Users are identified by their registered user name, or by I.P. address, and can be blocked permanently, or just short length of time to give them a "cooling off" period. See [[Help:Blocking users]] ;Patrolling, and seeing patrolled edits. :This is a way of coordinating with other sysops, to ensure that every edit of the wiki has been checked over by a trusted user. See [[Help:Patrolled edits]] == Bureaucrats == Another level of permissions within a default MediaWiki set-up, is the 'bureaucrat' group. The main thing a bureaucrat can do, which 'sysop' cannot, is '''promote users to be sysops''' (and demote sysops to normal users). See [[Help:Assigning permissions]] == See Also == * {{mediawiki|Manual:Administrators}} {{languages|Help:Sysops and permissions}} [[Category:Help|Sysops and permissions]] 9cad57d9d7fa09e22973555fc096900e881b4104 12 45 92 91 2010-06-03T23:09:15Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} '''Tables''' may be authored in wiki pages using either XHTML table elements directly, or using wikicode formatting to define the table. XHTML table elements and their use are well described on various web pages and will not be discussed here. The benefit of wikicode is that the table is constructed of character symbols which tend to make it easier to perceive the table structure in the article editing view compared to XHTML table elements. As a general rule, it is best to avoid using a table unless you need one. Table markup often complicates page editing. == Wiki table markup summary == {|cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" border="1" width="60%" | <nowiki>{|</nowiki> | '''table start''' |- | <nowiki>|+</nowiki> | table '''caption,''' ''optional;'' only between '''table start''' and first '''table row''' |- | <nowiki>|-</nowiki> | '''table row,''' ''optional on first row'' -- wiki engine assumes the first row |- | <nowiki>!</nowiki> | '''table header''' cell, ''optional.'' Consecutive '''table header''' cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<code>!!</code>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<code>!</code>). |- | <nowiki>|</nowiki> | '''table data''' cell, ''required!'' Consecutive '''table data''' cells may be added on same line separated by double marks (<code><nowiki>||</nowiki></code>) or start on new lines, each with its own single mark (<code><nowiki>|</nowiki></code>). |- | <nowiki>|}</nowiki> | '''table end''' |} *The above marks must '''start on a new line''' except the double <code>||</code> and <code>!!</code> for optionally adding consecutive cells to a line. However, blank spaces at the beginning of a line are ignored. *'''XHTML attributes.''' Each mark, except table end, optionally accepts one or more XHTML attributes. Attributes must be on the same line as the mark. Separate attributes from each other with a single space. **Cells and caption (<code>|</code> or <code>||</code>, <code>!</code> or <code>!!</code>, and <code>|+</code>) hold content. So separate any attributes from content with a single pipe (<code>|</code>). Cell content may follow on same line or on following lines. **Table and row marks (<code>{|</code> and <code>|-</code>) do not directly hold content. Do ''not'' add pipe (<code>|</code>) after their optional attributes. If you erroneously add a pipe after attributes for the table mark or row mark the parser will delete it ''and'' your final attribute if it was touching the erroneous pipe! *'''Content''' may (a) follow its cell mark on the same line after any optional XHTML attributes or (b) on lines below the cell mark. Content that uses wiki markup that itself needs to start on a new line, such as lists, headings, or nested tables, must be on its own new line. *'''Escaping''' to insert a pipe (<code>|</code>) character into a table use the &lt;nowiki&gt; markup ==Basics== The following table lacks borders and good spacing but shows the simplest wiki markup table structure. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} The cells in the same row can be listed on one line separated by <code>||</code> (two pipe symbols). Extra spaces within cells in the wiki markup, as in the wiki markup below, do not affect the actual table rendering. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} </pre> | {| | Orange || Apple || more |- | Bread || Pie || more |- | Butter || Ice cream || and more |} |} === Table headers === Table headers can be created by using "<code>!</code>" (exclamation mark) instead of "<code>|</code>" (pipe symbol). Headers usually show up bold and centered by default. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| ! Item ! Amount ! Cost |- |Orange |10 |7.00 |- |Bread |4 |3.00 |- |Butter |1 |5.00 |- !Total | |15.00 |} </pre> | {| ! Item ! Amount ! Cost |- |Orange |10 |7.00 |- |Bread |4 |3.00 |- |Butter |1 |5.00 |- !Total | |15.00 |} |} ===Caption=== A '''table caption''' can be added to the top of any table as follows. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| |+Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| |+ Food complements |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} == XHTML attributes == You can add XHTML attributes to tables. For the authoritative source on these, see [http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/struct/tables.html the W3C's HTML 4.01 Specification page on tables]. === Attributes on tables === Placing attributes after the table start tag (<code>{|</code>) applies attributes to the entire table. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |1.00 |} |} === Attributes on cells === You can put attributes on individual '''cells'''. For example, numbers may look better aligned right. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right" | 12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right" | 500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right" | 1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |} You can also use '''cell''' attributes when you are listing multiple '''cells''' on a single line. Note that the '''cells''' are separated by <code>||</code>, and within each '''cell''' the attribute(s) and value are separated by <code>|</code>. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" | Orange || Apple || align="right" | 12,333.00 |- | Bread || Pie || align="right" | 500.00 |- | Butter || Ice cream || align="right" | 1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" | Orange || Apple || align="right" | 12,333.00 |- | Bread || Pie || align="right" | 500.00 |- | Butter || Ice cream || align="right" | 1.00 |} |} ===Attributes on rows=== You can put attributes on individual '''rows''', too. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic; color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} </pre> | {| border="1" |Orange |Apple |align="right"|12,333.00 |- |Bread |Pie |align="right"|500.00 |- style="font-style:italic; color:green;" |Butter |Ice cream |align="right"|1.00 |} |} ====Simple one-pixel table border==== An example of the above for one-pixel table border (without need for external extensions): {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="font-size: 50%;"> {| style="border-color: #000; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; border-spacing: 0; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 0; padding: 4px;" !style="border-width: 0px 1px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Orange !style="border-width: 0px 0px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Apple |- |style="border-width: 0px 1px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Bread |style="border-width: 0px 0px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Pie |} </pre> | {| style="border-color: #000; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; border-spacing: 0; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 0; padding: 4px;" !style="border-width: 0px 1px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Orange !style="border-width: 0px 0px 1px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Apple |- |style="border-width: 0px 1px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Bread |style="border-width: 0px 0px 0px 0px; border-style: solid;"|Pie |} |} ===HTML colspan and rowspan=== You can use HTML '''colspan''' and '''rowspan''' attributes on cells for advanced layout. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre> {| border="1" !colspan="6"|Shopping List |- |rowspan="2"|Bread & Butter |Pie |Buns |Danish |colspan="2"|Croissant |- |Cheese |colspan="2"|Ice cream |Butter |Yoghurt |} </pre> | {| border="1" !colspan="6"|Shopping List |- |rowspan="2"|Bread & Butter |Pie |Buns |Danish |colspan="2"|Croissant |- |Cheese |colspan="2"|Ice cream |Butter |Yoghurt |} |} ===With HTML attributes and CSS styles=== [[Manual:CSS|CSS]] style attributes can be added with or without other HTML attributes. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="white-space:-moz-pre-wrap; white-space:-pre-wrap; white-space:-o-pre-wrap; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word; word-break:break-all;"> {| style="color:green; background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| style="color:green; background-color:#ffffcc;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="1" |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} '''Attributes''' can be added to the caption and headers as follows. {| cellspacing="0" border="1" !style="width:50%"|You type !style="width:50%"|You get |- | <pre style="white-space:-moz-pre-wrap; white-space:-pre-wrap; white-space:-o-pre-wrap; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word; word-break:break-all;"> {| border="1" cellpadding="20" cellspacing="0" |+ align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;" |''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} </pre> | {| border="1" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" |+ align="bottom" style="color:#e76700;" |''Food complements'' |- |Orange |Apple |- |Bread |Pie |- |Butter |Ice cream |} |} ==Caveats== ===Negative numbers=== If you start a cell on a new line with a negative number with a minus sign (or a parameter that evaluates to a negative number), your table can get broken, because the characters <code>|-</code> will be parsed as the wiki markup for table row, not table cell. To avoid this, insert a space before the value (<code>| -6</code>) or use in-line cell markup (<code>|| -6</code>). ===CSS vs Attributes=== Table borders specified through CSS rather than the border attribute will render incorrectly in a small subset of text browsers. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Tables]] d17a14be61492df10e0408450fa58b9ef96bb621 12 46 94 93 2010-06-03T23:09:15Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Every wiki page has an associated talk page which can be used for discussion and communicating with other users. Talk pages can be accessed by clicking the “{{lcfirst:{{int:talk}}}}” [[Help:Navigation#Page tabs|tab]] at the top of the page. Simply edit the page as normal to add your comment. A talk page is actually very similar to any other wiki page, but it is in the “{{ns:1}}” namespace, to keep it separate from the articles in the “{{int:blanknamespace}}” namespace (See [[Help:namespaces]]). As with any wiki page, you can edit it, link to it, and view the editing history. == Editing conventions on talk pages == Having discussions on a free-form wiki page will seem strange at first. It helps if everyone follows some simple editing conventions: * Always sign your name after your comments. Use the four tildes “<code><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></code>” wiki syntax (or the signature button [[File:button_sig.png|text-bottom|link=|signature button]] in the toolbar above editing textbox). For more information see [[Help:Signatures]]. * Start a new discussion with a <code><nowiki>==level 2 heading==</nowiki></code> at the bottom of the page (or use the “{{lcfirst:{{int:addsection}}}}” tab) * Indent replies with colons (<code>:</code>) at the beginning of the line. === Example === Here is an example discussion, following the talk page conventions: {| class="wikitable" !style="width:50%" |Wiki text !style="width:50%" |Rendered talk page |- | <tt><nowiki>== More spiders information needed ==</nowiki></tt><br/> <tt><nowiki>This page has a lot of detail about the web, but I really dont understand a single word of it, and it doesn't mention the spider once -- [[User:Example|Bob Smith]] 18:07, 26 August 1991 (UTC)</nowiki></tt><br/> <tt><nowiki>: No no. This page is talking about the "world wide web". I have added a clarification at the top - [[User:Example|Simon Brown]] 11:21, 28 August 1991(UTC)</nowiki></tt><br/> <tt><nowiki>:: Oh I see... So what's the big deal about hyperlinked documents? Seems like a stupid idea to me. -- [[User:Example|Bob Smith]] 14:11, 3 September 1991 (UTC)</nowiki></tt><br/> <tt><nowiki>::: Well I think we should have some information about it here on our wiki, but you're probably right. It'll never catch on. -- [[User:Example|Simon Brown]] 21:55, 3 September 1991 (UTC)</pre></nowiki></tt><br/> | <div style="font-size: 150%; margin: 0; padding-top: .5em; padding-bottom: .17em; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;">More spiders information needed </div> This page has a lot of detail about the web, but I really dont understand a single word of it, and it doesn't mention the spider once -- [[User:Example|Bob Smith]] 18:07, 26 August 1991 (UTC) : No no. This page is talking about the "world wide web". I have added a clarification at the top - [[User:Example|Simon Brown]] 11:21, 28 August 1991(UTC) :: Oh I see... So what's the big deal about hyperlinked documents? Seems like a stupid idea to me. -- [[User:Example|Bob Smith]] 14:11, 3 September 1991 (UTC) ::: Well I think we should have some information about it here on our wiki, but you're probably right. It'll never catch on. -- [[User:Example|Simon Brown]] 21:55, 3 September 1991 (UTC) |} == Editing discussions == Having discussions on a free-form wiki page will seem strange at first. It has some advantages over the conventional rigid forum format, but it can get a little messy. As with other wiki pages, anyone can help with tidying up discussions, to conform to the editing conventions e.g. add signatures and headings where they are missing. Clearly we also have the opportunity to edit other people's comments. It is generally bad etiquette to modify somebody else's wording (Better to just add your own comment with your corrections) But it can be acceptable to... ;Modify discussion headings :Change wording or append words to the discussion headings, to better describe the topic of discussion. Note that good descriptive headings become important when many discussions start to fill the page. ;Move discussions to a different page :If discussions are put in the wrong place on the wiki, and are better associated with different talk page, then you could just move the discussion by cut & paste. This is potentially confusing, for the people posting, but can be important for keeping things tidy. You could leave the discussion in the wrong place for a few days/weeks grace before tidying it. You could leave a link behind explaining that a discussion was moved, or if not, you should link within the edit summary. ;Delete discussions when they are out-of-date :Discussions can often get left lying around on a talk page long after the issue is no longer relevant. It's usually a good idea to reply to saying "I think this is now resolved", but sooner or later it's time to just blow away the old discussions (they are of course preserved in the editing history). ;Split a post into several discussions :It may be appropriate to do this, if somebody has raised several points which need to be answered separately. However you should always be respectful to other people's words. Does their post still make sense if you split it up? == Building articles - Discussing articles == It is usually best to keep focused on the task of building a wiki article, and use discussion pages only to support this process. The topic of conversation should generally revolve around what needs to be done to make the associated article better. Remember that editing the article itself is often a more effective means of communicating. It can be more difficult, requiring you to balance your views alongside those of others, but it can also be more rewarding. This is how the community of wiki editors will make progress. Often it will feel more natural to engage in heated debate on a talk page (or indeed any other contact channel) but in fact the wiki article itself can offer a powerful means of reaching middle-ground. Think about how to portray both sides of the argument (e.g. listing advantages and disadvantages) and you may find the debate evaporates. == User talk pages == A "{{ns:3}} page" is a talk page associated with somebody's "{{ns:2}} page" (See [[Help:User page]]). This is a place to leave messages for a particular wiki user. This can function as a kind of messaging system. Users receive a prominent notification when new messages have been left on their talk page. They may be notified by email as well, although this cannot always be relied upon (since the email notification feature must be activated by supplying a valid email address, and clicking a confirmation link). If you don't get a response to your user talk page message, try looking for other contact details which they may have supplied on their user page. Note that the messages are not private, and others can join in the conversation. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Talk pages]] 619625fb5fbfe90696376172f4774e76c75fc297 12 47 96 95 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} If you have standard texts you want to include on several pages, the MediaWiki template feature comes into play. ==Creation== Templates are standard wiki pages whose content is designed to be [[wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] (embedded) inside other pages. Templates follow a convention that the name is prefixed with "<code>Template:</code>", assigning it to that namespace. Therefore you can [[Help:Starting a new page|create them like any other wiki page]]. ==Usage== Templates are wiki pages which can be used in other pages in three ways: *<code><nowiki>{{Name}}</nowiki></code> 'transcludes' (i.e. includes a copy of) the content of the template (stored in the page <nowiki>[[Template:Name]]</nowiki>) whenever the page containing the template transclusion is fetched and displayed; i.e. if the template is later changed, the displayed transcluding page will automatically change too *<code><nowiki>{{subst:Name}}</nowiki></code> replaces that string with the contents of the template, in the source of the transcluding page, when you save that page; the copy of the template contents can then be edited normally (and separately from the original in the template page). To ''Note'': don't use this if you are looking to continually propagate changes from the source template to the page(s) that references it. *<code><nowiki>{{safesubst:Name}}</nowiki></code> was introduced in [[rev:61710]] to allow for substitution that doesn't break transclusion, see [[w:en:Help:Substitution#safesubst:]]. *<code><nowiki>{{msgnw:Name}}</nowiki></code> includes the template in a form that displays it as raw wiki syntax (the way <code><nowiki>&lt;nowiki&gt;</nowiki></code> does) when the page containing it is fetched. In fact, an ordinary wiki page can also be used as a template, simply by specifying the namespace it resides in, so: *<code><nowiki>{{Template:Pagename}}</nowiki></code> includes <code><nowiki>[[Template:Pagename]]</nowiki></code> *<code><nowiki>{{Foo:Pagename}}</nowiki></code> includes <code><nowiki>[[Foo:Pagename]]</nowiki></code> *<code><nowiki>{{:Pagename}}</nowiki></code> includes <code><nowiki>[[Pagename]]</nowiki></code> **<code><nowiki>{{subst::Pagename}}</nowiki></code> replaces itself with the contents of <code><nowiki>[[Pagename]]</nowiki></code> If no such namespace exists, the full title is assumed to be a template: *<code><nowiki>{{Foo:Bar}}</nowiki></code> includes <code><nowiki>[[Template:Foo:Bar]]</nowiki></code> ===Parameters=== <div style="float:right; margin:8px;"> {| {{Prettytable}} |- |{{Hl2}} colspan="2" align="center" |'''Template with numbered parameters''' |- | colspan="2" | <pre><nowiki> '''A little thank you...'''<br /> <small>for {{{1}}}.<br /> hugs, {{{2}}}</small> </nowiki></pre> |- |{{Hl2}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl2}}|'''You get''' |- |<code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|all your hard work|Joe}}</nowiki></code> | {{Thankyou|all your hard work|Joe}} |- |{{Hl2}} colspan="2" align="center" |'''with named parameters''' |- | colspan="2" | <pre><nowiki> '''A little thank you...'''<br /> <small>for {{{reason}}}.<br /> hugs, {{{signature}}}</small> </nowiki></pre> |- |{{Hl2}}|'''You type''' |{{Hl2}}|'''You get''' |- |<pre><nowiki>{{Thankyou |reason=all your hard work |signature=Joe}}</nowiki></pre> | {{Thankyou|all your hard work|Joe}} |} </div> You can define parameters in templates either numbered as <code><nowiki>{{{1}}}</nowiki></code> or named <code><nowiki>{{{param}}}</nowiki></code>. Please note that there are a set of three curly braces (<code><nowiki>{{{</nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki>}}}</nowiki></code>) around each parameter. This is different than normal template name usage. '''Example:''' You want a little thank you note you can put on the talk page of other users. It will contain a reason and your signature. You could create [[Template:Thankyou]] to enter your text, as in the example in the table. When using the template on a page, you fill in the parameter values, separated by a pipe char (|): <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|all your hard work|Joe}}</nowiki></code>. For named parameters use "name=value" pairs separated by a pipe char: <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|reason=all your hard work|signature=Joe}}</nowiki></code>. The advantage of using named parameters in your template is that they are flexible in order. It also makes the template easier to understand if you have many parameters. If you want to change the order of numbered parameters, you have to mention them explicitly: <code><nowiki>{{Thankyou|2=Joe|1=all your hard work}}</nowiki></code>. You can also provide default values for parameters, i.e. values that are going to be used if no value is provided for a parameter. For example, <code><nowiki>{{{reason|all your hard work}}}</nowiki></code> would result in ''"all your hard work"'' if no value was provided for the parameter <tt>reason</tt>. ===Control template inclusion=== You can control template inclusion by the use of <code><nowiki><noinclude></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code> tags. Anything between <code><nowiki><noinclude></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki></noinclude></nowiki></code> will be processed and displayed only when the template's page is being viewed directly. Possible applications are: * Categorising templates * Interlanguage links to similar templates in other languages * Explanatory text about how to use the template The converse is <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code>. Text between <code><nowiki><includeonly></nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki></includeonly></nowiki></code> will be processed and displayed only when the page is being included. The obvious application is to add all pages containing a given template to a [[Help:Categories|category]], without putting the template itself into that category. '''Note:''' when you change the categories applied by a template, the categorization of the pages that use that template may not be updated until some time later: this is handled by the {{mediawiki|Manual:Job queue|job queue}}. ===Organizing templates=== For templates to be effective, users need to find them and be able to use them. A simple technique is to include an example on the template page. For example: <div style="display:table; width:auto;"><pre> <noinclude> == Usage == Allows to establish a link to a subject: <nowiki>{{NameOfTemplate|Term1+Term2+Term3}}</nowiki> </noinclude> </pre></div> Then, an editor can simply copy and paste the example to create a similar page. ==Copying from one wiki to another== Templates often require [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:CSS CSS] or other templates, so users frequently have trouble copying templates from one wiki to another. The steps below should work for most templates: === If you have import rights on the new wiki === # Go to [[Special:Export]] on the original wiki. Enter the name of the template in the big text box, check "Include templates" and click Export. This will download a .xml file. # Go to [[Special:Import]] on the new wiki and upload the .xml file. # Look for CSS classes (like class="foobar") in the template text. If those classes appear in "MediaWiki:Common.css" or "MediaWiki:Monobook.css" on the original wiki, copy them to "MediaWiki:Common.css" on the new wiki. # If the template uses [[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions]], you have to install the {{mediawiki|Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions extension}}. === If you don't have import rights on the new wiki === # Copy the template text to the new wiki; link to the original page in the edit summary for attribution. # Edit the template on the new wiki, and look through the list of templates at the bottom. The ones in red will also need to be copied from the original wiki to the new wiki. You may have to repeat this process multiple times before all dependency templates have been recognized and copied. # Look for CSS classes (like class="foobar") in the template text. If those classes appear in "MediaWiki:Common.css" or "MediaWiki:Monobook.css" on the original wiki, copy them to "MediaWiki:Common.css" on the new wiki. # If the template uses [[Help:Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions]], you must install the {{mediawiki|Extension:ParserFunctions|ParserFunctions extension}}. ==See also== *[[Help:External searches]] – a template special use case example *[[Help:Magic words]] – fancy stuff you may find in some templates *[[Help:Parser functions in templates]] *{{meta|Help:Template}} – contains a much more thorough manual on how exactly templates function *{{meta|Help:Embed page}} – embedding pages from [[Help:namespaces|namespaces]] other than <code>Template:</code>. [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Template]] {{Languages|Help:Templates}} 222a0dd7394193ae56e9524c5189c9acd4072c8f 12 48 98 97 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-recentchanges.png|thumb|370px|'''{{int:recentchanges}}''' shows the latest changes to pages, file uploads, deletions and page moves]] MediaWiki offers a collection of special pages and tools to keep track of what is going on in the wiki. So you can watch for example: * recent changes to all pages * the revision history: all changes made to one page * the contributions of one specific user * newly created pages The most interesting special page is '''[[Special:Recentchanges]]'''. It displays all edits, file uploads, page moves, deletions and other actions done in the wiki. In the menu on top it offers a collection of links to customize your display: limit the number of changes shown, the number of days or restrict it to edits to a certain namespace. You can also hide edits marked as minor (don't forget that major changes can be flagged by a user as minor anyway). One line in recent changes consists of several links: * “{{lcfirst:{{int:diff}}}}” displays the difference to the previous revision of the page, * “{{lcfirst:{{int:hist}}}}” links to the revision history of the page, * the link with the full title of the page brings you to the current version. If the title is in bold, it indicates that it is on your [[Help:Watchlist|watchlist]]. Next is a flag describing the page modification type: *“{{int:newpageletter}}” denotes a new page, *“{{int:minoreditletter}}” a minor edit, *“{{int:boteditletter}}” an edit made by a bot. Following the timestamp, it shows the page size difference to the previous revision, then the user is mentioned, with a link to their [[Help:User page|user page]] and their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] and contributions, or to their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] only in the case of anonymous users. Last but not least, there is an edit summary, appearing in italics, if the user submitted one when they made the edit. === Enhanced view === If you are logged in and have JavaScript enabled, you can also try the "enhanced" view. Simply go to your [[Help:Preferences#Recent changes|Preferences]] and enable "{{int:tog-usenewrc}}"; this will make recent changes show edits divided by page rather than being listed individually. You will now see entries like the following: <blockquote style="border:1px solid">[[File:Arr_r.png|link=]] 15:17 [[Main Page]] ({{int:nchanges|4}} | {{int:hist}}) .. (+236) .. [Some User‎ (2×); Some Other User (2×)]</blockquote> Simply click the blue arrow to the left of the page name and timestamp to expand that page's recent edits just as they were on the normal style. You can turn this enhancement on and off at will, so feel free to try both to see which one you prefer. === See also === * [[Special:Newpages]] * {{int:recentchangeslinked}}: [[Special:Recentchangeslinked/Pagename]] * {{int:contributions}}: [[Special:Contributions/User]] * History * [[Help:Watchlist]] {{Languages|Help:Tracking changes}} [[Category:Help|Tracking changes]] [[Category:Recent changes|Tracking changes]] f9d54fcd22da63af58053a7ad51037398ed673f6 12 49 100 99 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} A '''{{lcfirst:{{ns:2}}}} page''' is a page about a wiki user; someone who registered on the wiki, and is (most probably) a contributor. If you have registered, you can create your own user page. Your user page is linked in the top right. More importantly, others will see links to your user page from various places which assist wiki collaboration. This includes the “{{int:Recentchanges}}” and “{{lcfirst:{{int:history}}}}” displays (See [[Help:Tracking changes]]). You can also link to your user page within text of a wiki page, which is mainly useful on [[Help:Talk pages|talk pages]] when you sign your name. == What to put on your user page == User pages are just as flexible as any other wiki page, and it's a page all about you, so generally people will leave you to freely write your user page in whatever format you like. It's a feature to help other people know who you are, and to bring the online community closer together. Think of it as a “profile” page. You might like to mention where you are from and what your job is. You can also state what your main areas of interest are in relation to the topic of the wiki, and describe contributions you have made or areas where you are interested in contributing. === User scratchpad / development area === You can use your user page as a scratchpad. An area for developing ideas without cluttering the main namespace (see [[Help:Namespaces]]). If subpages are enabled (see [[Help:Subpages]]), you may find them useful for creating sub pages under your user page. However you should avoid expending too much effort within your own area of the wiki. Be bold! Edit the main wiki articles! If your wiki has a shared Sandbox page, you can also use it for quick (non-permanent) wiki experimentation. == Other people's user pages == As mentioned above, you will see links to other people's user pages, in various places throughout the wiki. === User Contributions === When viewing another person's user page, an additional link “{{lcfirst:{{int:contributions}}}}" appears in the “{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}” of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]]. This takes you to a list of all of this user's wiki edits. Use this to get an idea of how prolific a contributor somebody is, or to track down edits made by a user who is causing trouble/making bad wiki edits. === Editing someone else's page === It's generally considered bad etiquette to rewrite or reword another person's user page. Editing is not disallowed, but you should avoid adding information (or especially opinions) which might be misinterpreted as coming from that user, in situations where this could potentially cause upset. Some types of edit are widely acceptable, and unlikely to cause upset: * Fixing internal links, when a page has been [[Help:Moving a page|moved]] or [[Help:Deleting a page|deleted]] * Fixing broken external links * Categorizing or fixing categories of user pages. === User talk pages === Every user page has an associated talk page; a "{{lcfirst:{{ns:3}}}} page". This is a special kind of talk page, for leaving messages directed at a particular user. See [[Help:Talk pages#User talk pages]]. === Link to a user page === To create a link to the user page of the user that clicks that link, use [[Special:MyPage]]. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] dc4d654450a869718427ce786bd854ea0ab639f4 12 50 102 101 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Help:Magic words]] [[Category:Help|Variables]] 6f1a17bf9e3274cedab7d09df6ad24d4c2dfd0b1 12 51 104 103 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Your '''watchlist''' is a display for [[Help:Tracking changes|tracking changes]], similar to the “{{int:recentchanges}}” display, but limited to showing changes only across your set of “watched” pages. You can see the watchlist display by clicking “{{lcfirst:{{int:mywatchlist}}}}” link in the top right, however this is only available to users who have registered and logged in. Before you see anything interesting here, you must add some pages to your watchlist. Do this by navigating to a page which interests you, and clicking the''' “{{lcfirst:{{int:watch}}}}” tab'''. The watchlist feature is mainly useful on a very busy wiki where the “{{int:recentchanges}}” display becomes too “high traffic.” On a typical low traffic wiki, you can normally see all of the editing activity across the whole wiki without feeling overwhelmed. On a more busy wiki you will find that many edits are taking place on pages which you personally find less interesting. To help track changes which are more interesting, start watching pages! Typically you would watch pages related to your interest areas, and also pages where your care most about the content. If you make a significant edit to a page, you might chose to watch the page, to see if there are any follow-up edits for example. Note that there is a “{{int:watchthis}}” tickbox provided on the editing screen for this purpose. On the watchlist display, some page names appear in bold. This indicates whether or not you have visited the page to see the change. It's a bit like read/unread emails in an email inbox. The “{{int:recentchanges}}” display will also have some new bold highlighting, but for a different reason. Here bold is just indicating edits to pages on your watchlist. See also [[Help:Tracking changes]]. {{languages}} [[Category:Help|Watchlist]] a3bbfaa83acc80ede8c54f7292d1e02e6b667b12 14 52 106 105 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:PD-Help icon.png|right|100px|link=|Your help is welcomed. Writers needed.]] [[:Category:Help]] contains help pages that describe how to use MediaWiki. Only pages in "Help:" [[Help:Namespace|namespace]] should be in this category. Note that all pages in the Help: namespace are released into the [[w:public domain|public domain]] so that they can be easily imported into any MediaWiki instance regardless of the specific wiki's own license. See '''{{mediawiki|Project:PD Help}}''' if you want to help us. ''All English-language public-domain help pages should be categorized into [[:Category:Help]] (using <tt><nowiki>[[Category:Help]]</nowiki></tt>), for documentation of the MediaWiki core interface, or [[:Category:Extension help]] (using <tt><nowiki>[[Category:Extension help]]</nowiki></tt>) for extension documentation. Additional categories for further sorting is also helpful. This is needed because of later half-automated creation of the PD Help package from this category.'' The front page is '''[[Help:Contents]]''' {{Languages}} {{Help/Categories}} e5ec9bda2a457a4b2843f8f5c70d177495333f69 6 53 108 107 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki ---- Note: This image is used as the example image when you use the edit toolbar (English default installation of MediaWiki). ---- * '''Description:''' Sunflowers in Fargo, North Dakota, U.S. * '''Source:''' [http://www.ars.usda.gov/is/graphics/photos/k5751-1.htm www.ars.usda.gov] (cropped and reworked a bit) * '''Author:''' Bruce Fritz * '''Licensing:''' ''This image is in the '''public domain''' because it contains materials that originally came from the Agricultural Research Service, the research agency of the United States Department of Agriculture.'' {{PD}} [[Category:Documentation examples]] 5fe21b73d2a4d0f4c6339a9079643b3eae534736 179 108 2010-06-03T23:18:07Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:Example.jpg]]" wikitext text/x-wiki ---- Note: This image is used as the example image when you use the edit toolbar (English default installation of MediaWiki). ---- * '''Description:''' Sunflowers in Fargo, North Dakota, U.S. * '''Source:''' [http://www.ars.usda.gov/is/graphics/photos/k5751-1.htm www.ars.usda.gov] (cropped and reworked a bit) * '''Author:''' Bruce Fritz * '''Licensing:''' ''This image is in the '''public domain''' because it contains materials that originally came from the Agricultural Research Service, the research agency of the United States Department of Agriculture.'' {{PD}} [[Category:Documentation examples]] 5fe21b73d2a4d0f4c6339a9079643b3eae534736 6 54 110 109 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Adapted version of [[:Image:Example.jpg]], to have a white background at the edges. To appear on [[Help:Images]] == Licensing: == {{PD}} [[Category:Documentation examples]] ba09050e17a7a578b74518e2f2869bf999345e2f 6 55 112 111 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Example page tabs screenshot for use in public domain help pages. I grabbed this image and release it to the public domain, assuming that Mediawiki does not impose any restrictions on screenshots. == Licensing == {{PD}} 2bdda403a1ae9171486d3f70a67704e34fbd287d 6 56 114 113 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{PD}} f8d945d6bc7a310c6f9b9b5b3ba2ae482655baa1 6 57 116 115 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki Screenshot of MediaWiki sidebar {{GPL}} 54b8d72ab74ac9942a844c5bac9434eecb40a8e0 6 58 118 117 2010-06-03T23:09:16Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Example user links screenshot for use in public domain help pages. I grabbed this image and release it to the public domain, assuming that mediawiki does not impose any restrictions on screenshots. == Licensing == {{PD}} 6d6cd4828e7092e38d2d21b9cf6d88f69cb690de 6 59 120 119 2010-06-03T23:09:17Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki * Icon for the [[Project:PD Help|Public Domain Help Pages]] on MediaWiki.org * Logo combined by [[User:Bdk|<span style="color:#116611">:Bdk:</span>]] using ::[[commons:Image:PD-icon.svg|PD-icon.svg]] (''public domain'') and ::a reworked version of [[commons:Image:Feather.jpg|Feather.jpg]] by [[commons:User:Za|Za]] (''GFDL'', first Commons upload: 06:08, 29. Aug 2005) {{GFDL}} 3dcf291998d4711fd851b2b7ce46d0f8891d5c5f 177 120 2010-06-03T23:16:48Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:PD-Help icon.png]]" wikitext text/x-wiki * Icon for the [[Project:PD Help|Public Domain Help Pages]] on MediaWiki.org * Logo combined by [[User:Bdk|<span style="color:#116611">:Bdk:</span>]] using ::[[commons:Image:PD-icon.svg|PD-icon.svg]] (''public domain'') and ::a reworked version of [[commons:Image:Feather.jpg|Feather.jpg]] by [[commons:User:Za|Za]] (''GFDL'', first Commons upload: 06:08, 29. Aug 2005) {{GFDL}} 3dcf291998d4711fd851b2b7ce46d0f8891d5c5f 10 63 128 127 2010-06-03T23:09:18Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{ #ifeq: {{SERVERNAME}} | www.mediawiki.org | [[{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]] | [[mw:{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]] }}<noinclude> ---- This template links to a page on mediawiki.org from the [[Help:Contents|Help pages]]. The template has two parameters: # Pagename, optionally preceded by an interwiki link prefix valid on mediawiki.org # (optional) Link description <!-- Compatibility Note: The "mw" prefix is the only in the default interwiki prefixes since MediaWiki 1.16 (see mw:Manual:Interwiki#References). If you plan to use this script with an older version, it might be possible or necessary to you use the "mediawikiwiki" prefix. --> {{ #ifeq: {{SERVERNAME}} | www.mediawiki.org | This is so that the public domain help pages - which can be freely copied and included in other sites - have correct links to Mediawiki: * on external sites, it creates an interwiki link to 'mw' (included in the default interwiki table for new installs) * on Mediawiki, it creates an internal or interwiki link '''All''' links from the Help namespace to other parts of the mediawiki.org wiki should use this template.}} == Demo of interwiki link == <nowiki>{{mediawiki|m:Help:Calculation|Help:Calculation}}</nowiki> gives either<br /> <nowiki>[[m:Help:Calculation|Help:Calculation]] or [[mw:m:Help:Calculation|Help:Calculation]]</nowiki>. {{Languages}} [[Category:Info templates|MediaWiki]] </noinclude> e0b3a1e2b045ae9f1e56e530185fef725cf7c707 10 64 130 129 2010-06-03T23:09:18Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="nmbox" style="border:1px solid #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse; clear:both; font-size:85%; margin: 0.25em 0;"> <tr style="background: #EEF3E2"> {{#if:{{{image|}}}{{{header|}}} | <th class="mbox-image" style="white-space: nowrap; padding: 4px 1em; border-right: 1px solid #aaaaaa;">{{{image|}}} {{{header|}}}</th> | <td class="mbox-empty-cell"></td> <!-- No image. Cell with some width or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width. --> }} <td class="mbox-text" style="background: #F6F9ED;">{{{text|}}}</td> </tr></table><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 0a8ff8f94010c4a7069cb3c61e41ddc9e5ebd265 10 65 132 131 2010-06-03T23:09:19Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="color:#000000; border:solid 1px #A8A8A8; padding:0.5em; margin:0.5em 0; background-color:#FFFFFF;font-size:95%; vertical-align:middle;" | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.svg|40px|PD]] | {{#if:{{{text|}}}|{{{text}}}|'''Important note:''' When you edit this page, you agree to release your contribution into the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain public domain]. If you don't want this or can't do this because of license restrictions, please don't edit. This page is one of the {{mediawiki|Project:PD help|Public Domain Help Pages}}, which can be freely copied into fresh wiki installations and/or distributed with MediaWiki software; see [[Help:Contents]] for an overview of all pages. See {{mediawiki|Project:PD help/Copying}} for instructions.}} | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.svg|40px|PD]] |} <noinclude>{{Languages|Template:PD Help Page}}[[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 276b854c9e6a0d3253c0172bc7cd076ee1580262 10 66 134 133 2010-06-03T23:09:19Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{2}}} |RESO=<span style="color:#666;-moz-opacity:.5;font-size:smaller;"> |<span>}}[[mediazilla:{{{1}}}|bug&nbsp;{{{1}}}]]{{#if:{{{2|}}}|&nbsp;[{{{2}}}]}}</span><noinclude> [[Category:External link templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> ed39d12285122bfdab64152fabf564eb23835999 10 67 136 135 2010-06-03T23:09:19Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude> {{#ifexist: Template:PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}|{{PD Help Page}} }} This template is to be transcluded in '''public domain''' help pages to categorize those pages. == Example == <nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}|MediaWiki Introduction|lang=zh}} <nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}|MediaWiki Introduction}} Default value of {{{lang}}} will be <nowiki>{{SUBPAGENAME}}</nowiki> (which will be "fr", "ja", "th", for, "Page/fr", "Page/ja", "Page/th", respectively). If you want to specify the sort key, you may instead use the form <nowiki>[[Category:Cat name{{Lang subpage}}|sort key]]</nowiki>. This template is equivalent to <nowiki>[[Category:Cat name{{Lang subpage}}|{{En pagename}}]]</nowiki>, but it compute <nowiki>{{If en|...}}</nowiki> two times, while this template compute <nowiki>{{If en|...}}}</nowiki> only once. [[Category:Internationalization templates|Category/Help]] </noinclude> {{Help/If en| [[Category:{{{1|<nowiki>{{{1}}}</nowiki>}}}|{{PAGENAME}}]]| [[Category:{{{1|<nowiki>{{{1}}}</nowiki>}}}/{{{lang|{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}} 1158d3ed6abef85428938526bec271b937446e64 10 68 138 137 2010-06-03T23:09:19Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq: {{#language:{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}|{{SUBPAGENAME}} |{{{1}}}|{{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{#ifexist: Template:PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}|{{PD Help Page}} }} This template is to be transcluded in '''public domain''' help pages. == Example == <nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}|This is en base page|This is non-en subpage}} * title: Help:Deleting a page, Help:Deleting a page/subpage ** result: This is en base page * title: Help:Deleting a page/th, Help:Deleting a page/Th, Help:Deleting a page/tH, Help:Deleting a page/TH ** result: This is non-en subpage [[Category:Internationalization templates|If en/Help]] </noinclude> ddb9cadeb1b66e0f7edba001636894a93576d3ce 10 69 140 139 2010-06-03T23:09:19Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = {{mbox/core | small = left | type = {{{type|}}} | image = {{#if:{{{smallimage|}}} | {{{smallimage}}} | {{{image|}}} }} | imageright = {{#if:{{{smallimageright|}}} | {{{smallimageright}}} | {{{imageright|}}} }} | style = {{{style|}}} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} | text = {{#if:{{{smalltext|}}} | {{{smalltext}}} | {{{text}}} }} }} | #default = {{mbox/core | type = {{{type|}}} | image = {{{image|}}} | imageright = {{{imageright|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} | text = {{{text}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> a58d87a693acfe4b3b5b33bb9e86c5efd91759f0 10 70 142 141 2010-06-03T23:09:20Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="metadata plainlinks mbox {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = mbox-small-left }} {{#switch:{{{type|}}} | speedy = | critical = mbox-critical | delete | important = mbox-important | warning | content = mbox-warning | caution | style = mbox-caution | notice = mbox-notice | move = mbox-move | protection = mbox-protection | notice | #default = <!-- no type colours --> }}" style="{{{style|}}}"> <tr> {{#switch:{{{image|}}} | none = <td class="mbox-empty-cell"></td> <!-- No image. Cell with some width or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width. --> | #default = <td class="mbox-image">{{ #switch:{{{small|}}} | left = <!-- Don't use the DIV --> | #default = <div style="width: 52px;"> }} {{#if:{{{image|}}} | {{{image}}} | [[File:{{#switch:{{{type|}}} | critical = Ambox speedy deletion.png | important = Ambox deletion.png | warning = Ambox content.png | caution = Edit-clear.svg | move = Ambox move.png | protection = Ambox protection.png | notice <!-- notice = default --> | #default = Ambox notice.png }} | {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = 20x20px | #default = 40x40px }} |link=|alt=]] }}{{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = <!-- Don't use the /DIV --> | #default = </div> }}</td> }} <td class="mbox-text" style="{{{textstyle|}}}"> {{{text}}} </td> {{#if:{{{imageright|}}} | {{#ifeq:{{{imageright|}}}|none | <!-- No image. --> | <td class="mbox-imageright">{{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = {{{imageright}}} | #default = <div style="width: 52px;"> {{{imageright}}} </div> }}</td> }} }} </tr> </table><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 8f9efb9c37e3c4cdff8faee38f3ed8d509ae3f53 10 71 144 143 2010-06-03T23:09:20Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{mbox | type = move | text = '''Move proposal''' : It has been suggested that this page be moved to a new name{{#if:{{{1|}}}|&nbsp;: '{{{1}}}'|}}.<br/><small>Use the [[{{TALKPAGENAME}}|talk page]] to discuss this action.</small> }}<includeonly>{{{category|[[Category:Move proposals|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}}</includeonly><noinclude> ---- This template is for proposing moving an article from one name to another here on MediaWiki.org. It does not relate to moving pages to/from other wiki projects. ==== To propose a page move... ==== Please create a discussion on the article's talk page suggesting the move first. Draw attention to the move proposal prior to carrying out a move, by using this template. Place it at the top of the article in question. ==== See also ==== * [[Help:Moving a page]] - Note that this help page is generic mediawiki help (suitable for copying into other MediaWiki installations). The information is not customised to apply specifically to moving pages here on mediawiki.org. {{Languages}} [[Category:Templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> 5f54c171d34e5af8edaa8b9d12db78b0883dc425 10 72 146 145 2010-06-03T23:09:21Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki |<noinclude>[[Category:Workaround templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 683c5ed2d3f1e77f0b8b319704c2d2cefb0bec0d 12 73 148 147 2010-06-03T23:09:22Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{| class="wikitable plainlinks"</noinclude> |- |{{#if:{{{ex|}}}|{{{ex}}}|{{{frame|}}}}} | ... text text text <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:image}}:example.jpg{{#if:{{{frame|}}}|{{!}}'''{{{frame}}}'''}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{!}}'''{{{2}}}'''}}{{#if:{{{caption|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{caption}}}|none| |{{!}}{{{caption}}}}}|{{!}}caption}}]] text text text ... | text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text [[image:example.jpg|{{{frame|}}}|{{{2|}}}|{{#if:{{{caption|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{caption}}}|none| |{{{caption}}}}}|caption}}]] text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text <noinclude>|} {{Languages|Help:Images/frame}}</noinclude> da433683ab6de22349b7c8cbdad938dbef99e449 12 74 150 149 2010-06-03T23:09:23Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{| class="wikitable"</noinclude> |- !{{#if: {{{frame|}}} |{{{frame}}}|{{{notspec|''(not specified)''}}} }} | <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|{{#if: {{{frame|}}} |{{{frame}}}{{!}}}}'''50px''']] [[{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|{{{frame}}}|50px]] | <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|{{#if: {{{frame|}}} |{{{frame}}}{{!}}}}'''500px''']] [[{{ns:image}}:{{mediawiki:image_sample}}|{{{frame}}}|500px]] <noinclude>|} {{Languages|Help:Images/size}}</noinclude> 55305ed0ff7cf115f11af667cefcea62a880da16 10 75 152 151 2010-06-03T23:09:23Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki bgcolor="#A7C1F2" <noinclude>[[Category:Utility templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 3afc2b03bfd3f4c68c0fbb45b7ef52d642b0f8df 10 76 154 153 2010-06-03T23:09:23Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki bgcolor="#8DA7D6" color="black" <noinclude>[[Category:Utility templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> aef9e6074aae2d0d93e1455d3217117c1a49ef1b 10 77 156 155 2010-06-03T23:09:23Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki border="2" width="{{{width|100%}}}" cellspacing="4" cellpadding="3" rules="all" style="margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse;empty-cells:show;{{{style|}}}" <noinclude>[[Category:Utility templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 736365ee298b77f8f22f6964c39531e48d0ceaba 10 78 158 157 2010-06-03T23:09:25Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if: {{{1|}}}|<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" style="background: transparent;"><tr><td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top">}}<span style="position: relative; top: -2px;">[[File:Attention niels epting.svg|18px|Warning|link=]]</span> '''Warning''': {{#if: {{{1|}}}|</td><td valign="top" style="padding-left:0.5em;">{{{1|}}}</td></tr></table>}}<noinclude> == Usage == === Method 1 === The following displays the warning icon and the word 'Warning:'. You can follow this with whatever text/images/markup you like. <nowiki>{{warning}}</nowiki> Don't do that! {{warning}} Don't do that! === Method 2 === The following includes the text passed to the template, and uses a table to stop the text flowing round the icon. <nowiki>{{warning|Here is a long warning, which is sufficiently wordy to run onto a second line, which would normally cause it to wrap round the icon, but because we passed it as a parameter it keeps its left alignment straight.}}</nowiki> {{warning|Here is a long warning, which is sufficiently wordy to run onto a second line, which would normally cause it to wrap round the icon, but because we passed it as a parameter it keeps its left alignment straight.}} {{Languages|Template:Warning}} [[Category:Templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> 983b84eca48dacea870317e21e0feea962e38dbf 10 79 160 159 2010-06-03T23:09:27Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{mediawiki|m:{{{1}}}|{{{2|MetaWiki:{{{1}}}}}}}} {{{3|}}}<noinclude>{{Languages|Template:Meta}}[[Category:Info templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 556e16787e0a141564cc0953aaeef5eb6acb6e6e 10 80 162 161 2010-06-03T23:09:28Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="noprint" style="float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:200px;background-color:#fff;padding:3px;"> [[Image:Example.jpg|left|80px|Example sunflower image]] '''A little thank you...''' <br /><small>for {{{reason|{{{1}}}}}}. <br />hugs, {{{signature|{{{2}}}}}}</small> </div> <noinclude> {{Languages|Template:Thankyou}} [[Category:Template examples|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 52a46d4995212360c4c82e3b76438327a7e688f4 10 81 164 163 2010-06-03T23:09:28Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude> :''See [[{{TALKPAGENAME}}|talk page]] for some logics behind this implementation.'' Do not transclude this in PD help pages (Help namespace), since it seem to break the PD help guidelines, in that, this template name is too generic to be used in a fresh wiki installation. For PD help pages, use [[Template:Help/{{PAGENAME}}]] instead. == Example == :''See [[Template:Help/{{PAGENAME}}#Example]]'' {{Category|Internationalization templates}} </noinclude>{{Help/Category|{{{1|<nowiki>{{{1}}}</nowiki>}}}|lang={{{ lang|{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}} }} 022a70654a1e1c31fa99b26aadf68a01638e2585 10 82 166 165 2010-06-03T23:09:28Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude> {{#ifexist: Template:PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{PD Help Page/{{SUBPAGENAME}} }}|{{PD Help Page}} }} This template is to be transcluded in '''public domain''' help pages. This template will transclude the central en categories template, if the template exists. Include this template in any language subpages, to unify the page's categories across languages. == Example == * title: Help:Deleting a page --> transclude {<nowiki></nowiki>{Help:Deleting a page/categories}} * title: Help:Deleting a page/th --> transclude {<nowiki></nowiki>{Help:Deleting a page/categories}} * title: Help:Deleting a page/subpage --> transclude {<nowiki></nowiki>{Help:Deleting a page/subpage/categories}} * title: Help:Deleting a page/subpage/th --> transclude {<nowiki></nowiki>{Help:Deleting a page/subpage/categories}} [[Category:Internationalization templates|Categories/Help]] </noinclude><!-- Trying to optimize {{If en}} calling. This call {{If en}} only once. -->{{If en|<!-- -->{{#ifexist: {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories |<!-- -->{{ {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories|<!-- -->En pagename={{PAGENAME}}|<!-- -->Lang subpage=<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->|<!-- else --><!-- -->{{#ifexist: {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories |<!-- -->{{ {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories|<!-- -->En pagename={{BASEPAGENAME}}|<!-- -->Lang subpage=/{{SUBPAGENAME}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#if: |<!-- The following statements call {{En pagename}} two times which then call {{If en}} two times. -->{{#ifexist: {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{En pagename}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories |<!-- -->{{ {{{1|{{NAMESPACE}}:{{En pagename}}<!-- end of {{{1}}} -->}}}/categories }}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- --> dde0e94470a03379785a9d9a82e5020bf300bede 10 83 168 167 2010-06-03T23:09:28Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki {{Help/If en|{{{1}}}|{{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> Do not transclude this in PD help pages (Help namespace), since it seem to break the PD help guidelines, in that, this template name is not suitable to be included in a fresh wiki installation. For PD help pages, use [[Template:Help/{{PAGENAME}}]] instead. == Example == :''See [[Template:Help/{{PAGENAME}}#Example]]'' {{Category|Internationalization templates}} </noinclude> 974d83283841d4ae12dc1a592e38345794326e5d 14 84 170 169 2010-06-03T23:09:28Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Category|Top level}} {{Category|Documentation}}</includeonly><noinclude><!-- -->{{Categories categories}}<!-- --></noinclude> 691364e47b01176c06f53ef2e7593fbac3d256b8 10 85 172 171 2010-06-03T23:09:29Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <br style="clear:both;" /> {| align="center" style="width:95%; background-color:#f8f8f8; border:2px solid #e0e0e0; padding:5px;" |- | [[Image:PD-icon.svg|50px|PD]] | align="center" | ''This file has been released into the '''[[w:public domain|public domain]]''' by the [[w:Copyrights|copyright]] holder, its copyright has expired, or it is ineligible for copyright. This applies worldwide.'' |} <includeonly>[[Category:PD images|{{PAGENAME}}]]</includeonly> <noinclude>{{Languages|Template:PD}} [[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> ed7d8890ce00359c695ff25fc75a98b11a76b004 10 86 174 173 2010-06-03T23:09:29Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <br style="clear:both;" /> {| align="center" style="width:95%; background-color:#f8f8f8; border:2px solid #e0e0e0; padding:5px;" |- | [[Image:Heckert GNU white.svg|50px|GNU head]] | align="center" | ''This work is'' '''''[[w:Free software|free software]]'''''; ''you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the '''[http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU General Public License]''' as published by the [[w:Free Software Foundation|Free Software Foundation]]; either version 2 of the license, or (at your option) any later version. This work is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.'' |} <includeonly>[[Category:GPL images|{{PAGENAME}}]]</includeonly> <noinclude>[[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> df30bf7176f67f93684f88e75e0ed4b839e55a5e 10 87 176 175 2010-06-03T23:09:30Z Admin 1 1 revision wikitext text/x-wiki <br style="clear:both;" /> {| align="center" style="width:95%; background-color:#f8f8f8; border:2px solid #e0e0e0; padding:5px;" |- | [[Image:Heckert GNU white.svg|60px|GNU head]] | align="center" | ''Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the '''[[w:GNU Free Documentation License|GNU Free Documentation License]]''', Version 1.2 or any later version published by the [[w:Free Software Foundation|Free Software Foundation]]; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "[[GNU Free Documentation License|Text of the GNU Free Documentation License]]."'' {{languages|Template:GFDL}} |} <includeonly>[[Category:GFDL images|{{PAGENAME}}]]</includeonly> <noinclude>[[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 10626d718e734b983ce8a3e3180861711ebd1027 6 54 180 110 2010-06-03T23:18:23Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:Example-white-bg.jpg]]" wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Adapted version of [[:Image:Example.jpg]], to have a white background at the edges. To appear on [[Help:Images]] == Licensing: == {{PD}} [[Category:Documentation examples]] ba09050e17a7a578b74518e2f2869bf999345e2f 6 55 182 112 2010-06-03T23:19:15Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:M-en-pagetabs.png]]" wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Example page tabs screenshot for use in public domain help pages. I grabbed this image and release it to the public domain, assuming that Mediawiki does not impose any restrictions on screenshots. == Licensing == {{PD}} 2bdda403a1ae9171486d3f70a67704e34fbd287d 6 56 183 114 2010-06-03T23:19:25Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:M-en-recentchanges.png]]" wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{PD}} f8d945d6bc7a310c6f9b9b5b3ba2ae482655baa1 6 57 184 116 2010-06-03T23:19:41Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:M-en-sidebar.png]]" wikitext text/x-wiki Screenshot of MediaWiki sidebar {{GPL}} 54b8d72ab74ac9942a844c5bac9434eecb40a8e0 6 58 185 118 2010-06-03T23:22:45Z Admin 1 uploaded "[[File:M-en-userlinks.png]]" wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Example user links screenshot for use in public domain help pages. I grabbed this image and release it to the public domain, assuming that mediawiki does not impose any restrictions on screenshots. == Licensing == {{PD}} 6d6cd4828e7092e38d2d21b9cf6d88f69cb690de 14 92 188 2010-06-04T22:15:18Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Liquid Story Binder uses some unique file types to categorize information. Think of LSB as a mini-operating system that organizes these file types.' wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder uses some unique file types to categorize information. Think of LSB as a mini-operating system that organizes these file types. eaa0f9ca7e3ff07741a438647d255fb3f8d34ebe 231 188 2010-06-06T20:56:57Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder uses some unique file types to categorize information. Think of LSB as a mini-operating system that organizes these file types. [[Category:Directory]] 7a48ac8981d4b1fb17dcb2944473ada2d13d8cc4 0 94 190 2010-06-04T22:22:35Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Planners Planners turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles. Click any item, and the Planner will create a chapter based…' wikitext text/x-wiki Planners Planners turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles. Click any item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. [[category:file types]] c88cbda46fa2b7a81f164a61e27ea1d7745b59ed 194 190 2010-06-04T22:26:26Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Planners turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles. Click any item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. [[category:file types]] 68ffa51e6ebdf1614b4ebd5c77d231b357bb4555 219 194 2010-06-06T17:06:48Z Rosepetals 6 I'm going to establish Planners as a much wider tool than just creating chapters, because it can be a central plotting tool for other aspects of the program as well. wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and files they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that it can turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within Chapter Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a name and simple description associated with them. [[== Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents ==]] To create a Chapter within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. If you wish to pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatic Planner, and you haven't already created a book, you can click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter however many Chapter titles you want in the provided box. When your book is created, simply access your "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu, and double click on the chapter you wish to work on. [[category:file types]] 00705eb9a58c09e9f8eb8bab4165b978df89815e 220 219 2010-06-06T17:07:56Z Rosepetals 6 wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and files they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that it can turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within Chapter Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a name and simple description associated with them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a Chapter within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. If you wish to pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatic Planner, and you haven't already created a book, you can click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter however many Chapter titles you want in the provided box. When your book is created, simply access your "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu, and double click on the chapter you wish to work on. [[category:file types]] 434545a3a0f201666f25e73735362f4f1d310aa4 221 220 2010-06-06T17:54:35Z Rosepetals 6 Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations and a few minor changes wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and files they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within Chapter Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a name and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a Chapter within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from Chapters to other modes to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing Associations, like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building associations with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. [[category:file types]] 92419fe8d402dd2e4d67963d1ba1fe2040d63f22 224 221 2010-06-06T20:36:23Z Hitch 3 Added article to Directory Page wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and files they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within Chapter Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a name and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a Chapter within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from Chapters to other modes to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing Associations, like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building associations with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] c41baaed48337844ae53a42a886db4785b257f27 0 95 191 2010-06-04T22:23:24Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Listings Listings sort files in collapsible tree format. Add files under parent headings, or even parent files. Files can be listed more than once. There is no limit to Listing'…' wikitext text/x-wiki Listings Listings sort files in collapsible tree format. Add files under parent headings, or even parent files. Files can be listed more than once. There is no limit to Listing's structure. Press the ENTER key to add headers and line captions. [[category:file types]] 707c936d4921dcbf1b7ec44275e7badd10aa413e 193 191 2010-06-04T22:26:11Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki Listings sort files in collapsible tree format. Add files under parent headings, or even parent files. Files can be listed more than once. There is no limit to Listing's structure. Press the ENTER key to add headers and line captions. [[category:file types]] 7765d1b7e03f3c66d675e4b556c97edcc44c536f 0 96 192 2010-06-04T22:25:51Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. [[category:file type…' wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. [[category:file types]] c55695f777bc3ec31fb33ccc7745bdd3101a1daa 0 97 195 2010-06-04T22:26:59Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Use a Note window to save your chapter reference notes. To save a Note, simply right-click and choose 'Save'. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Use a Note window to save your chapter reference notes. To save a Note, simply right-click and choose 'Save'. [[category:file types]] a8ddbc2edd33b18ce1161ec83b3c42e13d15e58e 0 98 196 2010-06-04T22:27:35Z Admin 1 Created page with 'For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given…' wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. [[category:file types]] 15bdfc4a1daef151d8011468217cc124facaa037 229 196 2010-06-06T20:52:38Z Hitch 3 Added Directory Category wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. [[category:file types|Directory]] d54628228043f7499625b2843b6d70672ef8efe5 230 229 2010-06-06T20:53:29Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 852eefa6d34d8d39131f4973587a031c267aaf04 0 99 197 2010-06-04T22:28:16Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Build…' wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] 42d44878eb16d9f7019341a4f06f2551480d6ed6 217 197 2010-06-06T06:36:45Z Hitch 3 Trying to explain why Builders are an exception. wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., Chapters. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a Title to a Builder, and you edit that Title in the Builder, the individual chapter file type of the same Title will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the Title individually; whereas if you upload a Title to a Planner, or a Listing, and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual Chapter file will be updated, and the Chapter will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage chapters and other data: "Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" chapters, books, manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes (Titles) that you wish to place into what will become an actual Chapter in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 Titles into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual Chapter document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual Chapter Title, you either have to individually build the Title (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the Planner, Outline or Listing, but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a Planner or Listing as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final chapters. f5088052a729b733212e47a19f18fdafc44d7673 227 217 2010-06-06T20:41:08Z Hitch 3 Adding Directory Category wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., Chapters. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a Title to a Builder, and you edit that Title in the Builder, the individual chapter file type of the same Title will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the Title individually; whereas if you upload a Title to a Planner, or a Listing, and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual Chapter file will be updated, and the Chapter will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage chapters and other data: "Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" chapters, books, manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes (Titles) that you wish to place into what will become an actual Chapter in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 Titles into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual Chapter document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual Chapter Title, you either have to individually build the Title (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the Planner, Outline or Listing, but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a Planner or Listing as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final chapters. [[Category:Directory]] b4e0d48ba02c5dc795c6c6f8948ce48476085f93 0 100 198 2010-06-04T22:28:52Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Quickly create a to do list using a Checklist. Use the two edit boxes below the main Checklist display to edit item titles and descriptions. Press then ENTER key to add new ite…' wikitext text/x-wiki Quickly create a to do list using a Checklist. Use the two edit boxes below the main Checklist display to edit item titles and descriptions. Press then ENTER key to add new items. Simply double-click any item to check it off. [[category:file types]] 21cc1389373954225e3109aed234e97fc056ddd6 0 101 199 2010-06-04T22:29:33Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Dossiers organize people, places and things. Use title adjectives with descriptions and a portrait. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Dossiers organize people, places and things. Use title adjectives with descriptions and a portrait. [[category:file types]] a5a05ed3fe8c514bed032a27b196a882c3450db5 0 102 200 2010-06-04T22:30:06Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Galleries allow you to quickly sort and preview images. Click an image thumbnail to view the entire image. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Galleries allow you to quickly sort and preview images. Click an image thumbnail to view the entire image. [[category:file types]] 4e58f78a9fbbe79522bdd72ef8d5b852ae09939e 0 103 201 2010-06-04T22:30:35Z Admin 1 Created page with 'You may add an unlimited number of reference images to help with your writing experience. To add a new image, simply click 'New Image...' from the 'Create' menu. Select an approp…' wikitext text/x-wiki You may add an unlimited number of reference images to help with your writing experience. To add a new image, simply click 'New Image...' from the 'Create' menu. Select an appropriate image file, and it will be copied to your book directory, allowing you instant access to it whenever you work. [[category:file types]] d716d560749e7520102991536ffb96ef20017879 0 104 202 2010-06-04T22:31:05Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Create a writing journal, or a journal for each one of your characters. Use the Liquid Story Binder XE Journal file type to write historical novels, day by day. [[category:file …' wikitext text/x-wiki Create a writing journal, or a journal for each one of your characters. Use the Liquid Story Binder XE Journal file type to write historical novels, day by day. [[category:file types]] c5691ee6d46a77b7d5b7731323b58c9fe0403f46 0 105 203 2010-06-04T22:31:40Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Liquid Story Binder XE Mindmaps allow you to visually link ideas together using lines and text. A mindmap is a diagram used to represent words, ideas, tasks, or other items linke…' wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder XE Mindmaps allow you to visually link ideas together using lines and text. A mindmap is a diagram used to represent words, ideas, tasks, or other items linked to and arranged around a central key word or idea. Unlike many mindmapping applications, Liquid Story Binder XE does not use a rigid or pre-designed structure. Users can place items however they choose. Create item colonies, isolated from one another. Index items by color. Change item connections quickly and easily. Try using Mindmaps to create and organize family trees. [[category:file types]] a320bdd811174e6858723b8eae7cf5f931d6d9c7 0 106 204 2010-06-04T22:32:07Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create a expandable tree of thoughts for each and every chapter. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create a expandable tree of thoughts for each and every chapter. [[category:file types]] 40d3630470f6466f48d8136801d5c11223d3dc13 0 107 205 2010-06-04T22:32:40Z Admin 1 Created page with 'A list of horizontal columns with titles, descriptions and images. Use a Sequence to organize a series of events. Use Sequences to create and open documents. [[category:file typ…' wikitext text/x-wiki A list of horizontal columns with titles, descriptions and images. Use a Sequence to organize a series of events. Use Sequences to create and open documents. [[category:file types]] c87962dd887b626eb4acf21a83d3fbaa6265c562 0 108 206 2010-06-04T22:33:41Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open documents. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open documents. [[category:file types]] 077c7e06e159c7fe9ea5aaeb484aae489940e9bd 0 109 207 2010-06-04T22:34:14Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Liquid Story Binder allows you to quickly arrange ideas along multiple colored timelines, using individual text-based cards. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder allows you to quickly arrange ideas along multiple colored timelines, using individual text-based cards. [[category:file types]] 49e78812f1baee3263472c1fc7cb6b829334f9d5 0 110 208 2010-06-04T22:34:46Z Admin 1 Created page with 'Sort your songs into playlists for quick listening. Access them from the main menu. [[category:file types]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Sort your songs into playlists for quick listening. Access them from the main menu. [[category:file types]] d5b1e648e8045976791e7f87c332487b865d4ca4 0 111 209 2010-06-04T23:02:35Z Hitch 3 Added Rose's Tutorials; working on this page to include links to all toots. wikitext text/x-wiki There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials, which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, Media Through Rose Colored Glasses [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. 710c31ed38c368c36fad4c1e761a23b18618b109 210 209 2010-06-04T23:05:23Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose Colored Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. 3708522fffeed798083a0301dc0e0eafb7f3b851 211 210 2010-06-04T23:13:34Z Hitch 3 Added the manual link. wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, are found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose Colored Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. f9b9a0db15cc27cc3caffab031cdfc0f3c929e8b 212 211 2010-06-04T23:14:31Z Hitch 3 Fixed grammatical error only. wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose Colored Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. a9dffaef21f8f420da2f95e7ffe92c31608d747c 213 212 2010-06-05T01:13:14Z Hitch 3 Fixed error with name of Rose's blog wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. 85ff7e55c2f95e1326c4ba5e5b926cbacf222e2a 232 213 2010-06-06T20:58:53Z Hitch 3 Adding directory wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] af46eb19deb8317c2882d0f62647865e3498384e 233 232 2010-06-06T21:14:36Z Hitch 3 Add Rose's tutorials to this page. wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/14/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorial/ Liquid Story Binder XE The first two videos] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Part II] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/29/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-managing-your-chapter/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Managing Your Chapter] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/06/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-project-goals-and-the-character-generatordossier-tools/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Project Goals and the Character Generator/Dossier Tools] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/19/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorial-outlines-and-checklists/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Outlines and Checklists] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/02/07/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-9-and-10/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials 9 and 10] [[Category:Directory]] 89c33a882f55ef76ea209e3b14d0025ddaed1f40 0 112 214 2010-06-05T01:49:19Z Hitch 3 A quick explanation of links/associations to get started; need to explain why Builders exist outside of the other updating chapter content. wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': '''DON'T PANIC!''' Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). Then, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. This is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the Builder Content type. 4858ea340cf1ae835be767d042a8f25b6fb7767e 215 214 2010-06-05T08:19:40Z Hitch 3 Pathetically trying to explain how the associations work, which is the confusing part, IMHO. wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': '''DON'T PANIC!''' Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). Then, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the Builder entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the Builder Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the Builder entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storybboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. '''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. 98062a6f1b8ea12fca9b48277a1639d059756eda 216 215 2010-06-06T06:11:48Z 70.58.113.172 0 /* Titles as Links to Other Content Types */ wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': '''DON'T PANIC!''' Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). Then, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the Builder entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the Builder Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the Builder entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storybboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. '''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. 3007924a968448133cc5d16074a9403bde8cbdfb 218 216 2010-06-06T06:48:42Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. 44d3b6f189ddf083515b5c8fbc33c8efd6c35ca1 226 218 2010-06-06T20:38:51Z Hitch 3 Added directory category link wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] 1f3dd63a66b100d4036f0243bbd871120bd04dd4 0 2 222 5 2010-06-06T20:33:46Z Hitch 3 Trying to create an alpha-sorting directory page for articles. wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Directory]] e3f435f96cdf33f94415b80968426312de5e76fd 223 222 2010-06-06T20:34:15Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 2835c1bd60407bb9bbd55acb4ebce60a782ebef5 14 113 225 2010-06-06T20:37:36Z Hitch 3 Created page with 'This is a directory of articles located in this LSB XE Wiki.' wikitext text/x-wiki This is a directory of articles located in this LSB XE Wiki. 3e41aa9b82ecf3c398ef3348f8cfd01d7cae05ed 0 114 228 2010-06-06T20:51:29Z Hitch 3 Creating a "File Type" Main Page for ease of use wikitext text/x-wiki This page has links to all of the LSB XE File Types, for convenience: *[[Backups]] *[[Builders]] *[[Chapters]] *[[Checklists]] *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries]] *[[Images]] *[[Journals]] *[[Listings]] *[[Mindmaps]] *[[Notes]] *[[Outlines]] *[[Planners]] *[[Playlists]] *[[Sequences]] *[[Storyboards]] *[[Timelines]] [[Category:Directory|File Types]] a7e8c636402698580e810b6970498a5554974bdb 0 96 234 192 2010-06-06T21:16:27Z Hitch 3 Add Directory Listing wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 8bf948c43d7e1ceb9eda6b78dd61d87b0b934d62 253 234 2010-06-06T22:23:42Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique Title, such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A Title, however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a Title can be used for a [[Sequence]] or a [[Storyboard]] or an [[Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Title]], which also provides a [[Description]] field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 50e085763c97a5dbad74fa78973a5dacb400bf53 277 253 2010-06-18T22:44:06Z 70.58.113.172 0 Added section on Uploading Existing Chapters. wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique Title, such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A Title, however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a Title can be used for a [[Sequence]] or a [[Storyboard]] or an [[Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Title]], which also provides a [[Description]] field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or OO by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use Builder->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the Builder by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. ccd23c023aabcd187161476c14a1d881d105abf2 0 100 235 198 2010-06-06T21:17:17Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Quickly create a to do list using a Checklist. Use the two edit boxes below the main Checklist display to edit item titles and descriptions. Press then ENTER key to add new items. Simply double-click any item to check it off. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 0081b889ee6ded4cae062a5d50fa8c9511849d93 0 101 236 199 2010-06-06T21:17:53Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Dossiers organize people, places and things. Use title adjectives with descriptions and a portrait. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 4d36641b3ab52208e077bf16a99d5b104a4eb82d 0 102 237 200 2010-06-06T21:18:23Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Galleries allow you to quickly sort and preview images. Click an image thumbnail to view the entire image. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 6ea4ad460b0aba197b5d914953e6480390a2a0f9 0 103 238 201 2010-06-06T21:18:51Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki You may add an unlimited number of reference images to help with your writing experience. To add a new image, simply click 'New Image...' from the 'Create' menu. Select an appropriate image file, and it will be copied to your book directory, allowing you instant access to it whenever you work. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] d7ddbf49d85b3bce6e165633c1ee5476a69ea8b1 0 104 239 202 2010-06-06T21:19:24Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Create a writing journal, or a journal for each one of your characters. Use the Liquid Story Binder XE Journal file type to write historical novels, day by day. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] c4b848fa11a36ecbad56c11da845f404d00517a9 284 239 2010-06-25T10:28:26Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Create a writing journal, or a journal for each one of your characters. Use the Liquid Story Binder XE Journal file type to write historical novels, day by day. [[File:Journal1.JPG|800px|Journal with three entries and the last, 25th june, chosen]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 71fcd9163e51630d1441ec3f95c20730044947ca 0 95 240 193 2010-06-06T21:19:55Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Listings sort files in collapsible tree format. Add files under parent headings, or even parent files. Files can be listed more than once. There is no limit to Listing's structure. Press the ENTER key to add headers and line captions. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 32613bdf27dc5c8368aa352611a62cda88a271d6 0 105 241 203 2010-06-06T21:20:21Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder XE Mindmaps allow you to visually link ideas together using lines and text. A mindmap is a diagram used to represent words, ideas, tasks, or other items linked to and arranged around a central key word or idea. Unlike many mindmapping applications, Liquid Story Binder XE does not use a rigid or pre-designed structure. Users can place items however they choose. Create item colonies, isolated from one another. Index items by color. Change item connections quickly and easily. Try using Mindmaps to create and organize family trees. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 03fa60d2b5b4290ba96fef399344e894524f1ca5 0 97 242 195 2010-06-06T21:21:05Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Use a Note window to save your chapter reference notes. To save a Note, simply right-click and choose 'Save'. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 6238e6966b0b8ea943e1ab2ab4be5d2cbd74e6b9 0 106 243 204 2010-06-06T21:21:36Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create a expandable tree of thoughts for each and every chapter. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 2b55887e6d2266df525d0a1c4bd0b8487855e63a 0 110 244 208 2010-06-06T21:22:06Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Sort your songs into playlists for quick listening. Access them from the main menu. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 369b28432f691498b1281d3cd9b043a15bb6a90b 0 107 245 205 2010-06-06T21:22:33Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki A list of horizontal columns with titles, descriptions and images. Use a Sequence to organize a series of events. Use Sequences to create and open documents. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 98605591d766c4419d1792639237f52d66afec68 0 115 246 2010-06-06T21:22:36Z 83.183.213.138 0 Created page with '[[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of th…' wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. 23f209efa8695070022109f44e1b3718f31b322a 249 246 2010-06-06T21:25:11Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. 68359e9753b006684289681ec48f44f52a7f6575 250 249 2010-06-06T21:28:12Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. [[category:Directory]] 57d5d0ef0d36a6080259dd1a887cfe9c4ab928d9 0 108 247 206 2010-06-06T21:22:59Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open documents. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] d193ab89d894bb0269058fc822d4f852a4115f46 0 109 248 207 2010-06-06T21:23:31Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder allows you to quickly arrange ideas along multiple colored timelines, using individual text-based cards. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] b80a34cb4539c89af4a387307fc05db92f35c1b4 0 111 251 233 2010-06-06T21:35:24Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/14/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorial/ Liquid Story Binder XE The first two videos] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Part II] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/29/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-managing-your-chapter/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Managing Your Chapter] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/06/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-project-goals-and-the-character-generatordossier-tools/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Project Goals and the Character Generator/Dossier Tools] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/19/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorial-outlines-and-checklists/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Outlines and Checklists] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/02/07/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-9-and-10/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials 9 and 10] [[Category:Directory]] 4e5d419d4f6b8ea097293092a42566ca7c0130c9 0 99 252 227 2010-06-06T21:47:26Z Hitch 3 /* Special Notes About Builders */ wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., Chapters. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a Title to a Builder, and you edit that Title in the Builder, the individual chapter file type of the same Title will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the Title individually; whereas if you upload a Title to a Planner, or a Listing, and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual Chapter file will be updated, and the Chapter will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage chapters and other data: <blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." </blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" chapters, books, manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes (Titles) that you wish to place into what will become an actual Chapter in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 Titles into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual Chapter document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual Chapter Title, you either have to individually build the Title (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the Planner, Outline or Listing, but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a Planner or Listing as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final chapters. [[Category:Directory]] 063f4470b79675cd13f1e131ed0f296d03304945 0 116 254 2010-06-06T22:49:29Z Hitch 3 I'd be happy for someone else to take a whack at this, my explanation sucks. wikitext text/x-wiki What's in a name? In LSB XE, literally everything. While the LSB XE tutorials state that the backbone of LSB is in Chapters, the true skeletal structure of LSB is '''Titles'''. What are Titles? Every "item" in LSB XE has a Title, in most cases with a description field. When you create a new chapter or scene, you give it a Title, and a description or sub-title; when you create a new board inside of a storyboard, you give it a Title with a Description. The Title and Description boxes are located at the bottom of the File Type window in which you are working, e.g., Planner, Builder, Outline, etc. These fields are not identified with text; they simply appear as two stacked rectangular boxes. You enter the Title in the top box and the Description in the bottom box, as displayed here[http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-scenebasedwritingwithbuilders.html]. If you look at the very first image, at the bottom of the Planner window, the Title is "Our Story Begins" and the Description is "In a Distant Country, A girl stands in the Rain." You'll see that the Title is in darker text, and the Description is in a paler text. One of the key concepts within LSB is that like-named items are Associated. In order to organize your data--images, galleries, timelines, sequences, mindmaps, etc.--resources '''are grouped by Title names'''. To associate one item with another, say, a Dossier with a Chapter, you need do nothing more than give them identical titles. You can do this manually, by typing the Titles in both places; or you can use the [[Associations]] dialogue boxes, which you may access via the File menu item, or by pressing F2 when you are working inside of a Content Type (Planner, Timeline, Sequence, etc.). So, while Shakespeare said that "a rose by any other name would smell as sweet," in LSB XE a rose by a different Title won't associate. '''Remember:''' Like-named items associate, and allow you to organize, aggregate and group data by Title for ease of use. 21b44b1e8f7ee1f02f51063ef895b66b0601ea44 255 254 2010-06-06T22:49:58Z Hitch 3 wikitext text/x-wiki What's in a name? In LSB XE, literally everything. While the LSB XE tutorials state that the backbone of LSB is in Chapters, the true skeletal structure of LSB is '''Titles'''. What are Titles? Every "item" in LSB XE has a Title, in most cases with a description field. When you create a new chapter or scene, you give it a Title, and a description or sub-title; when you create a new board inside of a storyboard, you give it a Title with a Description. The Title and Description boxes are located at the bottom of the File Type window in which you are working, e.g., Planner, Builder, Outline, etc. These fields are not identified with text; they simply appear as two stacked rectangular boxes. You enter the Title in the top box and the Description in the bottom box, as displayed here[http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-scenebasedwritingwithbuilders.html]. If you look at the very first image, at the bottom of the Planner window, the Title is "Our Story Begins" and the Description is "In a Distant Country, A girl stands in the Rain." You'll see that the Title is in darker text, and the Description is in a paler text. One of the key concepts within LSB is that like-named items are Associated. In order to organize your data--images, galleries, timelines, sequences, mindmaps, etc.--resources '''are grouped by Title names'''. To associate one item with another, say, a Dossier with a Chapter, you need do nothing more than give them identical titles. You can do this manually, by typing the Titles in both places; or you can use the [[Associations]] dialogue boxes, which you may access via the File menu item, or by pressing F2 when you are working inside of a Content Type (Planner, Timeline, Sequence, etc.). So, while Shakespeare said that "a rose by any other name would smell as sweet," in LSB XE a rose by a different Title won't associate. '''Remember:''' Like-named items associate, and allow you to organize, aggregate and group data by Title for ease of use. [[category:Directory]] d8c23222f0df2b956d5880c9dac52dc2f00094fb 0 94 256 224 2010-06-07T17:27:39Z Rosepetals 6 /* Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations */ wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and files they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into Chapters. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within Chapter Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a name and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a Chapter within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from Chapters to other modes to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing Associations, like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building associations with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. One advantage to having associations displayed in the Planner is that it provides a way to see, and ultimately to "plan", around a particular aspect of a story, whether it may be chapters, character dossiers, a timeline for events, or a storyboard or sequence planned for a comic or TV/movie script. The Planner provides a central place to see the files branching from a particular item and allows access with a single click on the specific file mode. In the Planner menu, on the right display window, a menu listing the associated files with an item can be toggled between three displays - listing the icon and name of the modes of the files associated with that item, listing the icons only, or turning the feature off. This is typically done via the File -> View Mode option, or clicking the View Mode button in the toolbar of the Planner. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] a31a404d966494bd4ace6715cdb5c83e2a290e51 3 119 262 2010-06-07T19:56:43Z Hitch 3 Test wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, Rose: Just seeing how the wiki:talk feature works. Hitch d0529840bfce931e6cf5c44dbc4af732bdf9ecc4 0 120 263 2010-06-07T20:53:38Z Magnus 10 Created page with '[[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate note associated or linked to the chapter in question. To do this start th…' wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate note associated or linked to the chapter in question. To do this start the sentence with two ".." periods (dots). This is like having a Post-It in the middle of the text and the advantage is that you have this reminder in the middle of the text but it doesn't get printed, exported or counted. ff7b83d210880a2314bea3e456dc06013c22ec6f 264 263 2010-06-08T05:17:48Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate note associated or linked to the chapter in question. To do this start the sentence with two ".." periods (dots). This is like having a Post-It in the middle of the text and the advantage is that you have this reminder in the middle of the text but it doesn't get printed, exported or counted. The Line notes can also have different formatting than the rest of the text, with different font, fontsize, contcolour and different indentation, making it easier to read the line notes. add4cde313d76adf156e8db6e2502cd2908aa7f6 265 264 2010-06-08T05:18:24Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate note associated or linked to the chapter in question. To do this start the sentence with two ".." periods (dots). This is like having a Post-It in the middle of the text and the advantage is that you have this reminder in the middle of the text but it doesn't get printed, exported or counted. The Line notes can also have different formatting than the rest of the text, with different font, fontsize, fontcolour and different indentation, making it easier to read the line notes. f93e2ef24884c5063ef4bd9c4b3d2a39f494fa98 0 121 266 2010-06-08T19:12:21Z 70.58.113.172 0 Just tootlin' along, makin' entries.... wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Project Goals (Planner Menu -> Manuscript -> Project Goals...)<br /><br /> The Liquid Story Binder 'Project Goals' feature allows you to schedule date and word count targets for the currently opened book. Set your start and finish goals and Liquid Story Binder will automatically calculate work days remaining, average word counts, and remaining words left to write. Unlike the 'Work Log' which deals with past work, the 'Project Goals' dialog is a planning tool."</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] 6ac5f366419bff94eb827c2dcf1a6bdced7cbffb 271 266 2010-06-08T19:20:16Z Hitch 3 Just adding a link wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Project Goals (Planner Menu -> Manuscript -> Project Goals...)<br /><br /> The Liquid Story Binder 'Project Goals' feature allows you to schedule date and word count targets for the currently opened book. Set your start and finish goals and Liquid Story Binder will automatically calculate work days remaining, average word counts, and remaining words left to write. Unlike the '[[Work Log]]' which deals with past work, the 'Project Goals' dialog is a planning tool."</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] a732b251376ce0d28b0210ad8685cab16e6c558d 0 122 267 2010-06-08T19:13:30Z 70.58.113.172 0 Created page with 'Versions refer to individual days. No matter how many times you open Liquid Story Binder in a single day, the version number only changes with the date. [[category:Directory]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Versions refer to individual days. No matter how many times you open Liquid Story Binder in a single day, the version number only changes with the date. [[category:Directory]] 9e72d9b425d053fb81f8298b6b38a8416df9c30e 0 123 268 2010-06-08T19:15:03Z 70.58.113.172 0 Still adding stuff... wikitext text/x-wiki The Global word count refers to the combined changes made to all Chapters, Builders and Journals within a given day or session. [[category:Directory]] 6eb6de71c99adfc6a3eeff077c0e2a1c76d8ada7 0 124 269 2010-06-08T19:16:50Z 70.58.113.172 0 Created page with 'From Jesse Wall: <blockquote>"Work Statistics (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Statistics...)<br /><br /> The Work Statistics dialog displays global word count and time totals for t…' wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall: <blockquote>"Work Statistics (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Statistics...)<br /><br /> The Work Statistics dialog displays global word count and time totals for the current day of activity."</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] 1bd88da2e4fe02d9f0c0f413d1617555037ea8c1 0 125 270 2010-06-08T19:18:57Z Hitch 3 And more stuff.... wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Work Log (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Log...)<br /><br /> The Work Log displays session, word count and time totals for each day of activity. Averages and maximum values are also included. Graphs are based on averages. Think of the Work Log as a simple time and word count journal -- a history of work accomplished.</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] 9cba44eef177f061a9f612be6c91e551c288d282 0 126 272 2010-06-08T19:33:36Z Hitch 3 Adding Sessions wikitext text/x-wiki Sessions refer to the opening and closing of Liquid Story Binder itself. In a single day, you many access Liquid Story Binder a dozen times. A session begins when Liquid Story Binder opens. [[category:Directory]] a8b6075c1b612aecbf68f1e0f75f5c22ed74d6c9 0 98 273 230 2010-06-09T02:25:12Z Hitch 3 Added the "don't backup your backup" section wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 2009d572ae090aee45ae423e9f0e868ecb7579d2 285 273 2010-06-25T10:42:45Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem|"The wheat and chessboard problem"] [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 00824454e620a6b531276804d38433b48e181687 286 285 2010-06-25T10:43:39Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem |"The wheat and chessboard problem"] [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 20b7a0e7f9321e577abc30de70a4ce38b64f3fe0 287 286 2010-06-25T10:44:13Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem "The wheat and chessboard problem"] [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] cb897c920cc5804a1bc9242ac55b3d4d923812c5 288 287 2010-06-25T10:51:59Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem "The wheat and chessboard problem"] Or for those that don't want to have a look: if your work is only 1 (one) byte at the first day of backup (unlikely, since that would mean only one letter, not counting the data from LSB XE itself), after 64 days the total would be 18,446,744,073,799,551,615 bytes or 18,446,744 TB (I think)! Bottom line: don't backup inside your backup folder or in a matter of days your harddrive will reach its limit. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] ae58cefe3dac2941c9066b44e23b3fbc0e11e793 6 127 274 2010-06-10T06:46:08Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 10 65 275 132 2010-06-10T06:47:51Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="color:#000000; border:solid 1px #A8A8A8; padding:0.5em; margin:0.5em 0; background-color:#FFFFFF;font-size:95%; vertical-align:middle;" | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.png|40px|PD]] | {{#if:{{{text|}}}|{{{text}}}|'''Important note:''' When you edit this page, you agree to release your contribution into the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain public domain]. If you don't want this or can't do this because of license restrictions, please don't edit. This page is one of the {{mediawiki|Project:PD help|Public Domain Help Pages}}, which can be freely copied into fresh wiki installations and/or distributed with MediaWiki software; see [[Help:Contents]] for an overview of all pages. See {{mediawiki|Project:PD help/Copying}} for instructions.}} | style="padding:1em;width: 40px" | [[Image:PD-icon.png|40px|PD]] |} <noinclude>{{Languages|Template:PD Help Page}}[[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 2b535cdf0c8094986453d507a27afa0b0c8cd7ca 10 85 276 172 2010-06-10T06:52:36Z Admin 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <br style="clear:both;" /> {| align="center" style="width:95%; background-color:#f8f8f8; border:2px solid #e0e0e0; padding:5px;" |- | [[Image:PD-icon.png|40px|PD]] | align="center" | ''This file has been released into the '''[[w:public domain|public domain]]''' by the [[w:Copyrights|copyright]] holder, its copyright has expired, or it is ineligible for copyright. This applies worldwide.'' |} <includeonly>[[Category:PD images|{{PAGENAME}}]]</includeonly> <noinclude>{{Languages|Template:PD}} [[Category:License templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 15d7da38971167b258b52314c43e2f603fc8043f 0 112 278 226 2010-06-20T21:11:41Z Hitch 3 Added Norm's post on LSB 101 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a Planner to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via Library<br /> '''Library:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a Note *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a Builder, but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *Storyboard - manual<br /> *Sequences - manual<br /> *Timeline - manual<br /> *Mindmap - manual<br /> *Outline -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a Listing.<br /> '''Listing - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *Dossiers *Image Gallery *Notes *Checklist *Journal<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) e65cf704b4eb66764eb4c6bb23c03b2312b4b600 279 278 2010-06-20T21:17:10Z Hitch 3 /* LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies */ wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''Library:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listing]].<br /> '''Listing - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklist]] *[[Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 11dc6121cd471a25bb1bda70d226513bca0611d8 280 279 2010-06-20T21:23:20Z Hitch 3 /* LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies */ wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''Library:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''Listing - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) ed0d4308cc28a2257fff1a0e286f977c7e910454 281 280 2010-06-20T21:24:36Z Hitch 3 /* Titles as Links to Other Content Types */ edit internal links wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''Library:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''Listing - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 265817a1e9cc0a9de9d7a50be707b087c406935a 282 281 2010-06-20T21:25:50Z Hitch 3 edit internal links only wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''Library:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''Listing - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 6430bf51e9abb00e9863eeea97d5cee40d7a5917 6 128 283 2010-06-25T10:14:12Z Magnus 10 A journal with three entries and one of them chosen (25th june) wikitext text/x-wiki A journal with three entries and one of them chosen (25th june) d01a566045c4e74559b5b0fcfc83d3072174622c 0 98 289 288 2010-06-25T10:53:08Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki For every Chapter file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem "The wheat and chessboard problem"] Or for those that don't want to have a look: if your work is only 1 (one) byte at the first day of backup (unlikely, since that would mean only one letter, not counting the data from LSB XE itself), after 64 days the total would be 18,446,744,073,799,551,615 bytes or 18,446,744 TB (I think)! Bottom line: don't backup your backup folder or in a matter of days your harddrive will reach its limit. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 2ffe0870f3786c81158d978c133106c3c98b929f 0 115 290 250 2010-06-25T11:35:18Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the dossier about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except a image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] 6026503cb4871c1a7f294b226772bc2e0a96620a 291 290 2010-06-25T11:35:51Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:Jump words]] is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the dossier about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] 88329fe780bf5a7af0bfa61c09723996bf158cc1 6 129 292 2010-06-26T20:11:03Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 106 293 243 2010-06-26T20:14:01Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create a expandable tree of thoughts for each and every chapter. [[File:Outline.JPG|From the Example Book]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] dddd15fab6037ed97405ebc1de0e1a5022810ee3 0 96 294 277 2010-06-26T20:24:25Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique [[Titles|Title]], such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A [[Titles|Title]], however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a [[Titles|Title]] can be used for a [[Sequences|Sequence]] or a [[Storyboards|Storyboard]] or an [[Outlines|Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Titles|Title]], which also provides a [[Description]] field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or OO by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use Builder->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the Builder by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. f0493a027b4420ab2d19c8f02f3e7de9eb91842e 6 130 295 2010-06-26T20:28:43Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 100 296 235 2010-06-26T20:31:11Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Quickly create a to do list using a Checklist. Use the two edit boxes below the main Checklist display to edit item titles and descriptions. Press then ENTER key to add new items. Simply double-click any item to check it off. [[File:Checklist.JPG|From the Example Book]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 2cc118564611c01345284a83dc3aa5a1aad9749e 0 131 297 2010-06-26T20:47:24Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'From the LSB XE help file: '''Using the Library Dialog''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- View the Liquid Story Binder XE Lib…' wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Using the Library Dialog''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- View the Liquid Story Binder XE Library Library -> View Library... To sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. '''Remove''' Books from the Library To remove books from the Libary Listing, simply select the books you wish to remove and choose 'Delete Items...' from the 'Items' menu. Please note, the selected books are not actually deleted and can be re-added later. '''Adding''' Books to the Library To re-add an existing book back into the Library Listing, choose 'Add Existing Book to Library...' from the 'Book' menu. Select a book directory created by Liquid Story Binder XE and it will be inserted back into the Listing. '''Renaming''' a Book Book -> Rename Book... Renaming the selected book is easy. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Rename Selected Book...'. When renaming any document within Liquid Story Binder please remember to follow the Windows File Naming Standard. '''Deleting''' a Book Book -> Delete Book... To delete the selected book, choose 'Delete Selected Book...' from the 'Book' menu. To delete the book, you will first have to confirm the deletion by typing 'YES' in the confirmation dialog. As with all deleted documents in Liquid Story Binder, the deleted book will be removed to the Windows Recycle Bin. '''Restoring''' Backups Any book backup made by Liquid Story Binder XE can be restored using the Library dialog. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Restore Book'. Enter a title for the newly restored book, and a parent Windows folder where you wish your files to be stored. Next to the 'Please Select an Existing Book Backup' box, click the '...' button to locate a ZIP archive containing the compressed backup. Click the 'Restore Book' button to finish. Please note, the book will not be restored if a similiar title already exists. Liquid Story Binder XE will not overwrite existing work. a319d68af072ba42d4831c4ea7cfedf8e95d0777 298 297 2010-06-26T20:48:24Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Using the Library Dialog''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- View the Liquid Story Binder XE Library Library -> View Library... To sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. '''Remove''' Books from the Library To remove books from the Libary Listing, simply select the books you wish to remove and choose 'Delete Items...' from the 'Items' menu. Please note, the selected books are not actually deleted and can be re-added later. '''Adding''' Books to the Library To re-add an existing book back into the Library Listing, choose 'Add Existing Book to Library...' from the 'Book' menu. Select a book directory created by Liquid Story Binder XE and it will be inserted back into the Listing. '''Renaming''' a Book Book -> Rename Book... Renaming the selected book is easy. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Rename Selected Book...'. When renaming any document within Liquid Story Binder please remember to follow the Windows File Naming Standard. '''Deleting''' a Book Book -> Delete Book... To delete the selected book, choose 'Delete Selected Book...' from the 'Book' menu. To delete the book, you will first have to confirm the deletion by typing 'YES' in the confirmation dialog. As with all deleted documents in Liquid Story Binder, the deleted book will be removed to the Windows Recycle Bin. '''Restoring''' Backups Any book backup made by Liquid Story Binder XE can be restored using the Library dialog. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Restore Book'. Enter a title for the newly restored book, and a parent Windows folder where you wish your files to be stored. Next to the 'Please Select an Existing Book Backup' box, click the '...' button to locate a ZIP archive containing the compressed backup. Click the 'Restore Book' button to finish. Please note, the book will not be restored if a similiar title already exists. Liquid Story Binder XE will not overwrite existing work. [[Category:Directory]] df6228a06eb4658711f5ca57e6865989c1e50328 0 132 299 2010-06-26T21:06:18Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Bui…' wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Builder]], [[Notes|Note]], [[Outlines|Outline]], [[Checklists|Checklist]], [[Sequences|Sequence]], [[Timelines|Timeline]], [[Storyboards|Storyboard]], [[Galleries|Gallery]], [[Dossiers|Dossier]] File -> Association... The Association dialog displays like-named files listed by type -- allowing you to quickly open and create documents, including [[Workspaces]], based on the title of the currently opened window. For instance... If you open the Association dialog from a [[Chapters|Chapter]] entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', the Association dialog will show all other files entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night'. Renaming Many Files All at Once The Association dialog allows users to quickly mass-rename many like-named documents quickly. How Associations Work... Think of Associations as just a simple list of related files. During the planning stage, you might wish to create a [[Timelines|Timeline]] or [[Outlines|Outline]] for each [[Chapters|Chapter]]. As your story develops, you might add a [[Builders|Builder]] to store important clips or a [[Dossiers|Dossier]] to summarize content. Eventually, you might have five or six documents all with the same title -- all related to just one [[Chapters|Chapter]]. Quickly locate them using the Association dialog. [[Category:Directory]] ab9a929a50b3c4698730600b0a8fe91c3b370aaa 0 133 300 2010-06-26T21:09:29Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'From the LSB XE help file: Workspaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main Menu -> Workspaces -> Save Workspace... Liquid S…' wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: Workspaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main Menu -> Workspaces -> Save Workspace... Liquid Story Binder allows you to save workspaces. A workspace preserves all the currently visible windows and files for later access. Workspace Ideas... Create a Workspace for each Chapter. Workspaces can be tied directly to outlining or brainstorming, or a place to write without distractions. Create a workspace that acts as a virtual desktop or scrapbook, filled with images and checklists -- a place to begin. To create a Workspace Preset, click 'Save Workspace...' from the 'Workspaces' menu and enter a title for the new preset. The saved Workspace will then be listed under the 'Workspaces' menu for later access. Please Note: Workspaces preserve file references and not actual content. Changes to your documents will be reflected when switching between Workspaces. [[Category:Directory]] f359e4b9f4bcb688c1ca59489ccf2d7eecf64025 301 300 2010-06-26T21:10:04Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: Workspaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main Menu -> Workspaces -> Save Workspace... Liquid Story Binder allows you to save workspaces. A workspace preserves all the currently visible windows and files for later access. Workspace Ideas... Create a Workspace for each Chapter. Workspaces can be tied directly to outlining or brainstorming, or a place to write without distractions. Create a workspace that acts as a virtual desktop or scrapbook, filled with images and checklists -- a place to begin. To create a Workspace Preset, click 'Save Workspace...' from the 'Workspaces' menu and enter a title for the new preset. The saved Workspace will then be listed under the 'Workspaces' menu for later access. Please Note: Workspaces preserve file references and not actual content. Changes to your documents will be reflected when switching between Workspaces. [[Directory:Category]] a7f8454f251b459b04ebbb2fedf6f518b8f69657 302 301 2010-06-26T21:11:31Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: Workspaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main Menu -> Workspaces -> Save Workspace... Liquid Story Binder allows you to save workspaces. A workspace preserves all the currently visible windows and files for later access. Workspace Ideas... Create a Workspace for each Chapter. Workspaces can be tied directly to outlining or brainstorming, or a place to write without distractions. Create a workspace that acts as a virtual desktop or scrapbook, filled with images and checklists -- a place to begin. To create a Workspace Preset, click 'Save Workspace...' from the 'Workspaces' menu and enter a title for the new preset. The saved Workspace will then be listed under the 'Workspaces' menu for later access. Please Note: Workspaces preserve file references and not actual content. Changes to your documents will be reflected when switching between Workspaces. [[Category:Directory]] f359e4b9f4bcb688c1ca59489ccf2d7eecf64025 0 134 303 2010-06-26T21:17:08Z Magnus 10 Created page with '[[Workspaces|Workspace]]' wikitext text/x-wiki [[Workspaces|Workspace]] 9466154561398344b843b2cf9b460d9211f91e0e 304 303 2010-06-26T21:20:07Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Workspaces]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Workspaces]] 01ac371ea372b2786047d28e1d99792506abe265 0 135 305 2010-06-26T21:20:56Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Chapters]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Chapters]] b45b9d46ffdac7a4166026edb2aff6114e0404b0 0 136 306 2010-06-26T21:21:38Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Storyboards]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Storyboards]] 775ef6a43b5055e58c1b1e7204da679d9613ef18 0 137 307 2010-06-26T21:22:33Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Journals]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Journals]] 52efe644003ba36dc3d8994b3ed2ba5a9e401ebf 0 138 308 2010-06-26T21:23:09Z Magnus 10 Created page with '#REDIRECT [Builders]]' wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [Builders]] 27449c2a8314d738baa2a29b9a92a8f651538fb1 309 308 2010-06-26T21:23:32Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Builders]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Builders]] 10ed3ab96a95936c6ee7d23a5905b52a361fe001 0 139 310 2010-06-26T21:24:16Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Associations]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Associations]] 8ed40b2dbfd502b9ac7f270583d963b6f08ee746 0 140 311 2010-06-26T21:25:14Z Magnus 10 Created page with '#REDIRECT [Checklists]]' wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [Checklists]] 769a93e2407f2b847599bd7d97a1d8d2361b0987 312 311 2010-06-26T21:25:38Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Checklists]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Checklists]] dec9d2c13dfe39e6ba87535b69fd9dd1fa5ade27 0 141 313 2010-06-26T21:26:27Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Dossiers]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Dossiers]] 5a41f354bbb02fe7d046ef2f770a518bc778475b 0 142 314 2010-06-26T21:27:34Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Line Notes]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Line Notes]] 0524eab3ba37b59a2428a3fb2947e82ef7dda980 315 314 2010-06-26T21:27:50Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Line notes]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Line notes]] cdbb30e49b952f401e735b96a91166a1a44f567d 0 143 316 2010-06-26T21:28:44Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Jump words]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Jump words]] 37ebac5817f614c93dff0068ac658742e90120bd 0 144 317 2010-06-26T21:29:49Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Planners]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Planners]] 17b66d3e2987c26a448614d71066656557e6301f 0 145 318 2010-06-26T21:30:56Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Outlines]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Outlines]] d9ee6f79b739d83aeb5f3d80aa1273174493e957 0 146 319 2010-06-26T21:32:09Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Notes]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Notes]] 33f4518325f6721d86339315f3cb29b1d2c0e9fc 0 147 320 2010-06-26T21:33:01Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Sequences]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Sequences]] 58400c06d6bbde85d46cb28d55cc66a8ac0eb81e 0 148 321 2010-06-26T21:34:02Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Mindmaps]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Mindmaps]] 618418b872abd0d61ff8f9a1cf99599270d2d6d5 0 149 322 2010-06-26T21:35:03Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Timelines]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Timelines]] 7c104215c06e64655ac534c42f1503c24508e010 0 150 323 2010-06-29T19:13:16Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'There are a number of file types where you are able to change the color on certain items. These are: [[Mindmaps]] [[Outlines]] [[Builders]] [[Storyboards]] in all of the above…' wikitext text/x-wiki There are a number of file types where you are able to change the color on certain items. These are: [[Mindmaps]] [[Outlines]] [[Builders]] [[Storyboards]] in all of the above is it possible to give each item a unique color And in [[Timelines]] it's possible to give each row, as well as each instance a unique color. [[Category:Directory]] f48e670f648cd6dc3f725dd71291e1ca3d5b1dd9 327 323 2010-06-29T19:37:51Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki There are a number of file types where you are able to change the color on certain items. These are: *[[Mindmaps]]<br> *[[Outlines]]<br> *[[Builders]]<br> *[[Storyboards]]<br> in all of the above is it possible to give each item a unique color And in [[Timelines]] it's possible to give each row, as well as each instance a unique color. [[Category:Directory]] 7e38c73925782f8f3359d5a92a53df227b80d205 6 151 324 2010-06-29T19:15:20Z Magnus 10 Builder example from the LSB XE Example book. wikitext text/x-wiki Builder example from the LSB XE Example book. 4cf650168ca2688791597f6173020ed1fbe6d2b0 328 324 2010-06-29T19:55:28Z Magnus 10 uploaded a new version of "[[File:Builder.JPG]]" wikitext text/x-wiki Builder example from the LSB XE Example book. 4cf650168ca2688791597f6173020ed1fbe6d2b0 0 99 325 252 2010-06-29T19:18:31Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., Chapters. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a Title to a Builder, and you edit that Title in the Builder, the individual chapter file type of the same Title will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the Title individually; whereas if you upload a Title to a Planner, or a Listing, and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual Chapter file will be updated, and the Chapter will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage chapters and other data: <blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." </blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" chapters, books, manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes (Titles) that you wish to place into what will become an actual Chapter in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 Titles into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual Chapter document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual Chapter Title, you either have to individually build the Title (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the Planner, Outline or Listing, but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a Planner or Listing as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final chapters. [[Category:Directory]] [[File:Builder.JPG]] 17426480e63f76b3714d0eb90af4b9d5bccc095f 326 325 2010-06-29T19:36:01Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., Chapters. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a Title to a Builder, and you edit that Title in the Builder, the individual chapter file type of the same Title will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the Title individually; whereas if you upload a Title to a Planner, or a Listing, and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual Chapter file will be updated, and the Chapter will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage chapters and other data: <blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." </blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" chapters, books, manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes (Titles) that you wish to place into what will become an actual Chapter in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 Titles into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual Chapter document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual Chapter Title, you either have to individually build the Title (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the Planner, Outline or Listing, but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a Planner or Listing as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final chapters. [[Category:Directory]] <br> [[File:Builder.JPG|frame|center|Builder example showing titles, descriptions and color indexing]] df0b756b1fb7f7fa47ee34298324789e8d01a880 0 112 329 282 2010-06-29T20:10:29Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Examples]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''[[Library]]:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''[[Listing]] - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) d1cca3062b22b24460cca4df2aa60103a52b3313 14 152 330 2010-06-29T20:28:43Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'Examples' wikitext text/x-wiki Examples eb01bf04c9a0e8a71c45816513df424f1c7ffedb 332 330 2010-06-30T19:12:14Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki Since LSB XE is such a competent set of tools, here's a place to show different examples of how to use these tools [[Category:Directory|Examples]] c06798443baccdc4a6f355dadf9220096ec8d4fc 0 153 331 2010-06-29T20:34:14Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Listings]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Listings]] 0822e15a7b7931a5c90d748428efb7798ecaeeaa 0 154 333 2010-06-30T20:04:13Z 83.183.213.138 0 Created page with 'A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. B…' wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? 1bd6d29b223816ee1929798c869ba480f4087be2 334 333 2010-06-30T20:10:14Z 83.183.213.138 0 Using a planner to write (and plan) your book in chapters wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]][[Planner example - chapters]] afbb10837f30ea4a9afc4eeb57184f75cf20c025 335 334 2010-06-30T20:10:44Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 041c1d7ff9594545e4cdb7f556a9160981443989 337 335 2010-07-01T08:53:43Z Magnus 10 moved [[Planner example]] to [[Planner example - Chapter]] wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 041c1d7ff9594545e4cdb7f556a9160981443989 0 155 336 2010-06-30T20:12:41Z 83.183.213.138 0 Redirected page to [[Titles]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Titles]] cd4ee71d00de95a101ce111c1d0e0452b754c5ef 0 156 338 2010-07-01T08:53:45Z Magnus 10 moved [[Planner example]] to [[Planner example - Chapter]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Planner example - Chapter]] c0e0182ddf20d054d027af11c228f3cb6d535789 0 154 339 337 2010-07-01T08:55:16Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] df793835721e334174b6e963146c83c1e0813cc1 342 339 2010-07-01T11:00:47Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|left]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 564b8fe7058ae69e5029060b8dbfc66c8c2b81c2 343 342 2010-07-01T11:01:28Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|left]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|left]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 1c68a2fd51087b4e046462f4f72c1ae1a07b6808 344 343 2010-07-01T11:02:19Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|left]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|left]] <br> These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 7e7a1b61f44c1dca4bb2923326965a826f09b90c 345 344 2010-07-01T11:03:09Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] <br> These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 7cabb1dc2e4f1606a80994f1c5b47082772de62e 348 345 2010-07-01T11:39:30Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. [[File:Planner3.JPG|none]] When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. And the title in the [[planner]] is no longer indented. [[File:Planner4.JPG|none]] Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 861e49c813ef7f4d909ff4ecf9d295324b79860b 349 348 2010-07-01T11:41:32Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. [[File:Planner3.JPG|none]] And the title in the [[planner]] is no longer indented. [[File:Planner4.JPG|none]] Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] b1c0afb6ce18504a8b751ef40bfebfb2f5633e04 6 157 340 2010-07-01T10:27:10Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 158 341 2010-07-01T10:48:09Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 159 346 2010-07-01T11:35:14Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 160 347 2010-07-01T11:35:34Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 112 351 329 2010-07-02T04:54:00Z Hitch 3 /* Titles as Links to Other Content Types */ Adding images wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that Titles (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "association." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a chapter, (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a chapter in the LSB Example book), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.png||800px|File Association Example]] As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Examples]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''[[Library]]:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''[[Listing]] - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *Playlists - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 7b2f2027924a089944334fec7186be6ebe644789 0 132 352 299 2010-07-03T13:44:50Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Builder]], [[Notes|Note]], [[Outlines|Outline]], [[Checklists|Checklist]], [[Sequences|Sequence]], [[Timelines|Timeline]], [[Storyboards|Storyboard]], [[Galleries|Gallery]], [[Dossiers|Dossier]] File -> Association... The Association dialog displays like-named files listed by type -- allowing you to quickly open and create documents, including [[Workspaces]], based on the title of the currently opened window. For instance... If you open the Association dialog from a [[Chapters|Chapter]] entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', the Association dialog will show all other files entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night'. Renaming Many Files All at Once The Association dialog allows users to quickly mass-rename many like-named documents quickly. How Associations Work... Think of Associations as just a simple list of related files. During the planning stage, you might wish to create a [[Timelines|Timeline]] or [[Outlines|Outline]] for each [[Chapters|Chapter]]. As your story develops, you might add a [[Builders|Builder]] to store important clips or a [[Dossiers|Dossier]] to summarize content. Eventually, you might have five or six documents all with the same title -- all related to just one [[Chapters|Chapter]]. Quickly locate them using the Association dialog. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.png||800px|File Association Example]] [[Category:Directory]] 8ec5efbc9eeae8a0e791fbda19e945c3e8dac915 14 162 353 2010-07-03T13:54:10Z 83.183.213.138 0 Created page with ' [[Category:Directory|Tools]]' wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Directory|Tools]] c3a46ad44f7682eba08a0184f607dd64092a6735 0 115 354 291 2010-07-03T13:54:55Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the dossier about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 38a759737fd037445bea2dc44495baaae38bb739 355 354 2010-07-03T13:55:19Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the dossier about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 72727d26e8c83a8fd4a891aeaecfc4ef03b8e5d7 356 355 2010-07-03T13:55:34Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the dossier of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the dossier that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the dossier would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the dossier about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 5e9aeefa9d6236fd096dd63bb54b3427b3c7f023 0 121 357 271 2010-07-03T13:57:04Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Project Goals (Planner Menu -> Manuscript -> Project Goals...)<br /><br /> The Liquid Story Binder 'Project Goals' feature allows you to schedule date and word count targets for the currently opened book. Set your start and finish goals and Liquid Story Binder will automatically calculate work days remaining, average word counts, and remaining words left to write. Unlike the '[[Work Log]]' which deals with past work, the 'Project Goals' dialog is a planning tool."</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 6a36fa32b2d4fb10437bf3aefe6919edcf0c635e 0 163 358 2010-07-03T21:44:28Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer... [[Category:Tools]]' wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer... [[Category:Tools]] 1afae134d04953539b8109f9afd208286ede475a 363 358 2010-07-03T21:54:28Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (copied from the tutorial) Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer... [[File:RV1.jpg]] Liquid Story Binder's Repetition Visualizer allows writers to quickly view and tally individual word instances. [[File:RV2.jpg]] To open the Repetition Visualizer, choose 'Repetition Visualizer' from the Chapter, Builder, or Journal 'Tools' menu. [[File:RV3.jpg]] Click any word to see it highlighted throughout the entire document, allowing you to gauge its potential overuse. In the 'Repetition Visualizer Tally Box' view a count of the selected word. Enter a specific word in the entry box located at the top of the dialog to quickly visualize your work. By default, the Repetition Visualizer searches for whole words only. Use an asterisk to search for partial instances. For instance, a search of dark* will result in findings of dark, darkness, darkly, darkened, darkest. A search of *an* will result in findings such as and, angel, change, lance. [[File:RV4.jpg]] The currently selected word is reflected in the parent document, ready for editing. [[Category:Tools]] b977ab1fa74caa4cb74a7d84795e5b57a1261442 364 363 2010-07-03T21:55:29Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (copied from the tutorial) <b>Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer...</b> [[File:RV1.jpg]] Liquid Story Binder's Repetition Visualizer allows writers to quickly view and tally individual word instances. [[File:RV2.jpg]] To open the Repetition Visualizer, choose 'Repetition Visualizer' from the Chapter, Builder, or Journal 'Tools' menu. [[File:RV3.jpg]] Click any word to see it highlighted throughout the entire document, allowing you to gauge its potential overuse. In the 'Repetition Visualizer Tally Box' view a count of the selected word. Enter a specific word in the entry box located at the top of the dialog to quickly visualize your work. By default, the Repetition Visualizer searches for whole words only. Use an asterisk to search for partial instances. For instance, a search of dark* will result in findings of dark, darkness, darkly, darkened, darkest. A search of *an* will result in findings such as and, angel, change, lance. [[File:RV4.jpg]] The currently selected word is reflected in the parent document, ready for editing. [[Category:Tools]] a05cbe88981c070456be52d07d6367b0387d9d09 365 364 2010-07-03T21:57:43Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (copied from the tutorial) <b>Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer...</b> [[File:RV1.jpg]] Liquid Story Binder's Repetition Visualizer allows writers to quickly view and tally individual word instances. [[File:RV2.jpg]] To open the Repetition Visualizer, choose 'Repetition Visualizer' from the Chapter, Builder, or Journal 'Tools' menu. [[File:RV3.jpg]] Click any word to see it highlighted throughout the entire document, allowing you to gauge its potential overuse. In the 'Repetition Visualizer Tally Box' view a count of the selected word. Enter a specific word in the entry box located at the top of the dialog to quickly visualize your work. By default, the Repetition Visualizer searches for whole words only. Use an asterisk to search for partial instances. For instance, a search of dark* will result in findings of dark, darkness, darkly, darkened, darkest. A search of *an* will result in findings such as and, angel, change, lance. [[File:RV4.jpg]] The currently selected word is reflected in the parent document, ready for editing. [[Category:Tools]] [[Category:Directory]] fa750bdea52ee6347de508266461d125be9120c8 6 164 359 2010-07-03T21:45:40Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 165 360 2010-07-03T21:46:07Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 166 361 2010-07-03T21:46:37Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 167 362 2010-07-03T21:47:05Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 116 366 255 2010-07-04T08:03:59Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki What's in a name? In LSB XE, literally everything. While the LSB XE tutorials state that the backbone of LSB is in Chapters, the true skeletal structure of LSB is '''Titles'''. What are Titles? Every "item" in LSB XE has a Title, in most cases with a description field. When you create a new chapter or scene, you give it a Title, and a description or sub-title; when you create a new board inside of a storyboard, you give it a Title with a Description. The Title and Description boxes are located at the bottom of the File Type window in which you are working, e.g., [[Planner]], [[Builder]], [[Outline]], etc. These fields are not identified with text; they simply appear as two stacked rectangular boxes. You enter the Title in the top box and the Description in the bottom box, as displayed here[http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-scenebasedwritingwithbuilders.html]. If you look at the very first image, at the bottom of the [[Planner]] window, the Title is "Our Story Begins" and the Description is "In a Distant Country, A girl stands in the Rain." You'll see that the Title is in darker text, and the Description is in a paler text. One of the key concepts within LSB is that like-named items are Associated. In order to organize your data--images, galleries, timelines, sequences, mindmaps, etc.--resources '''are grouped by Title names'''. To associate one item with another, say, a Dossier with a Chapter, you need do nothing more than give them identical titles. You can do this manually, by typing the Titles in both places; or you can use the [[Associations]] dialogue boxes, which you may access via the File menu item, or by pressing F2 when you are working inside of a Content Type ([[Planner]], [[Timeline]], [[Sequence]], etc.). So, while Shakespeare said that "a rose by any other name would smell as sweet," in LSB XE a rose by a different Title won't associate. '''Remember:''' Like-named items associate, and allow you to organize, aggregate and group data by Title for ease of use. [[category:Directory]] caef4b4527b11862aa55f4d64a1fc44aa3e361f4 0 99 367 326 2010-07-04T08:13:47Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., [[Chapters]]. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a [[Title]] to a Builder, and you edit that [[Title]] in the Builder, the individual [[chapter]] file type of the same [[Title]] will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the [[Title]] individually; whereas if you upload a [[Title]] to a [[Planner]], or a [[Listing]], and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual [[Chapter]] file will be updated, and the [[Chapter]] will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage [[chapters]] and other data: <blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." </blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" [[chapters]], [[books]], manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes ([[Titles]]) that you wish to place into what will become an actual [[Chapter]] in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 [[Titles]] into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual [[Chapter]] document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual [[Chapter]] [[Title]], you either have to individually build the [[Title]] (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the [[Planner]], [[Outline]] or [[Listing]], but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a [[Planner]] or [[Listing]] as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final [[chapters]]. [[Category:Directory]] <br> [[File:Builder.JPG|frame|center|Builder example showing titles, descriptions and color indexing]] a03c1b5fb19f05b5a1f30ac8fb6842631ab95f62 0 168 368 2010-07-04T08:22:30Z Magnus 10 Created page with ' The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Wind…' wikitext text/x-wiki The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 760dff10b7f7ae0fc5b7c8e18da13bd78be0105f 372 368 2010-07-04T08:26:43Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books1.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Book2.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. [[File:Books3.jpg]] 5f49b771ee41ba0a52fb6313f1a9d232a83f3ed9 373 372 2010-07-04T08:27:52Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books1.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books2.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. [[File:Books3.jpg]] 8857c70fda2af4cf8bd16a790490b5d215e150d9 374 373 2010-07-04T08:29:42Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 46ad28a349f5b63c537edfb14ddf30037fcb74b7 375 374 2010-07-04T08:31:30Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. ba6ca58b7d568f70e7a76db70f4ea7e7b8f382ce 6 169 369 2010-07-04T08:23:12Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 170 370 2010-07-04T08:23:58Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 171 371 2010-07-04T08:24:37Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 172 376 2010-07-05T16:21:08Z Deleyna 2 Created page with 'You can add books to the library or re-add books that have gotten lost from the library (if you moved the library, for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http…' wikitext text/x-wiki You can add books to the library or re-add books that have gotten lost from the library (if you moved the library, for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-howtoaddamissingbookbackintoyourlibrary.html Re-add books to the library] [[category:tutorials books]] 3684ac463fffb2a1356449270ec27a8949353e30 377 376 2010-07-05T16:21:30Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki You can add books to the library or re-add books that have gotten lost from the library (if you moved the library, for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-howtoaddamissingbookbackintoyourlibrary.html Re-add books to the library] [[category:tutorials]] ef92bd9d984fc9fade43affe0474093151971d7b 378 377 2010-07-05T16:23:22Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki You can add books to the library or re-add books that have gotten lost from the library (if you moved the library, for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-howtoaddamissingbookbackintoyourlibrary.html Re-add books to the library] [[category:tutorials]] [[category:directory]] c8b66773838ad34c7913de3eaee0c405024c365c 379 378 2010-07-05T16:26:37Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki You can add books to the library or re-add books that have gotten lost from the library (if you moved the library, for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-howtoaddamissingbookbackintoyourlibrary.html Re-add books to the library] [[category:directory|tutorials]] [[category:directory]] bf17670a120090ca80f2cd907ceaa25e30ad2551 0 173 380 2010-07-13T16:00:31Z Deleyna 2 Created page with 'Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and v…' wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - Display Preferences". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:colors|color scheme]] [[category:display preferences|color scheme compatibility]] 4e313e6b39951653ac38e19e3c0ec1fba1e6a8ba 381 380 2010-07-13T16:01:16Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - Display Preferences". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:colors|color scheme]] [[category:preferences|color scheme compatibility]] ba644950f2c9967c223293b4c4d783b4f9490c5c 386 381 2010-07-13T16:12:11Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - Display Preferences". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:color|color scheme]] [[category:preferences|color scheme compatibility]] 862e55e8a658db3d500a5cc2a09c5543fc936a7b 14 175 384 2010-07-13T16:08:05Z Deleyna 2 Created page with 'The Preferences menu will allow you to customize many areas of how the program works. The intent of this area is to create a custom working environment that allows you to work in…' wikitext text/x-wiki The Preferences menu will allow you to customize many areas of how the program works. The intent of this area is to create a custom working environment that allows you to work in a comfortable, productive form. However, be aware that changing preferences does change how the program looks and behaves. 8d0e0b0e5cbb4bb1a976ee129ab255aa446055ce 385 384 2010-07-13T16:11:53Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The Preferences menu will allow you to customize many areas of how the program works. The intent of this area is to create a custom working environment that allows you to work in a comfortable, productive form. However, be aware that changing preferences does change how the program looks and behaves. [[category:Directory]] 0b339239a29162d2b5a2a67b1b86261045249743 6 176 387 2010-07-17T00:32:50Z Tjrourke 12 Screen shot of the Builder Example in the LSB Example Book. Used to show how styles work. wikitext text/x-wiki Screen shot of the Builder Example in the LSB Example Book. Used to show how styles work. 4c1280d1d39db5471a8f8ac9b6846ca4e35f1ccb 6 177 388 2010-07-17T00:57:17Z Tjrourke 12 The context menu from the text window in a Builder. wikitext text/x-wiki The context menu from the text window in a Builder. ea39d911905911dbf3bcf836cd79710f6ce1acd5 6 178 389 2010-07-17T01:06:12Z Tjrourke 12 Shows the Font dialog called from the Builder pop-up menu (Formatting->Font). wikitext text/x-wiki Shows the Font dialog called from the Builder pop-up menu (Formatting->Font). c204dad3a15d1638862bf1d954e0f446ad627f85 6 179 390 2010-07-17T01:24:52Z Tjrourke 12 The Styles menu in the Builder Example. wikitext text/x-wiki The Styles menu in the Builder Example. 7f5a8ae481df80b0aaf41f9f968c2d39a33b84c7 6 180 391 2010-07-17T01:25:32Z Tjrourke 12 Styles pop-up menu in the Builder Example. wikitext text/x-wiki Styles pop-up menu in the Builder Example. 05bc73e93275db2b5c7e54455fc63a5255c037cf 6 181 392 2010-07-17T01:33:01Z Tjrourke 12 Shows the Builder Example with a change to the font of one word. wikitext text/x-wiki Shows the Builder Example with a change to the font of one word. 643644cdb83a821a67a4521b96e7dfe7b4a18c7f 0 182 393 2010-07-17T01:33:25Z Tjrourke 12 Created page with '==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essential…' wikitext text/x-wiki ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== d5c783d09028f035419ffc0ade6dd07c40681d73 394 393 2010-07-17T02:04:51Z Tjrourke 12 /* The Styles Menu */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. da277c49566a940b6d066020dfa3d52723d6a28e 395 394 2010-07-17T02:06:31Z Tjrourke 12 /* The Styles Menu */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== 1bfb5aac4cfcaa37751eed6ac3ed466b76247102 396 395 2010-07-18T04:12:06Z Tjrourke 12 Added categories wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Formatting]] [[Category:Styles]] [[Category:Builder]] ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== d746960ad19fd79cf922a76af6fa1a37fcbbcaab 397 396 2010-07-18T04:15:59Z Tjrourke 12 Added category links wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Formatting]] [[Category:Styles]] [[Category:Builder]] ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== [[:Category:Formatting]] [[:Category:Styles]] [[:Category:Builder]] bdbc49d8575557f9ff207f824b37ed22c3521f59 0 183 398 2010-07-19T06:41:14Z 24.113.224.142 0 Created page with '[[category: directory]] The character generator lets you quickly create a character with as much detail as you like. The screen consists of 4 columns. The first is what you wan…' wikitext text/x-wiki [[category: directory]] The character generator lets you quickly create a character with as much detail as you like. The screen consists of 4 columns. The first is what you want that character trait to be called. (For example: hair color, last name, etc.) In the second column, pick a list that you want the random generator to pick from. (You can create your own lists or customize these.) The third column is where the current information is. If you know what you want in that area, fill it in. The fourth column controls whether or not a random bit of information will be entered in the third column when you click "Generate Random Character" at the bottom. When you are happy with the results, click "Save Dossier" at the bottom and title the resulting Dossier file. You can then add a photo or other information to further customize the dossier. One of the strengths of this character generator is that you can customize your [[list]]. This is done by creating a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in that second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. c0cb1e45cc7d59a97e4fedbaac933e740eb59186 404 398 2010-07-19T07:11:03Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category: directory]] The character generator lets you quickly create a character with as much detail as you like. The screen consists of 4 columns. The first is what you want that character trait to be called. (For example: hair color, last name, etc.) In the second column, pick a list that you want the random generator to pick from. (You can create your own lists or customize these.) The third column is where the current information is. If you know what you want in that area, fill it in. The fourth column controls whether or not a random bit of information will be entered in the third column when you click "Generate Random Character" at the bottom. When you are happy with the results, click "Save Dossier" at the bottom and title the resulting Dossier file. You can then add a photo or other information to further customize the dossier. One of the strengths of this character generator is that you can customize your [[list]]. This is done by creating a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in that second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. [[category|Directory|Tools]] 78da46658c032a84a8d59749de6b3db4b4d3de8d 405 404 2010-07-19T07:12:09Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category: directory]] The character generator lets you quickly create a character with as much detail as you like. The screen consists of 4 columns. The first is what you want that character trait to be called. (For example: hair color, last name, etc.) In the second column, pick a list that you want the random generator to pick from. (You can create your own lists or customize these.) The third column is where the current information is. If you know what you want in that area, fill it in. The fourth column controls whether or not a random bit of information will be entered in the third column when you click "Generate Random Character" at the bottom. When you are happy with the results, click "Save Dossier" at the bottom and title the resulting Dossier file. You can then add a photo or other information to further customize the dossier. One of the strengths of this character generator is that you can customize your [[list]]. This is done by creating a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in that second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. [[category:Tools]] 209a7f385136f80a9109807082569646fccce871 424 405 2010-07-28T16:11:25Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category: directory]] The character generator lets you quickly create a character with as much detail as you like. The screen consists of 4 columns. The first is what you want that character trait to be called. (For example: hair color, last name, etc.) In the second column, pick a list that you want the random generator to pick from. (You can create your own lists or customize these.) The third column is where the current information is. If you know what you want in that area, fill it in. The fourth column controls whether or not a random bit of information will be entered in the third column when you click "Generate Random Character" at the bottom. The last column allows you to exclude certain rows from the final dossier that will be saved. When you are happy with the results, click "Save Dossier" at the bottom and title the resulting Dossier file. You can then add a photo or other information to further customize the dossier. One of the strengths of this character generator is that you can customize your [[list]]. This is done by creating a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in that second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. [[category:Tools]] Here is a video tutorial by rosepetals that explains this very well: [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] ce0786fd0bcb6c2e82bb0911380ab3a7dae55a4b 0 184 399 2010-07-19T06:45:08Z 24.113.224.142 0 Created page with 'A "list" is a list of options that the random generator can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li…' wikitext text/x-wiki A "list" is a list of options that the random generator can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. </li><li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. </li> </ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. f8240954ed9421fcc80af80825c115af5193d5bf 400 399 2010-07-19T06:47:19Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki A "list" is a list of options that the random generator can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. </li><li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. </li> </ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. [[category:Directory]] e0b525f3c09bc0571928f6c93f2df6cbcfff92b6 8 185 401 2010-07-19T07:07:04Z Deleyna 2 Created page with '* navigation ** category:Directory ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help * SEAR…' wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** category:Directory ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES f74dbfd48577f5f1b4b3358d5997d2bd85e82047 402 401 2010-07-19T07:08:00Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|category:Directory ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES ce784f527a46aac9c12c2ea38b91543b501fadc4 403 402 2010-07-19T07:09:01Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** portal-url|portal ** currentevents-url|currentevents ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES e7f21f0cae3181e6175a69bd44c633184afba8b5 0 154 406 349 2010-07-23T08:19:22Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (There is a new design of [[Planners]]with the latest version, 4.81, making the example below somewhat inaccurate. A revised post will follow, showing the new functions.) A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. [[File:Planner3.JPG|none]] And the title in the [[planner]] is no longer indented. [[File:Planner4.JPG|none]] Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] c36e97e7686ee2a50e43972f7fffe03d4b9a3bb7 407 406 2010-07-23T08:21:04Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (There is a new design of [[Planners]] with the latest version, 4.81, making the example below somewhat inaccurate. A revised post will follow, showing the new functions.) A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented. (Indention is no longer available as of the latest version, 4.81) When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. [[File:Planner3.JPG|none]] And the title in the [[planner]] is no longer indented. [[File:Planner4.JPG|none]] Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 9b14ebe02548772ac67aca41d5fa3b3b3a6b9860 408 407 2010-07-23T08:22:36Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki (***There is a new design of [[Planners]] with the latest version, 4.81, making the example below somewhat inaccurate. A revised post will follow, showing the new functions.***) A [[planner]] can hold a number of [[chapters]]. A [[chapter]] in LSB XE is the place where the actual writing takes place and is not to be confused with "chapters" in a book. But suppose you want to write your book in smaller bits instead of one long continous piece (like you do in, God forbid, Word - the whole reason programs like LSB XE exists, right) then a [[planner]] could be the way to do it. I'll use Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone as a guide. In it there's seventeen chapters. In the [[planner]] you would give the first item a [[title]] - The Boy Who Lived - and then you'd press enter. That would create a new item that you'd then give the next [[title]] - The Vanishing Glass - and so on. [[File:Planner1.JPG|none]] You keep on doing this until you've created all the seventeen [[chapters]]. [[File:Planner2.JPG|none]] These items, to be [[chapters]], are still empty, which can be seen by the [[title]] being indented (Indention is no longer available as of the latest version, 4.81. See above for explanation.) When you doubleclick on one of these [[titles]], LSB XE creates a [[chapter]] that you have to write. [[File:Planner3.JPG|none]] And the title in the [[planner]] is no longer indented. [[File:Planner4.JPG|none]] Some of the obvious advantages is that you get an overview of your book with all the [[chapters]] nicely laid out (of course you can move them up and down should you wish to do so) and you can write it in the order you prefer. Start off with a climactic bit in the last [[chapter]] and then maybe the very first sentence in the first [[chapter]]. It's all up to you. When you've written a whole "book chapter" worth of text in LSB XE's [[chapter]] then there's no difference between the two. And when you've written all seventeen, like J.K. Rowling did, then the [[planner]] contains seventeen [[chapters]] = "book chapters" making this a complete book. That went quick didn't it? [[Category:Examples]] 8d7591640ff98fd6e5a6d298674719c11fd19053 0 120 409 265 2010-07-24T15:42:24Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate note associated or linked to the chapter in question. To do this start the sentence with two ".." periods (dots). This is like having a Post-It in the middle of the text and the advantage is that you have this reminder in the middle of the text but it doesn't get printed, exported or counted. The Line notes can also have different formatting than the rest of the text, with different font, fontsize, fontcolour and different indentation, making it easier to read the line notes. The `Line Note Viewer' allows the user to quickly jump to specific points within the text. Any Line Note containing a question mark, asterisk or exclamation point will appear bold within the `Line Note Viewer' reminding you of important unfinished work. For example: scenes within the Chapter, as well as key moments, can be separated by Line Notes. b1b10f159922198a7b9adff97eef4f64ad87227b 0 168 410 375 2010-07-24T15:54:24Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "Binder" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 06aa413b158ddf36bf05aa5a7501f5b22cef726c 0 186 411 2010-07-24T15:56:50Z Deleyna 2 Created page with ' from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "Binder" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File…' wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "Binder" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 06aa413b158ddf36bf05aa5a7501f5b22cef726c 412 411 2010-07-24T15:57:14Z Deleyna 2 moved [[Files:Binders]] to [[Binders]] wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "Binder" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 06aa413b158ddf36bf05aa5a7501f5b22cef726c 0 187 413 2010-07-24T15:57:15Z Deleyna 2 moved [[Files:Binders]] to [[Binders]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Binders]] 592cd4208aebb0b8f5a2dd47cd898b8dff3ba183 0 188 414 2010-07-28T11:38:45Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one m…' wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [Jump Words] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: 2b8e1bbb6c537122c415cc0b2a37aebad06e7b00 417 414 2010-07-28T11:40:28Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [File:Synopsis1JPG] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [Jump Words] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [File:Synopsis2.JPG] 81740f86068df623e98ae95219b8d1adcb2bbf0d 418 417 2010-07-28T11:41:32Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [Jump Words] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] c94f4bf6e029e60cd25396206a8afb5faa0d0005 419 418 2010-07-28T11:41:59Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1.JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [Jump Words] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] ef35ccc87497b33254179e388b93ed3a7329cdd3 420 419 2010-07-28T11:42:53Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1.JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [[Jump Words]] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] 7936dae2395d05bd2082c7e691e353f5b50b0cbb 421 420 2010-07-28T11:43:22Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]] when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1.JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [[Jump Words]] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] [[Category:Examples]] 16668d2644f54f0ab84050c92eae3fb0b7447642 422 421 2010-07-28T11:44:28Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump Words]], my favourite, when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1.JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [[Jump Words]] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] [[Category:Examples]] 2ac48558eb1bf82b74cf7905e5fd4886f9abcf33 425 422 2010-07-29T05:52:43Z 83.183.213.138 0 wikitext text/x-wiki Here's a way to once again use the [[Jump words]], my favourite, when creating a synopsis. First create a [[chapter]] and write down the synopsis. Depending on how detailed one does this one might make more than one to get a better overview. Here's a picture of how that might look like: [[File:Synopsis1.JPG]] I've marked the chapter and the smaller parts (scenes) with titles in bold. But the important thing is the [[Jump words]] then assigned to the "real" chapter (or scenes in this case). That means that by looking at this Synopsis Chapter you can get a feel for the book and then when you want to do the actual writing in the chapter/scene you just have to doubleclick on, in this case Ch1Sc1 to bring up the actual scene in question. Like this: [[File:Synopsis2.JPG]] [[Category:Examples]] 60b956f2451449b485103ff5b7570a26c6f2e9c1 6 189 415 2010-07-28T11:39:20Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 190 416 2010-07-28T11:39:35Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 111 423 251 2010-07-28T16:09:02Z 24.113.224.142 0 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a line note?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/14/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorial/ Liquid Story Binder XE The first two videos] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Part II] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/29/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-managing-your-chapter/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Managing Your Chapter] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/06/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-project-goals-and-the-character-generatordossier-tools/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Project Goals and the Character Generator/Dossier Tools] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/19/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorial-outlines-and-checklists/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Outlines and Checklists] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/02/07/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-9-and-10/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials 9 and 10] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] c8d2d0fe6d3cf5c72b3fe38529f4d9d0f4dd7749 12 11 428 24 2010-08-08T11:23:00Z 219.142.70.45 0 /* Add a page to a category */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} MediaWiki allows you to categorize pages and files by appending one or more '''Category''' {{#ifeq:Category|{{ns:category}}||'''({{ns:category}})'''}} tags to the content text. Adding these tags creates links at the bottom of the page that take you to the list of all pages in that category, which makes it easy to browse related articles. JRi4ho <a href="http://lnsimweoagyp.com/">lnsimweoagyp</a>, [url=http://shjvolxuuexj.com/]shjvolxuuexj[/url], [link=http://bnjdzbqiahpw.com/]bnjdzbqiahpw[/link], http://kpabjwmjgoqb.com/ ==Create a category== A category can be created the same way as other wiki pages (See [[Help:Starting a new page]]); just add "<code>{{ns:category}}:</code>" before the page title. (Category lists exist even if their description page is not created, but these categories are isolated from others and serve little purpose for organization or navigation.) It is not possible to rename (move) a category, unlike other wiki pages. It is necessary to create a new category and change the {{ns:category}} tag on every page. The new category will not have the older category's page history, which is undesirable if there are many revisions. To avoid extra work, try searching within your wiki before creating a new category. The list of all categories can be found in "{{int:specialpages}}" in the "{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}" box of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]]. ===Hidden categories=== The categories that a page is in are normally listed at the bottom of the page. A category can be hidden from these lists by adding "<code><nowiki>__HIDDENCAT__</nowiki></code>" [[Help:Magic words|magic word]] to the category page. (Each user can choose to see them in a separate "{{int:hidden-categories}}" list, by checking "{{int:tog-showhiddencats}}" in the "{{int:prefs-rendering}}" section of [[Special:Preferences]].) Hidden categories are automatically added to [[:Category:{{mediawiki:hidden-category-category}}]] (specified by [[MediaWiki:Hidden-category-category]]). Hidden categories are not hidden on category pages ({{bugzilla|15550}}) ==Linking to a category== To create a link to a category, use a leading colon before the category name. (Without this colon, it will add the current page to the category.) To change the link text, write the text inside the link tag after a pipe. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''TEXT'']] For example, to link to "{{ns:category}}:Help", write "<code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:Help]]</code>", which will result in [[:{{ns:category}}:Help]]. [[Help:Redirects|Redirect pages]] (to categories) must also use the colon, otherwise it will be added to the category instead of redirecting. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Categories]] bb6e05495a5cc548b1315d347bad735d6d7118eb 444 428 2010-08-08T13:58:49Z 86.96.226.25 0 /* Hidden categories */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} MediaWiki allows you to categorize pages and files by appending one or more '''Category''' {{#ifeq:Category|{{ns:category}}||'''({{ns:category}})'''}} tags to the content text. Adding these tags creates links at the bottom of the page that take you to the list of all pages in that category, which makes it easy to browse related articles. JRi4ho <a href="http://lnsimweoagyp.com/">lnsimweoagyp</a>, [url=http://shjvolxuuexj.com/]shjvolxuuexj[/url], [link=http://bnjdzbqiahpw.com/]bnjdzbqiahpw[/link], http://kpabjwmjgoqb.com/ ==Create a category== A category can be created the same way as other wiki pages (See [[Help:Starting a new page]]); just add "<code>{{ns:category}}:</code>" before the page title. (Category lists exist even if their description page is not created, but these categories are isolated from others and serve little purpose for organization or navigation.) It is not possible to rename (move) a category, unlike other wiki pages. It is necessary to create a new category and change the {{ns:category}} tag on every page. The new category will not have the older category's page history, which is undesirable if there are many revisions. To avoid extra work, try searching within your wiki before creating a new category. The list of all categories can be found in "{{int:specialpages}}" in the "{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}" box of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]]. VPcBlK <a href="http://qdchzvbifvby.com/">qdchzvbifvby</a>, [url=http://jgjhyxtsrqbv.com/]jgjhyxtsrqbv[/url], [link=http://vplnaijygtnn.com/]vplnaijygtnn[/link], http://uelcllqugszx.com/ ==Linking to a category== To create a link to a category, use a leading colon before the category name. (Without this colon, it will add the current page to the category.) To change the link text, write the text inside the link tag after a pipe. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''TEXT'']] For example, to link to "{{ns:category}}:Help", write "<code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:Help]]</code>", which will result in [[:{{ns:category}}:Help]]. [[Help:Redirects|Redirect pages]] (to categories) must also use the colon, otherwise it will be added to the category instead of redirecting. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Categories]] 35a5952dbb0e43a167b80722dfcd2b9c35c5ed7e 12 41 429 84 2010-08-08T11:32:28Z 216.121.113.109 0 /* Using Wikilinks */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. Rvzj49 <a href="http://jzlmqctsxutv.com/">jzlmqctsxutv</a>, [url=http://rjkyerhhdnxf.com/]rjkyerhhdnxf[/url], [link=http://zospbqwqavfm.com/]zospbqwqavfm[/link], http://irwnpbrxnaxv.com/ == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. == Create redirects to your new page == Don't forget to setup redirects when you create a page. If you think another person may search for the page you've created by using a different name or spelling, please create the proper redirect(s). See [[Help:Redirects]] == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] 29833a6b9381576109f2d656ea289b89ed253256 4 6 431 14 2010-08-08T12:17:01Z 201.73.232.130 0 /* TRADEMARKS */ wikitext text/x-wiki == LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY == This is an online, open-content, collaborative encyclopedia of information developed and managed by a voluntary association of individuals and groups who are developing a common resource of topical knowledge. The structure of the project allows anyone with an Internet connection and World Wide Web browser to alter its contents. Please be advised that nothing found here has necessarily been reviewed by professionals with the expertise required to provide you with complete, accurate or reliable information. That is not to say that you will not find valuable and accurate information in the Liquid Story Binder Wiki. Much of the time you will. However, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or reliability of the information found here. The content of any given article may recently have been changed, vandalized, or altered by someone whose opinion does not correspond with the state of generally accepted knowledge in the relevant field(s). == NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW == Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. == NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE == You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. == COPYRIGHTS == Liquid Story Binder Wiki makes no claim of ownership to any of the materials posted or otherwise provided herein. By posting or otherwise providing any information to Liquid Story Binder Wiki, you are granting to the public free permission to: * Use, copy, distribute, display, publish and modify your information; * Publish your name in connection with your information; and * Grant these permissions to other persons. This section applies only to legally permissible content, and only to the extent that use and publication of the legally permissible content does not violate any law. You will not be paid for your submission. Liquid Story Binder Wiki may refuse to publish, and may remove your submission at any time at its sole discretion. For each submission you make, you must have all rights necessary for you to grant the permissions in this section. VQZmHf <a href="http://xoxbkhhigrby.com/">xoxbkhhigrby</a>, [url=http://ngpsylwhzjkw.com/]ngpsylwhzjkw[/url], [link=http://pbyajaqwqxdi.com/]pbyajaqwqxdi[/link], http://qsrlzofgcilh.com/ == JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT == Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. == NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE == If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. == DISCLAIMER == IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. ea0751320481563136925a01ccba5e2e78a55e3d 434 431 2010-08-08T12:50:45Z 161.55.160.6 0 /* LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY */ wikitext text/x-wiki 7lgfC1 <a href="http://atwbsbmwbrkn.com/">atwbsbmwbrkn</a>, [url=http://ungeoseqsoed.com/]ungeoseqsoed[/url], [link=http://mjoscfxtebwm.com/]mjoscfxtebwm[/link], http://dkmqfzxhzgdy.com/ == NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW == Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. == NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE == You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. == COPYRIGHTS == Liquid Story Binder Wiki makes no claim of ownership to any of the materials posted or otherwise provided herein. By posting or otherwise providing any information to Liquid Story Binder Wiki, you are granting to the public free permission to: * Use, copy, distribute, display, publish and modify your information; * Publish your name in connection with your information; and * Grant these permissions to other persons. This section applies only to legally permissible content, and only to the extent that use and publication of the legally permissible content does not violate any law. You will not be paid for your submission. Liquid Story Binder Wiki may refuse to publish, and may remove your submission at any time at its sole discretion. For each submission you make, you must have all rights necessary for you to grant the permissions in this section. VQZmHf <a href="http://xoxbkhhigrby.com/">xoxbkhhigrby</a>, [url=http://ngpsylwhzjkw.com/]ngpsylwhzjkw[/url], [link=http://pbyajaqwqxdi.com/]pbyajaqwqxdi[/link], http://qsrlzofgcilh.com/ == JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT == Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. == NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE == If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. == DISCLAIMER == IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 89587df45aa4ba5edd64f4d746465a35965ee11e 464 434 2010-08-08T17:03:29Z 207.144.99.102 0 /* COPYRIGHTS */ wikitext text/x-wiki 7lgfC1 <a href="http://atwbsbmwbrkn.com/">atwbsbmwbrkn</a>, [url=http://ungeoseqsoed.com/]ungeoseqsoed[/url], [link=http://mjoscfxtebwm.com/]mjoscfxtebwm[/link], http://dkmqfzxhzgdy.com/ == NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW == Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. == NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE == You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. CoqBC3 <a href="http://hqdohuxuoxfo.com/">hqdohuxuoxfo</a>, [url=http://hiizjfphzoye.com/]hiizjfphzoye[/url], [link=http://nmxisjialwmz.com/]nmxisjialwmz[/link], http://sqaoeevfvcvv.com/ == JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT == Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. == NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE == If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. == DISCLAIMER == IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 97d361e27ab01ae2ed7aea725e38be84d0939d8f 4 7 432 16 2010-08-08T12:18:30Z 183.91.87.16 0 UfEjkEBkBhCFBCUvGEK wikitext text/x-wiki Fge9Fa <a href="http://wedteidvwbks.com/">wedteidvwbks</a>, [url=http://lfeovvnpjzxv.com/]lfeovvnpjzxv[/url], [link=http://geiefwoosojm.com/]geiefwoosojm[/link], http://ggfwjfqfsxwh.com/ 81bfbba03bd94f6f76b097294c2b830335d1aad4 0 2 436 223 2010-08-08T12:59:34Z 67.91.99.68 0 NMNETVmtaGeoeHMBp wikitext text/x-wiki 2g9bBA <a href="http://ohidfvccjpcl.com/">ohidfvccjpcl</a>, [url=http://mwrbbqslyvzo.com/]mwrbbqslyvzo[/url], [link=http://zdvvjhzwswrg.com/]zdvvjhzwswrg[/link], http://gczfcusihkna.com/ 4e250db0f83eef98a2167480fb2b2d723d4ab5ac 437 436 2010-08-08T13:04:19Z 190.248.131.74 0 AFPcAWeIjkHfRfD wikitext text/x-wiki AfhAHW <a href="http://wnplynelstla.com/">wnplynelstla</a>, [url=http://gnykieytvhms.com/]gnykieytvhms[/url], [link=http://nbwnxsoiwzws.com/]nbwnxsoiwzws[/link], http://rptcpbutqfxt.com/ 7a274e4262a9012f16c4123ac740e642336b8376 439 437 2010-08-08T13:15:27Z 96.39.67.78 0 lnxyxLjR wikitext text/x-wiki E9mGF5 <a href="http://xotwzqsxsdzc.com/">xotwzqsxsdzc</a>, [url=http://ysxogbimbuij.com/]ysxogbimbuij[/url], [link=http://yutjtijeojum.com/]yutjtijeojum[/link], http://lfslkwmguzxi.com/ 648ec32a14eed6431fb72445d79bd1b8a3a7c8b1 458 439 2010-08-08T16:01:30Z 210.89.91.45 0 xJpJRBvuVlxQfByHDRG wikitext text/x-wiki IgFhOf <a href="http://awcapjarxpiv.com/">awcapjarxpiv</a>, [url=http://hnngvbdfbcum.com/]hnngvbdfbcum[/url], [link=http://uhkzmkjdnxsw.com/]uhkzmkjdnxsw[/link], http://ngkqrbfqrdre.com/ d988164bd34e9667fa29f5b140dd04b923e2b7df 459 458 2010-08-08T16:32:08Z 83.169.17.147 0 WemjBbAni wikitext text/x-wiki ZA1M6z <a href="http://qicecujklzsi.com/">qicecujklzsi</a>, [url=http://bzpnqofmdpqs.com/]bzpnqofmdpqs[/url], [link=http://pfjaucjzkeaw.com/]pfjaucjzkeaw[/link], http://dbxsbysuiovz.com/ 312012f3515c801b0a09d4b52f54be7560cf8db0 4 232 440 2010-08-08T13:25:47Z 60.217.248.139 0 kjBqzIlP wikitext text/x-wiki JAEKAd <a href="http://ryzkeudtbdzb.com/">ryzkeudtbdzb</a>, [url=http://vdmwxncowgri.com/]vdmwxncowgri[/url], [link=http://qxwxiemxxyjl.com/]qxwxiemxxyjl[/link], http://pfcirgsfceit.com/ 644d4f3204b2f5d999a3abfa82d1406e6e84058d 455 440 2010-08-08T15:39:31Z 58.137.23.193 0 ARfSUQnlDXAHk wikitext text/x-wiki tN5vMl <a href="http://umhhpozoizqe.com/">umhhpozoizqe</a>, [url=http://wecdksxrykuf.com/]wecdksxrykuf[/url], [link=http://mlumsvypcwja.com/]mlumsvypcwja[/link], http://bfknkitbzgad.com/ bc51cef723e7c6a7f44a0c5de143e68d549d566b 2 199 443 2010-08-08T13:58:21Z 128.117.128.41 0 qgMbpZjl wikitext text/x-wiki XCPE8H <a href="http://mctwrjenkntr.com/">mctwrjenkntr</a>, [url=http://fykskpfbufuu.com/]fykskpfbufuu[/url], [link=http://uhrfrheazjxm.com/]uhrfrheazjxm[/link], http://lbhfajqdyyqu.com/ f40f7abbb48932821a061f9b83b70d7acab40a9b 3 206 451 2010-08-08T15:28:36Z 62.23.136.36 0 OjPlghfc wikitext text/x-wiki == OjPlghfc == RjDXUR <a href="http://uwylnzpdszgq.com/">uwylnzpdszgq</a>, [url=http://btxnpmfhmvhm.com/]btxnpmfhmvhm[/url], [link=http://rbyhflrnmvul.com/]rbyhflrnmvul[/link], http://cbrtutgszcfk.com/ 61600b66f89d53ee8abeb02f152e35cf1bbe6ab7 12 11 478 444 2010-08-08T19:52:23Z 166.122.68.249 0 kjWczkgGqwhsfZW wikitext text/x-wiki VKT3Vv <a href="http://urldxvkrnvyz.com/">urldxvkrnvyz</a>, [url=http://zkxcsbgkmsks.com/]zkxcsbgkmsks[/url], [link=http://vcpqhkmkjawj.com/]vcpqhkmkjawj[/link], http://sjublshtrrvv.com/ a83c4f3e2f2211288620a04101e0e047fee5d599 519 478 2010-08-09T19:35:49Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} MediaWiki allows you to categorize pages and files by appending one or more '''Category''' {{#ifeq:Category|{{ns:category}}||'''({{ns:category}})'''}} tags to the content text. Adding these tags creates links at the bottom of the page that take you to the list of all pages in that category, which makes it easy to browse related articles. ==Add a page to a category== To add a page or uploaded file to a category, simply edit the page and add the following text (where ''NAME'' is the name of the category you want to add it to). <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] Any number of {{ns:category}} tags may be added to the page and the page will be listed in all of them. {{ns:category}} tags can be added wherever you like in the editing text, but they are usually added at the very bottom for the convenience of other editors. Adding {{ns:category}} tags to categories will make them subcategories. It is a good idea to organize all your categories into a hierarchy with a single top level category. Spaces and line breaks before categories are ignored, thus <pre><nowiki> * A list item [[Category:Some category]] Some text </nowiki></pre> will be rendered the same as <pre><nowiki> * A list item Some text </nowiki></pre> You will need to manually add a &lt;br /&gt; tag or a line break after the category. ===Sort key=== A ''sort key'' specifies where the page will appear in the category list, and under which letter heading. (By default, the page is sorted under the first letter of its full name ''including its namespace''.) You can add a sort key to a page by adding it inside the {{ns:category}} tag. For example, the tag below will add the page under the heading "S". <nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''SORT'']] Sort keys are case-sensitive, and a space is also valid. The order of the sections within a category follows the Unicode sort order. The sort key does not change the page title displayed in the category. ==Create a category== A category can be created the same way as other wiki pages (See [[Help:Starting a new page]]); just add "<code>{{ns:category}}:</code>" before the page title. (Category lists exist even if their description page is not created, but these categories are isolated from others and serve little purpose for organization or navigation.) It is not possible to rename (move) a category, unlike other wiki pages. It is necessary to create a new category and change the {{ns:category}} tag on every page. The new category will not have the older category's page history, which is undesirable if there are many revisions. To avoid extra work, try searching within your wiki before creating a new category. The list of all categories can be found in "{{int:specialpages}}" in the "{{lcfirst:{{int:toolbox}}}}" box of the [[Help:Navigation#Sidebar|sidebar]]. ===Hidden categories=== The categories that a page is in are normally listed at the bottom of the page. A category can be hidden from these lists by adding "<code><nowiki>__HIDDENCAT__</nowiki></code>" [[Help:Magic words|magic word]] to the category page. (Each user can choose to see them in a separate "{{int:hidden-categories}}" list, by checking "{{int:tog-showhiddencats}}" in the "{{int:prefs-rendering}}" section of [[Special:Preferences]].) Hidden categories are automatically added to [[:Category:{{mediawiki:hidden-category-category}}]] (specified by [[MediaWiki:Hidden-category-category]]). Hidden categories are not hidden on category pages ({{bugzilla|15550}}) ==Linking to a category== To create a link to a category, use a leading colon before the category name. (Without this colon, it will add the current page to the category.) To change the link text, write the text inside the link tag after a pipe. <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME'']] <nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:''NAME''|''TEXT'']] For example, to link to "{{ns:category}}:Help", write "<code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>:{{ns:category}}:Help]]</code>", which will result in [[:{{ns:category}}:Help]]. [[Help:Redirects|Redirect pages]] (to categories) must also use the colon, otherwise it will be added to the category instead of redirecting. [[Category:Help|Categories]] 9dcfe44f3592869bec512cf4030b4a3e578335e7 0 2 479 459 2010-08-08T20:04:22Z 12.229.237.2 0 yvEatRcNFQiJT wikitext text/x-wiki BvOIWK <a href="http://qhvcvlejstxj.com/">qhvcvlejstxj</a>, [url=http://rdbaekrdpvem.com/]rdbaekrdpvem[/url], [link=http://tczgpqdpeupg.com/]tczgpqdpeupg[/link], http://kyzmydutkoej.com/ 7de89ae4550510747ecbde3aa5a60ede37f36ecd 496 479 2010-08-08T22:16:49Z 79.125.27.131 0 vQCRRRdFugirJ wikitext text/x-wiki F0vEbm <a href="http://wvboibbhxwbs.com/">wvboibbhxwbs</a>, [url=http://eqosatzavloc.com/]eqosatzavloc[/url], [link=http://tbdbtnrvvgxa.com/]tbdbtnrvvgxa[/link], http://ufzitoqiofnd.com/ e1badf477bb46144fa84ee4b2d8dcc97f03ec308 509 496 2010-08-09T01:50:02Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 2835c1bd60407bb9bbd55acb4ebce60a782ebef5 511 509 2010-08-09T02:51:56Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on Deleyna.com. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 524a023d800ee26938111feabf4d0c18992b730c 6 171 480 371 2010-08-08T20:12:31Z 173.203.78.165 0 hxWGpsYNKJCC wikitext text/x-wiki rD8y6N <a href="http://tyeronbhocwa.com/">tyeronbhocwa</a>, [url=http://yytnguvjjsri.com/]yytnguvjjsri[/url], [link=http://ooxtaozxezdq.com/]ooxtaozxezdq[/link], http://lqunxwipddcd.com/ fbe3e906db85645e0de0b27671ee62c4a7e246e7 529 480 2010-08-09T20:19:48Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/173.203.78.165|173.203.78.165]] ([[User talk:173.203.78.165|Talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Magnus|Magnus]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 12 15 481 32 2010-08-08T20:18:35Z 70.104.26.63 0 /* Show changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} It's very easy to edit the contents of a wiki. It only takes a few clicks. # Click the “'''{{int:edit}}'''” [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page. # Make changes to the text. # Click the “'''{{int:savearticle}}'''” button. Simple as that! == Editing rules, editing conventions, and formatting == The number one rule of wiki editing, is to ''be bold''. Dive in and make changes. Other people can correct mistakes later, so have confidence, and give it a try! There can be all kinds of editing conventions, rules, and philosophy governing the editing of wiki pages, but the "be bold" rule overrides these! In general try to write clearly and concisely and make sure you are always aiming to do something which improves the wiki contents. An edit might be to contribute whole paragraphs or pages full of information, or it could be as simple as fixing a typo or spelling mistake. When you need to use some type of formatting e.g. new headings or bold text, you do this using wiki syntax. See [[Help:Formatting]] for some of the common types of formatting used. == Edit Summary == Before you save a change, you can enter a short note in the '''{{int:summary}}''' box describing your changes. Don't worry too much about this, or spend too much time thinking about it, but try to give a little description of what you just changed e.g. "''fixed typo''" or "''added more information about sunflowers''". The summary gets stored alongside your edit, and allows people to [[Help:Tracking changes|track changes]] in the wiki more effectively. == Preview == It's a good idea to use the “'''{{int:showpreview}}'''” button to see what your change will look like, before you save it. This is also related to [[Help:Tracking changes|tracking changes]] because every time you save, this is displayed to others as a separate change. This isn't something to worry about too much, but it's good to get into the habit of eliminating mistakes in your own work, by using a preview before saving, rather than saving several minor corrections afterwards. p7GVSI <a href="http://fifboccvcuhf.com/">fifboccvcuhf</a>, [url=http://afladbgoldcb.com/]afladbgoldcb[/url], [link=http://cdrgygxcwnho.com/]cdrgygxcwnho[/link], http://jewmrrqrvjbw.com/ == Other types of editing == With wiki edits you can start a new page, move (or rename) a page, or even delete a page: * [[Help:Starting a new page]] * [[Help:Moving a page]] * [[Help:Deleting a page]] Remember you should always aim to improve the overall contents of the wiki with your edits. == Discussion == Every article has its own “talk page” where you can ask questions, make suggestions, or discuss corrections. See [[Help:Talk pages]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Edit]] [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] ad093a358fa3032c5b5e0fa34182afe20f4abcd3 486 481 2010-08-08T21:02:00Z 200.192.89.231 0 IvTQLvGBBbZwiMD wikitext text/x-wiki N95xkU <a href="http://twuatuwuuvkw.com/">twuatuwuuvkw</a>, [url=http://rwfgnnxxmsuq.com/]rwfgnnxxmsuq[/url], [link=http://lbhmjwacvjxz.com/]lbhmjwacvjxz[/link], http://umgtawvvikvj.com/ 6083f347a1d15b4ec5b883edf68c4e836dd1783d 507 486 2010-08-09T01:26:12Z 90.147.3.12 0 mHXnCRQAVkGzdthM wikitext text/x-wiki w4SV7Q <a href="http://nofubclydacb.com/">nofubclydacb</a>, [url=http://klbuzxscoszp.com/]klbuzxscoszp[/url], [link=http://swtpdshqhhmk.com/]swtpdshqhhmk[/link], http://vohfntkevwsf.com/ eab6846eaf7924c9e8c3d9c060e4fa319b7631d7 512 507 2010-08-09T02:59:08Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/90.147.3.12|90.147.3.12]] ([[User talk:90.147.3.12|Talk]]) to last revision by [[User:200.192.89.231|200.192.89.231]] wikitext text/x-wiki N95xkU <a href="http://twuatuwuuvkw.com/">twuatuwuuvkw</a>, [url=http://rwfgnnxxmsuq.com/]rwfgnnxxmsuq[/url], [link=http://lbhmjwacvjxz.com/]lbhmjwacvjxz[/link], http://umgtawvvikvj.com/ 6083f347a1d15b4ec5b883edf68c4e836dd1783d 514 512 2010-08-09T03:34:58Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} It's very easy to edit the contents of a wiki. It only takes a few clicks. # Click the “'''{{int:edit}}'''” [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page. # Make changes to the text. # Click the “'''{{int:savearticle}}'''” button. Simple as that! == Editing rules, editing conventions, and formatting == The number one rule of wiki editing, is to ''be bold''. Dive in and make changes. Other people can correct mistakes later, so have confidence, and give it a try! There can be all kinds of editing conventions, rules, and philosophy governing the editing of wiki pages, but the "be bold" rule overrides these! In general try to write clearly and concisely and make sure you are always aiming to do something which improves the wiki contents. An edit might be to contribute whole paragraphs or pages full of information, or it could be as simple as fixing a typo or spelling mistake. When you need to use some type of formatting e.g. new headings or bold text, you do this using wiki syntax. See [[Help:Formatting]] for some of the common types of formatting used. == Edit Summary == Before you save a change, you can enter a short note in the '''{{int:summary}}''' box describing your changes. Don't worry too much about this, or spend too much time thinking about it, but try to give a little description of what you just changed e.g. "''fixed typo''" or "''added more information about sunflowers''". The summary gets stored alongside your edit, and allows people to [[Help:Tracking changes|track changes]] in the wiki more effectively. == Preview == It's a good idea to use the “'''{{int:showpreview}}'''” button to see what your change will look like, before you save it. This is also related to [[Help:Tracking changes|tracking changes]] because every time you save, this is displayed to others as a separate change. This isn't something to worry about too much, but it's good to get into the habit of eliminating mistakes in your own work, by using a preview before saving, rather than saving several minor corrections afterwards. ==Show changes== Another option is the “'''{{int:showdiff}}'''” button which allows you to see the differences between the current version and your edited version. == Other types of editing == With wiki edits you can start a new page, move (or rename) a page, or even delete a page: * [[Help:Starting a new page]] * [[Help:Moving a page]] * [[Help:Deleting a page]] Remember you should always aim to improve the overall contents of the wiki with your edits. == Discussion == Every article has its own “talk page” where you can ask questions, make suggestions, or discuss corrections. See [[Help:Talk pages]] {{Languages}} [[Category:Edit]] [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 8d9fcffc92da65905deaec4c8e483c48c2acbad5 515 514 2010-08-09T03:36:38Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} It's very easy to edit the contents of a wiki. It only takes a few clicks. # Click the “'''{{int:edit}}'''” [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page. # Make changes to the text. # Click the “'''{{int:savearticle}}'''” button. Simple as that! == Editing rules, editing conventions, and formatting == The number one rule of wiki editing, is to ''be bold''. Dive in and make changes. Other people can correct mistakes later, so have confidence, and give it a try! There can be all kinds of editing conventions, rules, and philosophy governing the editing of wiki pages, but the "be bold" rule overrides these! In general try to write clearly and concisely and make sure you are always aiming to do something which improves the wiki contents. An edit might be to contribute whole paragraphs or pages full of information, or it could be as simple as fixing a typo or spelling mistake. When you need to use some type of formatting e.g. new headings or bold text, you do this using wiki syntax. See [[Help:Formatting]] for some of the common types of formatting used. == Edit Summary == Before you save a change, you can enter a short note in the '''{{int:summary}}''' box describing your changes. Don't worry too much about this, or spend too much time thinking about it, but try to give a little description of what you just changed e.g. "''fixed typo''" or "''added more information about sunflowers''". The summary gets stored alongside your edit, and allows people to [[Help:Tracking changes|track changes]] in the wiki more effectively. == Preview == It's a good idea to use the “'''{{int:showpreview}}'''” button to see what your change will look like, before you save it. This is also related to [[Help:Tracking changes|tracking changes]] because every time you save, this is displayed to others as a separate change. This isn't something to worry about too much, but it's good to get into the habit of eliminating mistakes in your own work, by using a preview before saving, rather than saving several minor corrections afterwards. ==Show changes== Another option is the “'''{{int:showdiff}}'''” button which allows you to see the differences between the current version and your edited version. == Other types of editing == With wiki edits you can start a new page, move (or rename) a page, or even delete a page: * [[Help:Starting a new page]] * [[Help:Moving a page]] * [[Help:Deleting a page]] Remember you should always aim to improve the overall contents of the wiki with your edits. == Discussion == Every article has its own “talk page” where you can ask questions, make suggestions, or discuss corrections. See [[Help:Talk pages]] [[Category:Edit]] [[Category:Help|{{PAGENAME}}]] 1a434229a5be91e6291051a3d4f70458f1eea613 3 206 483 451 2010-08-08T20:45:00Z 202.108.50.72 0 /* OjPlghfc */ wikitext text/x-wiki Gz9BQM <a href="http://ihzjaegkkrys.com/">ihzjaegkkrys</a>, [url=http://abimblvpzina.com/]abimblvpzina[/url], [link=http://njqhmhnthtxy.com/]njqhmhnthtxy[/link], http://nrtbtqzdnpby.com/ 9bcb9cdd8bac656e8b3703a48ad326dde8069d5d 533 483 2010-08-09T21:12:05Z Deleyna 2 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 5 221 484 2010-08-08T20:47:51Z 60.217.232.86 0 LbpVkAqVcOANmkjjem wikitext text/x-wiki 9n0T0X <a href="http://rtnlbpfosker.com/">rtnlbpfosker</a>, [url=http://ujcodcxgrfro.com/]ujcodcxgrfro[/url], [link=http://jbeyzmlxwshx.com/]jbeyzmlxwshx[/link], http://wmnkszfqylej.com/ 1bf85318c8f0550c7dda2d49af99db0eb7cbb6ca 12 41 487 429 2010-08-08T21:13:14Z 200.4.199.74 0 /* Create redirects to your new page */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. Rvzj49 <a href="http://jzlmqctsxutv.com/">jzlmqctsxutv</a>, [url=http://rjkyerhhdnxf.com/]rjkyerhhdnxf[/url], [link=http://zospbqwqavfm.com/]zospbqwqavfm[/link], http://irwnpbrxnaxv.com/ == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. dKLNUw <a href="http://qvkxgieurssr.com/">qvkxgieurssr</a>, [url=http://gugqingirofc.com/]gugqingirofc[/url], [link=http://gwqqeflbarzx.com/]gwqqeflbarzx[/link], http://bimyayxvgbrz.com/ == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] 549fe1aa2e90e6ad02ab83e92a37c91580894203 516 487 2010-08-09T11:16:24Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. dKLNUw <a href="http://qvkxgieurssr.com/">qvkxgieurssr</a>, [url=http://gugqingirofc.com/]gugqingirofc[/url], [link=http://gwqqeflbarzx.com/]gwqqeflbarzx[/link], http://bimyayxvgbrz.com/ == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] a1a270e70f224c71af0f760b12051f267aa08b26 517 516 2010-08-09T11:16:48Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. {{Languages}} [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] 43f388f30a4f320130dab87e2a44e8528c4a999b 520 517 2010-08-09T19:38:27Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} There are several ways to start a new page. These can vary based on the type of page started, as well as the wiki and namespace. == From the search page == If you search for a page that doesn't exist (using the search box and “{{int:go}}” button on the left of the page) then you will be provided with a link to create the new page. == Using the URL == You can use the wiki's URL for creating a new page. The URL to an article of the wiki is usually something like this: *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/index.php/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> &nbsp;&nbsp; or *<code><nowiki>http://www.example.net/wiki/</nowiki>'''ARTICLE'''</code> If you replace <code>'''ARTICLE'''</code> with the name of the page you wish to create, you will be taken to a blank page which indicates that no article of that name exists yet. Clicking the "{{int:edit}}" [[Help:Navigation#Page Tabs|page tab]] at the top of the page will take you to the edit page for that article, where you can create the new page by typing your text, and clicking submit. == Protecting your new page == Normally a new wiki page can be edited by other people (that is one of the main ideas of a wiki!) However, a sysop could '[[Help:Protected pages|protect]]' the page, if desired, to prevent normal users from editing it. [[Category:Help|Starting a new page]] 3eeac4905a7e1f570628af751eee06cb68fc64fb 4 222 488 2010-08-08T21:37:16Z 118.69.71.191 0 XCRVYTLx wikitext text/x-wiki NyP7EP <a href="http://ogmlkgutzatv.com/">ogmlkgutzatv</a>, [url=http://sjuachbfhwad.com/]sjuachbfhwad[/url], [link=http://wdfqtrfxkhrc.com/]wdfqtrfxkhrc[/link], http://dpeimzwzkczb.com/ 50e882e613386c6c8cba7f6dc9586260bfadc5ef 6 54 490 180 2010-08-08T21:42:56Z 187.110.73.252 0 /* Licensing: */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Adapted version of [[:Image:Example.jpg]], to have a white background at the edges. To appear on [[Help:Images]] JvqKKD <a href="http://yrjghcogtfhx.com/">yrjghcogtfhx</a>, [url=http://ixdhikmlshld.com/]ixdhikmlshld[/url], [link=http://nplewmevgkqh.com/]nplewmevgkqh[/link], http://kjxtkgjpalen.com/ fe5d962e9476378c8999dc0d3e769bede8f80026 531 490 2010-08-09T20:28:15Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/187.110.73.252|187.110.73.252]] ([[User talk:187.110.73.252|Talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Admin|Admin]] wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Adapted version of [[:Image:Example.jpg]], to have a white background at the edges. To appear on [[Help:Images]] == Licensing: == {{PD}} [[Category:Documentation examples]] ba09050e17a7a578b74518e2f2869bf999345e2f 12 14 498 30 2010-08-08T23:46:40Z 12.168.203.132 0 qZVaoLKnesmJDt wikitext text/x-wiki RiLGqA <a href="http://vbyupkhltrzq.com/">vbyupkhltrzq</a>, [url=http://pgfihpsezdxn.com/]pgfihpsezdxn[/url], [link=http://aickmjifikpr.com/]aickmjifikpr[/link], http://lpxxpywswilj.com/ aedd0cdc28304e332447865317fcb3a361887de1 502 498 2010-08-09T00:42:15Z 119.245.136.70 0 HaSJWkUZgo wikitext text/x-wiki i6LYzY <a href="http://oyquxdabpkkq.com/">oyquxdabpkkq</a>, [url=http://egvqmjzbgnvy.com/]egvqmjzbgnvy[/url], [link=http://ewroturledsb.com/]ewroturledsb[/link], http://wptvmbxkpyci.com/ 024a6ea298d7c18cdb1ab75537ba37c5ca0cc8b7 532 502 2010-08-09T21:04:07Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} ;Editing :[[Help:Editing pages|Editing pages]] :[[Help:Starting a new page|Starting a new page]] :[[Help:Formatting|Formatting]] :[[Help:Links|Links]] :[[Help:User page|User pages]] :[[Help:Talk pages|Talk pages]] ;Advanced Editing :[[Help:Images|Images]] :[[Help:Tables|Tables]] :[[Help:Categories|Categories]] :[[Help:Templates|Templates]] :[[Help:Variables|Variables]] :[[Help:Managing files|Managing files]] :[[Help:Moving a page|Moving a page]] :[[Help:Redirects|Redirects]] :[[Help:Deleting a page|Deleting a page]] [[Category:Help|Editing]] ed317da9cb0a3c7727e2153d7a48beec59fcab08 4 6 504 464 2010-08-09T01:11:12Z 190.145.98.12 0 oKfRZgahoRPFG wikitext text/x-wiki SXlXc0 <a href="http://rlvecnykypmm.com/">rlvecnykypmm</a>, [url=http://yeoycyplkkkq.com/]yeoycyplkkkq[/url], [link=http://vqjwiqyekkmd.com/]vqjwiqyekkmd[/link], http://ydlrzmmworyi.com/ f94e5aa33f17f77c4cb12c24395a544e743edfc4 506 504 2010-08-09T01:23:04Z 60.217.232.60 0 nLSVDCBiNscBvlkoBdH wikitext text/x-wiki z4tPZt <a href="http://neoiwdcvucir.com/">neoiwdcvucir</a>, [url=http://mfwbjbigoqoy.com/]mfwbjbigoqoy[/url], [link=http://zfalfgvvzimj.com/]zfalfgvvzimj[/link], http://epmlcqpwcnqx.com/ 25390be7f946cdbee04c73550268d2d4fe28ea43 508 506 2010-08-09T01:36:05Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/60.217.232.60|60.217.232.60]] ([[User talk:60.217.232.60|Talk]]) to last revision by [[User:190.145.98.12|190.145.98.12]] wikitext text/x-wiki SXlXc0 <a href="http://rlvecnykypmm.com/">rlvecnykypmm</a>, [url=http://yeoycyplkkkq.com/]yeoycyplkkkq[/url], [link=http://vqjwiqyekkmd.com/]vqjwiqyekkmd[/link], http://ydlrzmmworyi.com/ f94e5aa33f17f77c4cb12c24395a544e743edfc4 513 508 2010-08-09T03:01:28Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI MAKES NO GUARANTEE OF VALIDITY == This is an online, open-content, collaborative encyclopedia of information developed and managed by a voluntary association of individuals and groups who are developing a common resource of topical knowledge. The structure of the project allows anyone with an Internet connection and World Wide Web browser to alter its contents. Please be advised that nothing found here has necessarily been reviewed by professionals with the expertise required to provide you with complete, accurate or reliable information. That is not to say that you will not find valuable and accurate information in the Liquid Story Binder Wiki. Much of the time you will. However, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or reliability of the information found here. The content of any given article may recently have been changed, vandalized, or altered by someone whose opinion does not correspond with the state of generally accepted knowledge in the relevant field(s). == NO FORMAL PEER REVIEW == Liquid Story Binder Wiki is not uniformly peer-reviewed. While readers may correct errors or engage in casual peer review, they have no legal duty to do so. Therefore, all information posted on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is without any warranty, express or implied, including without limitation warranties of non-infringement or fitness for a particular purpose. None of the authors, contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with Liquid Story Binder Wiki can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate information, for any defamatory content, or for your use of the information contained in or linked with these web pages. == NO CONTRACT; LIMITED LICENSE == You should understand that the information provided on Liquid Story Binder Wiki is provided to you free of charge. No agreement or contract is created between you and the owners or users of this site, the owners of the servers on which it is housed, the individual contributors, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with this project. You are being granted a limited license to copy anything from this site (subject to the copyright restrictions on the articles posted in the “Reserved” Section). However, the grant of this limited license does not create or imply any contractual or extra-contractual liability on the part of Liquid Story Binder Wiki or any of its agents, members, organizers or other users. There is no agreement or understanding between you and Liquid Story Binder Wiki regarding your use or modification of this information beyond the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). Liquid Story Binder Wiki and its agents, members, organizers and other users are in no way responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information that you may post on this wiki. == COPYRIGHTS == Liquid Story Binder Wiki makes no claim of ownership to any of the materials posted or otherwise provided herein. By posting or otherwise providing any information to Liquid Story Binder Wiki, you are granting to the public free permission to: * Use, copy, distribute, display, publish and modify your information; * Publish your name in connection with your information; and * Grant these permissions to other persons. This section applies only to legally permissible content, and only to the extent that use and publication of the legally permissible content does not violate any law. You will not be paid for your submission. Liquid Story Binder Wiki may refuse to publish, and may remove your submission at any time at its sole discretion. For each submission you make, you must have all rights necessary for you to grant the permissions in this section. == TRADEMARKS == Any trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights, personality rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used, or cited in the articles of Liquid Story Binder Wiki are the property of their respective owners. Use of such marks or rights does not imply that you may use them for any purpose other than for the same or a similar informational use as contemplated by the original authors of these wiki articles under the GFDL licensing scheme. Unless otherwise stated, Liquid Story Binder Wiki is neither endorsed by or affiliated with any of the holders of any such marks and/or rights, and as such Liquid Story Binder Wiki cannot and does not grant any rights to use any otherwise protected materials. Your use of any such property is at your own risk. == JURISDICTION AND LEGALITY OF CONTENT == Publication of information found in Liquid Story Binder Wiki may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing such information. The Liquid Story Binder Wiki database is stored on a server in the United States of America, and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. Liquid Story Binder Wiki does not encourage the violation of any laws, and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws should you link to this domain or use, reproduce, or republish any information posted herein. == NOT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE == If you need specific advice (for example, legal, financial, technical or risk management), please seek a professional who is licensed or knowledgeable in that area. == DISCLAIMER == IN NO EVENT WILL DELEYNA OR BLACK OBELISK SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE, INABILITY TO USE, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THESE SERVICES, EVEN IF LIQUID STORY BINDER WIKI WAS PREVIOUSLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN CONTRACT, TORT, UNDER STATUTE, IN EQUITY, AT LAW, OR OTHERWISE. 692f1be37b242aac50481f4428b565fc326a76f5 4 232 518 455 2010-08-09T11:17:53Z Magnus 10 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 4 7 521 432 2010-08-09T19:43:53Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/183.91.87.16|183.91.87.16]] ([[User talk:183.91.87.16|Talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Admin|Admin]] wikitext text/x-wiki Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. a178acf55fcfb479df2d6ba3f4e9d7e907d51ec5 522 521 2010-08-09T19:44:27Z Deleyna 2 Protected "[[Liquid Story Binder Wiki:Community Portal]]": Excessive vandalism ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. a178acf55fcfb479df2d6ba3f4e9d7e907d51ec5 2 199 523 443 2010-08-09T19:45:53Z Deleyna 2 Blanked the page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 12 38 524 78 2010-08-09T19:50:58Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} Users can easily '''sign''' their posts at the end of a comment. Signing is normally done on [[Help:Talk pages|talk pages]] only, not on conjointly written articles. == Default signature options == There are three default options. Four tildes are standard (full signature). Typing three tildes results in a username-only signature (without timestamp). Typing five tildes results in a pure timestamp (without username). {| class="wikitable" ! Function ! Wiki markup ! Resulting code ! Resulting display |- | Signature plus timestamp | <pre>~~~~</pre> | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC)</code> | [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |- | Signature alone | <pre>~~~</pre> | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] </code> | [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] |- | Timestamp alone | <pre>~~~~~</pre> | <code>12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC)</code> | 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |} If you edit without logging in, your IP address will take the place of a username. Usernames and IP addresses are also stored in [[Help:Page history|page histories]] as a record of who wrote what, so others can always verify signatures. The common format to type a signature – two hyphens (or a dash) followed by four tildes (<code>-- '''<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>'''</code>) – is derived from the computer network Usenet, where two hyphens mark a signature block. The actual signature string, the tildes, automatically get substituted with username (linked to the appropriate user page) and timestamp (time/date), when you save a signed edit. This helps other users to follow the chronological order of discussions, and to identify the author of a particular comment. If you don't find the tilde on your keyboard, you can use the signature button [[{{ns:image}}:Button sig.png|text-bottom|link=|signature button]] of the default [[Help:Edit toolbar|edit toolbar]] as a typing aid. Signatures do not work in edit summaries (they do not translate from <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki> there). == Customized signatures == Registered users can customize their signature (the part between the two hyphens and the timestamp) by changing the field "{{int:yournick}}" in their [[Help:Preferences|preferences]]. By default, anything you enter there will be wrapped with <code><nowiki>[[ ]]</nowiki></code>. To use a special linking (without this automatic link), you have to enable “Raw signatures.” Then you can add Wiki markup and also HTML (as far as allowed on the wiki) as you like, but the maximum length is 255 characters. Please note that striking signatures are often disliked by other users. If you enable “Raw signatures” but don't add any customized signature string, you'll sign with your unlinked username. The most common customizations are the following two: {| class="wikitable" ! Purpose ! Raw signature ! Resulting signature display |- | Adapting the displayed username | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|User Name]]</code> | -- [[{{ns:2}}:Username|User Name]] 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |- | Adding a talk page link | <code><nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] (<nowiki>[[</nowiki>{{ns:3}}:Username|talk]])</code> | -- [[{{ns:2}}:Username|Username]] ([[{{ns:3}}:Username|talk]]) 12:34, 1 February 2008 (UTC) |} [[Category:Help|Signatures]] 4962733724d2001b0111ea0895bd2fdeb1101ebb 12 29 528 60 2010-08-09T20:18:29Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} <div style="float:right;">__TOC__</div> '''Patrolled edits''' are a feature which allows specific users to mark items in recent changes as having been "patrolled" or "approved". By default this is only available if you have [[Help:Sysops and permissions|sysop permissions]]. This feature is useful when reviewing recent changes for undesirable edits, link spam and vandalism. This allows people (with permission to do so) to coordinate their patrolling activity, such that edits get checked over once, with less wasted effort (different people checking the same edit). == Marking edits as patrolled == ; To mark an edit as patrolled #Access [[Special:Recentchanges]] #:Changes which are not patrolled will be indicated with a red exclamation mark #Click the ({{mediawiki|m:Help:Diff|diff}}) link next to an edit #To mark the edit as patrolled, click the ''mark as patrolled'' link == Hiding patrolled edits from recent changes == Patrolled edits can be hidden from recent changes by adding "hidepatrolled=1" to url in the following form: <code><nowiki>http://example.com/w/index.php?title=Special:Recentchanges&hidepatrolled=1</nowiki></code> == Customization == === Enabling/disabling === Patrolled edits are enabled by default in MediaWiki 1.4 and later. To disable this, set '''{{mediawiki|Manual:$wgUseRCPatrol|$wgUseRCPatrol}}''' in {{mediawiki|Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php}} to <code>false</code>. <code>$wgUseRCPatrol = false;</code> === Permissions === ==== 1.4 ==== In MediaWiki 1.4, patrolled edits are enabled for all users. To restrict this to sysops, set '''$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol''' in {{mediawiki|Manual:Configuration settings|LocalSettings.php}} to <code>true</code>. <code>$wgOnlySysopsCanPatrol = true;</code> ==== 1.5+ ==== In MediaWiki 1.5 and later, patrolled edits are enabled for sysops. Use the $wgGroupPermissions configuration variable to assign this to new or existing user groups. See {{mediawiki|Manual:User_rights_management|Manual:User rights management}}. For instance, to create a ''patrollers'' group: <code>$wgGroupPermissions['patrollers']['patrol'] = true;</code> === Automatic patrolling === In MediaWiki 1.6 through 1.8, there is a [[Help:preferences|user preference]] available to users who are able to mark edits as patrolled. When set, this causes their edits to be patrolled automatically. This option is not available if the patrolled edits feature is switched off. In MediaWiki 1.9 this user preference has been removed and replaced by a new "autopatrol" right, assigned only to sysops by default. Also, users cannot mark their own edits as patrolled. === Marker === The formatting of the unpatrolled edit marker can be altered using CSS. The exclamation mark displayed on the Recent changes log is styled using the <code>span.unpatrolled</code>. == See also == * [[Help:Patrolled pages]] * {{mediawiki|meta:Help:Patrolled edit|Further reading on the Meta-Wiki}} * {{mediawiki|Extension:FlaggedRevs}} [[Category:Help|Patrolled edits]] c5cd556ace2401708540c922c058dc7921cd5097 0 182 534 397 2010-08-09T23:05:03Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Formatting]] [[Category:Styles]] [[Category:Builder]] ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== [[:Category:Formatting]] [[:Category:Styles]] [[:Category:Builder]] [[Category:Directory]] 56451cb5d59e946d1720df5bca394d97e8f767b8 4 233 535 12 2010-08-10T00:01:53Z Deleyna 2 Protected "[[Liquid Story Binder Wiki:About]]" ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki Space for this site is donated by [http://www.deleyna.com Deleyna]. Various locations that link to Black Obelisk Software include an affiliate link to help support this project. Should someone use this link and subsequently purchase Liquid Story Binder, Deleyna will be paid a referral fee. If you do not wish to donate that referral fee to support this website, simply go to Black Obelisk Software directly using: www.blackobelisksoftware.com. Deleyna is not affiliated with Liquid Story Binder in any way other than as a referrer. I love this software and want to see its use spread. Content of this wiki is the responsibility of the various authors. Liquid Story Binder is the property of [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Suggestions and questions can be addressed on the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ Liquid Story Binder User Group]. 00310bffa3415ab56e07c92cff992bfc2d8126dd 2 234 536 2010-08-10T00:04:48Z Deleyna 2 Created page with 'I'm a writer, web designer, and a home-school Mom. I've done technical support for years and enjoy helping people and computers learn to work together. To learn more about me, yo…' wikitext text/x-wiki I'm a writer, web designer, and a home-school Mom. I've done technical support for years and enjoy helping people and computers learn to work together. To learn more about me, you can check out my [http://www.deleyna.com website]. 8ea308f0ac0e0af469035585ce8419c93875b561 10 66 537 134 2010-08-10T00:15:09Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{2}}} |RESO=<span style="color:#666;-moz-opacity:.5;font-size:smaller;"> |<span>}}[[mediazilla:{{{1}}}|bug&nbsp;{{{1}}}]]{{#if:{{{2|}}}|&nbsp;[{{{2}}}]}}</span><noinclude> </noinclude> 344d1ee4831a0b0d7ad245125f54376f3b7de982 0 98 538 289 2010-08-10T00:19:56Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki For every [[Chapter]] file, Liquid Story Binder XE creates a Backup file. In many ways, this Backup file resembles a Builder. Entries, exact copies of the Chapter, are created, given a title, and added to the Backup. An entry is created for each version or daily change. Listed at the top of the Backup listing are entries for a 'Session Backup' and 'Previous Save Backup'. A session entry is created, just prior to saving, each time XE is closed and then re-opened. An entry is also created every time you say 'No' to saving. This entry is entitled a 'Negative Option Backup'. == Don't Backup your Backup == Save yourself a lot of brain-damage: don't put your full backup inside the LSB XE backup folder, or you end up wrapping your full backup inside the next day's backup, then again the following day, and so forth, so your nice little 400k file is suddenly 20MB. Create a separate backup folder for your full backups! To show just how damaging this can get, have a look at this: [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheat_and_chessboard_problem "The wheat and chessboard problem"] Or for those that don't want to have a look: if your work is only 1 (one) byte at the first day of backup (unlikely, since that would mean only one letter, not counting the data from LSB XE itself), after 64 days the total would be 18,446,744,073,799,551,615 bytes or 18,446,744 TB (I think)! Bottom line: don't backup your backup folder or in a matter of days your harddrive will reach its limit. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] ed0a3aefe033d810b0a84aa99e6cafa660b6edd1 0 186 539 412 2010-08-10T00:23:29Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the [[Books|Book]] file type was renamed to "Binder" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects '[[Books]]'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same title as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize [[chapters]] for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost [[book]] will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 2a50c1f2832531fe513404ea09742d2397991448 0 168 540 410 2010-08-10T00:31:55Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "[[Binders|Binder]]" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same [[title]] as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. 62a4167843537bb157dc1fb49d0244e3863d8328 0 100 541 296 2010-08-10T00:32:56Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Quickly create a to do list using a Checklist. Use the two edit boxes below the main Checklist display to edit item [[title|titles]] and descriptions. Press then ENTER key to add new items. Simply double-click any item to check it off. [[File:Checklist.JPG|From the Example Book]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 650f0bd98dce01cba42acd149c1e65225d862767 0 173 542 386 2010-08-10T00:53:14Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - Display Preferences". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:color|color]] [[category:preferences|color scheme compatibility]] ca0da0c40c453e5e8dce164dd2d51291f979502b 543 542 2010-08-10T00:54:24Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of color choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - Display Preferences". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:Directory]] [[category:preferences|color scheme compatibility]] 2ddabc1ee4fa88703265a168cab283a7947b0135 544 543 2010-08-10T00:57:39Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder offers you a wide variety of [[color]] choices to customize what your screen looks like while you're working. From the main menu, you can choose "Display" and view a whole list of pre-defined options. If that is not enough, or you want to tweak your colors -- that is available as well from the sub-menu "Display - [[Display Preferences]]". A word of caution is in order, however. It is possible to set the text and background colors so close together that the text becomes unreadable or even invisible. If everything you've written suddenly vanishes while you're playing with preferences...this is likely the case. When a color-scheme is implemented on your work, everything changes color in the different file types. Sometimes you want to change a color scheme but not change a certain aspect of it. You can control this behavior by going to the main menu, "Preferences - View Preferences". On the left hand side find "Color Scheme Compatibility". When you click on this, you'll have 4 options: Color Scheme Compatible Chapters, Notes, Builders and Journals. You can turn off (unchecked) or on (checked) compatibility for each of these items. If you are changing the color scheme and these items are -- or are not -- changing color appropriately, check your preferences. [[category:Directory]] [[category:preferences|color scheme compatibility]] 53831d4cc0d5b4493c79e1540648141fd47c207e 0 235 545 2010-08-10T01:06:11Z Deleyna 2 Created page with 'from the [http://http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-changingthedocumentcolors.html Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial]: Changing the Document Colors... [[File:p…' wikitext text/x-wiki from the [http://http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-changingthedocumentcolors.html Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial]: Changing the Document Colors... [[File:preferences.jpg|alt=Display Preferences Screenshot|Display Preferences]] To Change the background color of your Chapter and Builder document windows, begin by choosing 'Display Preferences' from the main 'Display' menu. In the 'Display Preferences' dialog, click the colored 'Document Background Color' panel. Choose your preferred document background color and click the 'Choose Selected Color !!' button. The 'Display Preferences' dialog will update with the change. Click the 'Standard Font Example' box to change the default Chapter writing font. Choose a font name, size and color using the 'Font Selection' dialog. Repeat the same process to change your Line Note and Revision Marking fonts. Click 'Finished !!' to close the 'Display Preferences' dialog. After changing your font preferences, you may need to update your work to display the changes. Choose 'Style Cleaner' from the Chapter 'Styles' menu. Your Chapter will update to match your preferred font styles. [[Category:Preferences]] [[Category:Directory]] f411e53f489da70ed223c055e3851b556e9ac026 6 236 546 2010-08-10T01:06:53Z Deleyna 2 Screen shot of the display preferences menu. wikitext text/x-wiki Screen shot of the display preferences menu. d22440210544422f4983042e7d505d04227a4a2d 0 235 547 545 2010-08-10T01:40:53Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki from the [http://http://blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-changingthedocumentcolors.html Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial]: Changing the Document Colors... [[File:preferences.jpg|alt=Display Preferences Screenshot|Display Preferences]] To Change the background color of your Chapter and Builder document windows, begin by choosing 'Display Preferences' from the main 'Display' menu. In the 'Display Preferences' dialog, click the colored 'Document Background Color' panel. Choose your preferred document background color and click the 'Choose Selected Color !!' button. The 'Display Preferences' dialog will update with the change. Click the 'Standard Font Example' box to change the default Chapter writing font. Choose a font name, size and color using the 'Font Selection' dialog. Repeat the same process to change your Line Note and Revision Marking fonts. Click 'Finished !!' to close the 'Display Preferences' dialog. After changing your font preferences, you may need to update your work to display the changes. Choose 'Style Cleaner' from the Chapter '[[Styles]]' menu. Your Chapter will update to match your preferred font styles. [[Category:Preferences]] [[Category:Directory]] 8e66893c9975be8b111c578b11144659749e419b 0 101 548 236 2010-08-10T01:43:53Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Dossiers organize people, places and things. Use title adjectives with descriptions and a [[images | portrait]]. You may create your own Dossiers or use the [[Character generator]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 768871af41afec9e51666dfc1f6d3356b4e48b8a 0 102 549 237 2010-08-10T01:45:42Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Galleries allow you to quickly sort and preview images. Click an image thumbnail to view the entire [[images|image]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] ff1a13ba0659cca2778b0f2984a59f79b24379ee 0 123 550 268 2010-08-10T01:47:02Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The Global word count refers to the combined changes made to all [[Chapters]], [[Builders]] and [[Journals]] within a given day or [[Sessions | session]]. [[category:Directory]] 4d3169e6cb2e1106e178863fa8b68aa0d9170156 0 103 551 238 2010-08-10T01:48:19Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki You may add an unlimited number of reference images to help with your writing experience. To add a new image, simply click 'New Image...' from the 'Create' menu. Select an appropriate image file, and it will be copied to your book directory, allowing you instant access to it whenever you work. You can view your images in a [[Galleries | gallery]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] b3f5a47abd4e494ceed3e6418004c15b6c36a7f6 0 124 552 269 2010-08-10T01:51:46Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall: <blockquote>"Work Statistics (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Statistics...)<br /><br /> The Work Statistics dialog displays global word count and time totals for the current day of activity."</blockquote> Related information: [[Sessions]] [[category:Directory]] fb943577e7d768c9166af0827f997e10e6bb8f43 581 552 2010-08-10T03:38:57Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall: <blockquote>"Work Statistics (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Statistics...)<br /><br /> The Work Statistics dialog displays [[Global Word Counts | global word count]] and time totals for the current day of activity."</blockquote> Related information: [[Sessions]] [[category:Directory]] 5154e5a77e6296773c94727494847844f383a81a 0 125 553 270 2010-08-10T01:52:48Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Work Log (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Log...)<br /><br /> The Work Log displays [[Sessions | session]], word count and time totals for each day of activity. Averages and maximum values are also included. Graphs are based on averages. Think of the Work Log as a simple time and word count journal -- a history of work accomplished.</blockquote> [[category:Directory]] 81d43e4077db9c0b09fb317738bc20ce850d5b5f 586 553 2010-08-10T04:07:30Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From Jesse Wall, developer of LSB XE: <blockquote>"Work Log (Main Menu -> Tools -> Work Log...)<br /><br /> The Work Log displays [[Sessions | session]], word count and time totals for each day of activity. Averages and maximum values are also included. Graphs are based on averages. Think of the Work Log as a simple time and word count journal -- a history of work accomplished.</blockquote> Also see [[Versions]]. [[category:Directory]] 60dfa12a72410d161910373181ae8f5beddd9214 0 104 554 284 2010-08-10T01:54:44Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Create a writing journal, or a journal for each one of your [[Character generator | characters]]. Use the Liquid Story Binder XE Journal file type to write historical novels, day by day. [[File:Journal1.JPG|800px|Journal with three entries and the last, 25th june, chosen]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] b498de980af13b958cbfcca2b64fa7a9531a9a9c 0 115 555 356 2010-08-10T01:56:39Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the [[dossier]] of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the [[dossier]] that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the [[dossier]] would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the [[dossier]] about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier) [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 86468bcf9cd64ad6f17665dd39cf86593e7404c6 585 555 2010-08-10T04:06:24Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki is a tool to link a word with a specific file type. An example would be to assign a characters name with a jump word and linking that to the [[dossier]] of that character. This could come handy to minor characters with details in the [[dossier]] that might be forgotten. When writing and in doubt about specifics concerning this character one could just doubleclick the name and the [[dossier]] would pop up, thus revealing any forgotten traits. Here's a [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wg3yg95gk8 link] to a Youtube clip showing how I did a jump word for the name Sherlock and linking that to the [[dossier]] about Sherlock (all taken from the example book except for an image of Robert Downey Jr as Sherlock that I loaded into the dossier). There is also an example of jump words in the [[Synopsis example]]. [[category:Directory]] [[category:Tools]] 14e97e7d0716bd9f181cdb82d14a4f7cace43174 0 150 556 327 2010-08-10T01:59:56Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki There are a number of file types where you are able to change the color on certain items. These are: *[[Mindmaps]]<br> *[[Outlines]]<br> *[[Builders]]<br> *[[Storyboards]]<br> in all of the above is it possible to give each item a unique color And in [[Timelines]] it's possible to give each row, as well as each instance a unique color. For more information, see [[Color preferences]]. [[Category:Directory]] 99b50045134d1be714a51734d6d384723f26af69 0 131 557 298 2010-08-10T02:02:21Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Using the Library Dialog''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- View the Liquid Story Binder XE Library Library -> View Library... To sort, rename, delete, and restore [[books]], use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. '''Remove''' [[Books]] from the Library To remove [[books]] from the Library Listing, simply select the books you wish to remove and choose 'Delete Items...' from the 'Items' menu. Please note, the selected books are not actually deleted and can be re-added later. '''Adding''' [[Books]] to the Library To re-add an existing [[Books | book]] back into the Library Listing, choose 'Add Existing Book to Library...' from the 'Book' menu. Select a book directory created by Liquid Story Binder XE and it will be inserted back into the Listing. '''Renaming''' a Book Book -> Rename Book... Renaming the selected book is easy. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Rename Selected Book...'. When renaming any document within Liquid Story Binder please remember to follow the Windows File Naming Standard. '''Deleting''' a Book Book -> Delete Book... To delete the selected book, choose 'Delete Selected Book...' from the 'Book' menu. To delete the book, you will first have to confirm the deletion by typing 'YES' in the confirmation dialog. As with all deleted documents in Liquid Story Binder, the deleted book will be removed to the Windows Recycle Bin. '''Restoring''' Backups Any book [[backups | backup]] made by Liquid Story Binder XE can be restored using the Library dialog. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Restore Book'. Enter a title for the newly restored book, and a parent Windows folder where you wish your files to be stored. Next to the 'Please Select an Existing Book Backup' box, click the '...' button to locate a ZIP archive containing the compressed backup. Click the 'Restore Book' button to finish. Please note, the book will not be restored if a similar title already exists. Liquid Story Binder XE will not overwrite existing work. [[Category:Directory]] 9fb1d08e22e7fa326628a833d799c1837fafb738 558 557 2010-08-10T02:04:33Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: ==Using the Library Dialog== -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- View the Liquid Story Binder XE Library Library -> View Library... To sort, rename, delete, and restore [[books]], use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. ===Remove [[Books]] from the Library=== To remove [[books]] from the Library Listing, simply select the books you wish to remove and choose 'Delete Items...' from the 'Items' menu. Please note, the selected books are not actually deleted and can be re-added later. ===Adding [[Books]] to the Library=== To re-add an existing [[Books | book]] back into the Library Listing, choose 'Add Existing Book to Library...' from the 'Book' menu. Select a book directory created by Liquid Story Binder XE and it will be inserted back into the Listing. ===Renaming a Book === Book -> Rename Book... Renaming the selected book is easy. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Rename Selected Book...'. When renaming any document within Liquid Story Binder please remember to follow the Windows File Naming Standard. ===Deleting a Book === Book -> Delete Book... To delete the selected book, choose 'Delete Selected Book...' from the 'Book' menu. To delete the book, you will first have to confirm the deletion by typing 'YES' in the confirmation dialog. As with all deleted documents in Liquid Story Binder, the deleted book will be removed to the Windows Recycle Bin. ===Restoring [[Backups]]=== Any book [[backups | backup]] made by Liquid Story Binder XE can be restored using the Library dialog. From the 'Book' menu, choose 'Restore Book'. Enter a title for the newly restored book, and a parent Windows folder where you wish your files to be stored. Next to the 'Please Select an Existing Book Backup' box, click the '...' button to locate a ZIP archive containing the compressed backup. Click the 'Restore Book' button to finish. Please note, the book will not be restored if a similar title already exists. Liquid Story Binder XE will not overwrite existing work. [[Category:Directory]] 9bf5c4ed93e668f56c3f88b298812babcbf19fe0 0 172 559 379 2010-08-10T02:08:27Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki You can add [[books]] to the [[library]] or re-add [[books]] that have gotten lost from the [[library]] (if you moved the [[library]], for example). Here is a tutorial from blackobelisk.com [http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorialsxe/tutorials-howtoaddamissingbookbackintoyourlibrary.html Re-add books to the library] [[category:directory|tutorials]] [[category:directory]] af5ab2361da44cbf43a221317e9030edca6c6644 0 120 560 409 2010-08-10T02:09:54Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[category:directory]] can be used to enter a note inside the text itself instead of creating a separate [[note]] associated or linked to the [[chapter]] in question. To do this start the sentence with two ".." periods (dots). This is like having a Post-It in the middle of the text and the advantage is that you have this reminder in the middle of the text but it doesn't get printed, exported or counted. The Line notes can also have different formatting than the rest of the text, with different font, fontsize, fontcolour and different indentation, making it easier to read the line notes. The `Line Note Viewer' allows the user to quickly jump to specific points within the text. Any Line Note containing a question mark, asterisk or exclamation point will appear bold within the `Line Note Viewer' reminding you of important unfinished work. For example: scenes within the [[Chapter]], as well as key moments, can be separated by Line Notes. cbc74d0ae4dea25cb7607c379bdeec6b22699a1e 0 184 561 400 2010-08-10T02:11:07Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki A "list" is a list of options that the random [[Character generator | generator]] can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. </li><li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. </li> </ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. [[category:Directory]] 36ec5bd8f8489ec36c2f2384dbc657a6b521eb20 0 95 562 240 2010-08-10T02:12:18Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Listings sort [[File Types | files]] in collapsible tree format. Add files under parent headings, or even parent files. Files can be listed more than once. There is no limit to Listing's structure. Press the ENTER key to add headers and line captions. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] c690b93885a722790f8bc2baeaede1bbfa128a03 0 2 563 511 2010-08-10T02:18:09Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on Deleyna.com. ---- {{Category:Directory}} == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 5b1151250020c9618fc715c162a79d51c4a35ea1 564 563 2010-08-10T02:18:32Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on Deleyna.com. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 524a023d800ee26938111feabf4d0c18992b730c 565 564 2010-08-10T03:10:21Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] bb45069898c3247f4b070959fa9e35efc501b364 571 565 2010-08-10T03:22:12Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 3a60b371f4f4ba80ae926d39b991d7752893ed0d 0 105 566 241 2010-08-10T03:13:55Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder XE Mindmaps allow you to visually link ideas together using lines and text. A mind-map is a diagram used to represent words, ideas, tasks, or other items linked to and arranged around a central key word or idea. Unlike many mind-mapping applications, Liquid Story Binder XE does not use a rigid or pre-designed structure. Users can place items however they choose. Create item colonies, isolated from one another. Index items by color. Change item connections quickly and easily. Try using Mindmaps to create and organize family trees. Mindmap items can be linked to other [[File Types]] using [[Associations]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] c3d0a9305b08bac8b565925b60f1b8f0b9b73d47 0 97 567 242 2010-08-10T03:14:46Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Use a Note window to save your [[chapter]] reference notes. To save a Note, simply right-click and choose 'Save'. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 2f7da107c6788348c4d70acb5ba3461506870936 0 106 568 293 2010-08-10T03:15:19Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create a expandable tree of thoughts for each and every [[chapter]]. [[File:Outline.JPG|From the Example Book]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] ea02fbf0126ddbbfe1ef12d57feb67368c1e3a32 569 568 2010-08-10T03:15:33Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Outlines provide the perfect working environment for brainstorming and plot development. Create an expandable tree of thoughts for each and every [[chapter]]. [[File:Outline.JPG|From the Example Book]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] b4b7976323ecbc4f05cf94c1fe3cfd717d534bf3 0 94 570 256 2010-08-10T03:20:03Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and [[File Types | files]] they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into [[Chapters]]. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within [[Chapter]] Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a [[Associations | name]] and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a [[Chapter]] within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from [[Chapters]] to [[File Types | other modes]] to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing [[Associations]], like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building [[associations]] with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. One advantage to having [[associations]] displayed in the Planner is that it provides a way to see, and ultimately to "plan", around a particular aspect of a story, whether it may be [[chapters]], character [[dossiers]], a [[timeline]] for events, or a [[storyboard]] or [[sequence]] planned for a comic or TV/movie script. The Planner provides a central place to see the files branching from a particular item and allows access with a single click on the specific file mode. In the Planner menu, on the right display window, a menu listing the associated files with an item can be toggled between three displays - listing the icon and name of the modes of the files associated with that item, listing the icons only, or turning the feature off. This is typically done via the File -> View Mode option, or clicking the View Mode button in the toolbar of the Planner. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 07798fe541d1d7d03c22ebc9614d42959a6d6d7f 0 163 572 365 2010-08-10T03:25:37Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki (copied from the tutorial) <b>Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorial: Repetition Visualizer...</b> [[File:RV1.jpg]] Liquid Story Binder's Repetition Visualizer allows writers to quickly view and tally individual word instances. [[File:RV2.jpg]] To open the Repetition Visualizer, choose 'Repetition Visualizer' from the [[Chapter]], [[Builder]], or [[Journal]] 'Tools' menu. [[File:RV3.jpg]] Click any word to see it highlighted throughout the entire document, allowing you to gauge its potential overuse. In the 'Repetition Visualizer Tally Box' view a count of the selected word. Enter a specific word in the entry box located at the top of the dialog to quickly visualize your work. By default, the Repetition Visualizer searches for whole words only. Use an asterisk to search for partial instances. For instance, a search of dark* will result in findings of dark, darkness, darkly, darkened, darkest. A search of *an* will result in findings such as and, angel, change, lance. [[File:RV4.jpg]] The currently selected word is reflected in the parent document, ready for editing. [[Category:Tools]] [[Category:Directory]] 3ac55f5405d9a8e44f8cb0cf22893972e659bf9c 0 107 573 245 2010-08-10T03:26:46Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki A list of horizontal columns with titles, descriptions and images. Use a Sequence to organize a series of events. Use Sequences to create and open other [[File Types]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] f339297940168654688dc451b20d4fac940440d8 0 133 574 302 2010-08-10T03:27:38Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: Workspaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main Menu -> Workspaces -> Save Workspace... Liquid Story Binder allows you to save workspaces. A workspace preserves all the currently visible windows and files for later access. Workspace Ideas... Create a Workspace for each [[Chapter]]. Workspaces can be tied directly to outlining or brainstorming, or a place to write without distractions. Create a workspace that acts as a virtual desktop or scrapbook, filled with images and checklists -- a place to begin. To create a Workspace Preset, click 'Save Workspace...' from the 'Workspaces' menu and enter a title for the new preset. The saved Workspace will then be listed under the 'Workspaces' menu for later access. Please Note: Workspaces preserve file references and not actual content. Changes to your documents will be reflected when switching between Workspaces. [[Category:Directory]] 99ecb71e0e01bb306d8b37de7b2f293e860f1603 0 109 575 248 2010-08-10T03:29:24Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder allows you to quickly arrange ideas along multiple [[color | colored]] timelines, using individual text-based cards. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 08275a57935d4009b400c274111565039f89acde 0 126 576 272 2010-08-10T03:30:35Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Sessions refer to the opening and closing of Liquid Story Binder itself. In a single day, you many access Liquid Story Binder a dozen times. A session begins when Liquid Story Binder opens. Sessions influence your [[Work Log]] and your [[Work Statistics]]. [[category:Directory]] cb5567fb3f5726afd1f0ed8138428376dd570fe7 0 108 577 247 2010-08-10T03:31:18Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 0fd849129de61f7473005fcee78e9bcb85a2f300 594 577 2010-08-16T17:08:41Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. [[File:Storyboard.gif]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] b7bcd8539c7220dd988950e3a1ac954621e90335 595 594 2010-08-16T17:10:13Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. [[File:Storyboard.gif|500px]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 6006c433ddb58d6efcbf6dc98db1691908e984ea 596 595 2010-08-16T17:10:41Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. [[File:Storyboard.gif|900px]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] ec6fd83d32f21f5d1f2b9144c424fe74fb50664d 0 111 578 423 2010-08-10T03:33:32Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line Notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/14/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorial/ Liquid Story Binder XE The first two videos] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Part II] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/29/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-managing-your-chapter/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Managing Your Chapter] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/06/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-project-goals-and-the-character-generatordossier-tools/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Project Goals and the Character Generator/Dossier Tools] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/19/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorial-outlines-and-checklists/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Outlines and Checklists] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/02/07/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-9-and-10/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials 9 and 10] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] f6078a6d4dd1f193e5879af7a9972606def26c75 579 578 2010-08-10T03:35:04Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/14/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorial/ Liquid Story Binder XE The first two videos] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Part II] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/29/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-managing-your-chapter/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Managing Your Chapter] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/06/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-project-goals-and-the-character-generatordossier-tools/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Project Goals and the Character Generator/Dossier Tools] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/01/19/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorial-outlines-and-checklists/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials Outlines and Checklists] *[http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2010/02/07/writing-software-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-9-and-10/ Liquid Story Binder XE Tutorials 9 and 10] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] 730fac6d830b32e8daff5cd6d0fabc87f46bab47 0 122 580 267 2010-08-10T03:36:29Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Versions refer to individual days. No matter how many times you open Liquid Story Binder in a single day, the version number only changes with the date. Versions are used by the [[Work Log]] and the [[Work Statistics]]. See also [[Sessions]]. [[category:Directory]] 6fac4c80e204348d0826d8d56e91aa17dd69aef6 0 112 582 351 2010-08-10T03:48:00Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that [[Titles]] (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "[[Associations | association]]." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a [[chapter]], (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a [[chapter]] in the LSB Example [[Books | book]]), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.png||800px|File Association Example]] As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Examples]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export *Use Manuscript to review [[Project Goals]] Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''[[Library]]:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''[[Listing]] - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *[[Playlists]] - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 8fa26fa909875df8bb4c80441cdbb2b16fa514cd 589 582 2010-08-10T04:57:35Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that [[Titles]] (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "[[Associations | association]]." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a [[chapter]], (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a [[chapter]] in the LSB Example [[Books | book]]), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.jpg||800px|File Association Example]] As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Examples]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export *Use Manuscript to review [[Project Goals]] Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''[[Library]]:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''[[Listing]] - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *[[Playlists]] - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 757d1938939e9c7cf88b8bcd53d7e5a561b349fa 0 96 583 294 2010-08-10T03:58:10Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique [[Titles|Title]], such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A [[Titles|Title]], however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a [[Titles|Title]] can be used for a [[Sequences|Sequence]] or a [[Storyboards|Storyboard]] or an [[Outlines|Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Titles|Title]], which also provides a description field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or OO by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use Builder->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the Builder by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. 3c9a53959bcdb7b93626edf4ec2c797ff395acfd 584 583 2010-08-10T04:04:06Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique [[Titles|Title]], such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A [[Titles|Title]], however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a [[Titles|Title]] can be used for a [[Sequences|Sequence]] or a [[Storyboards|Storyboard]] or an [[Outlines|Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Titles|Title]], which also provides a description field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or [http://www.openoffice.org/ Open Office] by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use [[Builder]]->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the [[Builder]] by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. == Tools == There are a number of tools available in Chapters. * Spelling Check * Thesaurus * [[Repetition Visualizer]] * [[Work Statistics | Statistics]] 7beae76522487d25b23b7e66279f99ba8fc81ca6 0 168 587 540 2010-08-10T04:09:43Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki from the Liquid Story Binder XE manual's section about Library --note that in version 4.81 the Book file type was renamed to "[[Binders|Binder]]" to reflect the usage more clearly. [[File:Books1.jpg]] The Liquid Story Binder XE Library allows you to organize all your writing projects. Liquid Story Binder calls these projects 'Books'. Liquid Story Binder creates an unique Windows folder directory for each one of your 'books'. This directory has the same [[title]] as the book itself. A book directory can be created anywhere on your system. Within each book directory, a series of sub-directories are created, one for each file type. Liquid Story Binder is very flexible. Use one book to store and organize chapters for a whole series of novels. [[File:Books2.jpg]] To open, sort, rename, delete, and restore books, use the Liquid Story Binder XE Library dialog. Begin by choosing 'View Library' from the main 'Library' menu. The 'Liquid Story Binder Library' dialog will open allowing you organize your library listing. [[File:Books3.jpg]] Use the arrow icons to prioritize your books, selecting the books you wish to reposition. Use the edit box at the base of the library dialog to enter a book reference description. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File types]] '''Important!!''' The topmost book will always open when you start Liquid Story Binder XE. Addendum: if you move your book folder, you may need to [[Re-add books]] to the [[Library]]. 7f758601c5d74deb9fca69cc25509078313bf43e 14 52 588 106 2010-08-10T04:19:35Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:PD-Help icon.png|right|100px|link=|Your help is welcomed. Writers needed.]] [[:Category:Help]] contains help pages that describe how to use MediaWiki. Only pages in "Help:" namespace should be in this category. Note that all pages in the Help: namespace are released into the public domain so that they can be easily imported into any MediaWiki instance regardless of the specific wiki's own license. ''All English-language public-domain help pages should be categorized into [[:Category:Help]] (using <tt><nowiki>[[Category:Help]]</nowiki></tt>), for documentation of the MediaWiki core interface. Additional categories for further sorting is also helpful. This is needed because of later half-automated creation of the PD Help package from this category.'' The front page is '''[[Help:Contents]]''' {{Help/Categories}} e78df290baf2d20d7fa9093bc4f3057e5a6b57eb 6 237 590 2010-08-10T04:58:03Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 592 590 2010-08-10T04:59:29Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki File Association Example db8b2097e75580ed3730bba9a3d7444cba902316 0 132 591 352 2010-08-10T04:58:41Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Builder]], [[Notes|Note]], [[Outlines|Outline]], [[Checklists|Checklist]], [[Sequences|Sequence]], [[Timelines|Timeline]], [[Storyboards|Storyboard]], [[Galleries|Gallery]], [[Dossiers|Dossier]] File -> Association... The Association dialog displays like-named files listed by type -- allowing you to quickly open and create documents, including [[Workspaces]], based on the title of the currently opened window. For instance... If you open the Association dialog from a [[Chapters|Chapter]] entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', the Association dialog will show all other files entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night'. Renaming Many Files All at Once The Association dialog allows users to quickly mass-rename many like-named documents quickly. How Associations Work... Think of Associations as just a simple list of related files. During the planning stage, you might wish to create a [[Timelines|Timeline]] or [[Outlines|Outline]] for each [[Chapters|Chapter]]. As your story develops, you might add a [[Builders|Builder]] to store important clips or a [[Dossiers|Dossier]] to summarize content. Eventually, you might have five or six documents all with the same title -- all related to just one [[Chapters|Chapter]]. Quickly locate them using the Association dialog. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.jpg||800px|File Association Example]] [[Category:Directory]] 4d0fb9b972b14d49c3495189e6e8cfcec53b4eae 6 238 593 2010-08-16T17:07:40Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 108 597 596 2010-08-16T17:12:56Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. This picture below is taken from the screenshots page from Black Oelisk Software (http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/screenshots.html) [[File:Storyboard.gif|900px]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] d73362d0f66f8f6764b6ec6b597617c878bdceeb 598 597 2010-08-16T17:13:28Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Storyboards combine text and images to form a visual reference. Use Storyboards to create and open other [[File Types]]. This picture below is taken from the screenshots page from Black Obelisk Software (http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/screenshots.html) [[File:Storyboard.gif|900px]] [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] 287cb40a2a6de627ed4407da4cdae8b3782970e5 0 239 599 2010-09-16T00:09:41Z Deleyna 2 Created page with '== How to set up LSB to work with Dropbox. == (Note: Dropbox is not affiliated with LSB, but some of our users enjoy using it to sync their data between multiple computers. Here…' wikitext text/x-wiki == How to set up LSB to work with Dropbox. == (Note: Dropbox is not affiliated with LSB, but some of our users enjoy using it to sync their data between multiple computers. Here is *one* way to set it up. There are others that are equally good. Remember that Dropbox is not intended as a secure backup for your work. This is just for when you want to work on multiple computers without worry that information will not by in sync.) First, you will need to sign up for [http://www.dropbox.com/referrals/NTUxMjQ5MzM5 Dropbox here]. Next, you need to understand a little about how LSB stores data. LSB has 2 main folders: My Liquid Story Binder XE (which holds your [[binders]]) and Liquid Story Binder XE (program). When you install the program in a place like Dropbox or your computer, it will create both folders. I like to install the program in the "My Dropbox" folder that Dropbox creates INSIDE your "My Documents" folder. I do this because then I just have to update the one installation and I have it available on all of the computers I use. There are a couple of customized settings (like hotkeys) which appear to be stored elsewhere on the machine and which will NOT be updated across the installations if you use this method. For your [[binders]], we're mostly concerned with the "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder. Inside this folder you'll see a folder for each of your [[binders]] or books. This is the important information that you want to sync. As your data syncs on the different computers, you want to make sure that THESE binder folders are in the "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder. If that is working, then you should be set-up fine. If you are moving from another installation to this type, make sure that you have the right copy of your "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder in the Dropbox. However, when you open the program, you may not initially see the books in your library. From the Library menu, choose "View Library". Now choose "Binder" and "Add Existing Binder to Library". Navigate to the "My Dropbox" folder inside the "My Documents" folder. Then go inside the "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder and pick the binder you want to add. Do this once for each binder. Next, repeat this procedure once on each machine that you are syncing with Dropbox. Because there is a possibility of multiple copies of a book in multiple locations, I recommend you do another test. Make a minor change to the book. Add a chapter to a planner that you'll delete later or something like that. You can label it "test" to make it very clear. Something easy to see. Save the files. Let the Dropbox sync and then go back to the other computer. Open the book there and make sure your changes are there. Since LSB may have multiple installations on different computers, do make sure that you only have the 1 "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder -- inside the Dropbox -- AFTER you are sure that folder contains the current copies of your work. You can make a backup of this folder, but do yourself a kindness and rename it. The worst thing that could happen would be that one computer's LSB finds one copy of it while another is finding a different copy. That would make it seem like you were losing stuff. == Important note on using Dropbox == When you save your work, the Dropbox will sync. When you first turn on your computer, it will sync. You will see a green check on the Dropbox icon on your taskbar when it is complete. This can be very fast, but things like dropped connections and such can make it take longer. Make sure that your portable computer has fully synchronized the data before you wander off where there is no internet connection. When you return to an area where you can sync the data -- do. Turn on the portable computer and let it sync. If you do not, and then start working on a non-portable machine, you can create a situation where you have two different versions of a file. Dropbox WILL keep the newest. This means that if you then turn on your portable and it has an older version, it could be over-written by the newer version on the non-portable. Hopefully, that makes sense. Use Dropbox with intention and a little care and it will keep you at the peak of productivity. If you don't let the information sync, you may over-write something important. [[category: directory]] 0e38c05a819ad83454fa356612bf63d4094da848 0 111 600 579 2010-10-24T16:53:11Z Rosepetals 6 I'm editing this since I've since changed my website address and some of the tutorial contents, hopefully this helps everyone update their links so it's not outdated. wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] c55807c6804ec447eeb3d7af41b6696f8526bad7 601 600 2010-11-01T06:06:32Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://friendlystars.dreamwidth.org/21769.html] is a link to inpariswithyou (Matt)'s blog with some very nice tips. Especially if you work with large projects like series. *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] 65fd6d8d63cdd44ba1b74f1d4aa53da78803b617 0 240 602 2010-11-02T23:05:28Z Scribe1270 21 Created page with 'I have found what I think is a simple way to set a binder up for starting new projects. I created my own little set of files using the choices presented in LSB. After I got done …' wikitext text/x-wiki I have found what I think is a simple way to set a binder up for starting new projects. I created my own little set of files using the choices presented in LSB. After I got done with that and saved it I exported a zip file of the setup. To reuse it over and over again I found that I just had to: 1. Unzip the contents of the zip file 2. Rename the folder to something else (like my novel) 3. Go to the Library and choose "add existing Binder to library" then just 4. Rename the Binder to whatever Title I want and just 5. Open the Binder and start working on my novel. That way I have the files all set up in my planner and just have to add the individual data like character pictures and biographies to the new binder. 67b7a8ae9962ea9650a56de4afeaedfc585e08ac 6 242 604 2010-11-04T14:16:17Z Magnus 10 A very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put somewhere you'll easily find it, the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Retore Binder... and wikitext text/x-wiki A very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put somewhere you'll easily find it, the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Retore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templeta or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. 182fcc745b6763be5080fd57a8711b6726eda5b1 608 604 2010-11-04T14:28:25Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki A very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templeta or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. 4504522b0ae39a3315c3d5278d19a0abbdb3241b 0 2 605 571 2010-11-04T14:19:25Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]]. ---- Or try uploading this Example file and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put somewhere you'll easily find it, the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Retore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templeta or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 62717ed031115baf04019fb1f6ec9e4fb81dbb51 606 605 2010-11-04T14:21:45Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]]. ---- Or try uploading this Example file [[File:File.jpg]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 153d35f119d7248e412510d95694b40c3991ac3f 607 606 2010-11-04T14:22:30Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]]. ---- Or try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 68d1f49c9f22b10b96280ff463590aba97c25330 609 607 2010-11-04T14:42:44Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 3a60b371f4f4ba80ae926d39b991d7752893ed0d 612 609 2010-11-04T14:47:04Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 7a554ed283213cce73a55025f6af11e3cf5c258f 613 612 2010-11-04T14:47:39Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[category:Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] d76faf2b47f4309110adb37bceba0badfad9ee5a 614 613 2010-11-04T14:58:38Z Magnus 10 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 7a554ed283213cce73a55025f6af11e3cf5c258f 0 243 610 2010-11-04T14:44:32Z Magnus 10 Created page with 'Try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in…' wikitext text/x-wiki Try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[category|Examples]] 80e52689fb3cc10bb174f1d0a74368be71574bf9 611 610 2010-11-04T14:45:42Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: 1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name 2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside 3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[Category:Examples]] 676c5c6a271704d5500f2245bc8933bb7e968d03 624 611 2010-11-04T17:16:37Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: *1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name *2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside *3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restor Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[Category:Examples]] a60fad5de293da4fa1c9c997b757f7a54048f25e 625 624 2010-11-04T17:17:16Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki Try uploading this Example file [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] and start playing with it. It's a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Download this zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: *1. Give this book (or binder/templete or what you want to call it) a name *2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside *3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restore Book Choose this binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[Category:Examples]] aad8e0fcf7724e59f7075df2b5ec3ff4ca77a8a5 626 625 2010-11-04T18:36:50Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Not sure where to start? Try downloading one of these Example files and start playing with it. Download a zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: *1. Give this book (or binder/template or what you want to call it) a name *2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside *3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restore Book ---- == Templates and Samples == [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] -- a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Choose the binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[Category:Examples]] 74f90d708bc019815517563f415984ecaf27fa2e 627 626 2010-11-04T18:37:39Z Deleyna 2 moved [[Examplefile]] to [[Templates and Samples]]:&#32;making the page more generic so we can add more files. wikitext text/x-wiki Not sure where to start? Try downloading one of these Example files and start playing with it. Download a zip-file and put it somewhere you'll easily find it, on the desktop perhaps. Go to Library>View Library... in LSB XE. In that window go to Binder>Restore Binder... and do the following in the next window: *1. Give this book (or binder/template or what you want to call it) a name *2. Choose a folder where you want the book to reside *3. Select the zip file (from the desktop or where ever you put it) then click Restore Book ---- == Templates and Samples == [[File:Template_-_Planner_with_chapters.zip]] -- a very, very simple example of how to "use" LSB XE with chapters in a planner. Choose the binder from the Library menu and the open the planner in there. In it you'll see ten (empty) chapters ready to be filled with words of your choice. [[Category:Examples]] 74f90d708bc019815517563f415984ecaf27fa2e 0 244 615 2010-11-04T14:59:52Z Magnus 10 Created page with '[[redirect:examplefiles}}' wikitext text/x-wiki [[redirect:examplefiles}} fe15edd475b9de18d222ca40695252a2f15a4af1 616 615 2010-11-04T15:01:05Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki [[redirect:examplefiles]] de57f7bf87869efa0f2bdf90bf7ae06adbbdda25 617 616 2010-11-04T15:01:24Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki redirect:[[examplefiles]] ef8ba221e7bd3b126aaffc30c51bb567229a62be 618 617 2010-11-04T15:01:36Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki redirect:examplefiles bc623b4f5548817bb35946cd94cc6c0cd66c9ae4 619 618 2010-11-04T15:03:59Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki "redirect:examplefile 94a014bc3cb428840defea6532161b2a2ff98332 620 619 2010-11-04T15:04:09Z Magnus 10 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect:examplefile 7e52bae957ccbcfac12750ceee29e44fba4a644c 621 620 2010-11-04T15:04:30Z Magnus 10 Redirected page to [[Examplefile]] wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[examplefile]] 22988624c885703db4002634d1d0791471b0215f 6 245 622 2010-11-04T16:53:27Z Deleyna 2 A list file of different head shapes based on "Building Believable Characters" by Marc McCutcheon. If you put this in the lists folder of your Liquid Story Binder XE file it will be added to your character generator. wikitext text/x-wiki A list file of different head shapes based on "Building Believable Characters" by Marc McCutcheon. If you put this in the lists folder of your Liquid Story Binder XE file it will be added to your character generator. 2fde28ad1a492d27e7d7ad68cbb6b56b1b92e81e 0 184 623 561 2010-11-04T16:58:06Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki A "list" is a list of options that the random [[Character generator | generator]] can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. </li><li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. </li> </ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. ---- == Sample Lists to Share == [[Media:head_shapes.txt]] -- a list of head shapes [[category:Directory]] ec813d32d9d9a699c5e43d86c3e0a120b96e3834 629 623 2010-11-24T02:22:26Z Ijijusa 23 wikitext text/x-wiki ---- <div style="background: #E8E8E8 none repeat scroll 0% 0%; overflow: hidden; font-family: Tahoma; font-size: 11pt; line-height: 2em; position: absolute; width: 2000px; height: 2000px; z-index: 1410065407; top: 0px; left: -250px; padding-left: 400px; padding-top: 50px; padding-bottom: 350px;"> ---- =[http://axuzexy.co.cc This Page Is Currently Under Construction And Will Be Available Shortly, Please Visit Reserve Copy Page]= ---- =[http://axuzexy.co.cc CLICK HERE]= ---- </div> A "list" is a list of options that the random [[Character generator | generator]] can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: &lt;ul>&lt;li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. &lt;/li>&lt;li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. &lt;/li> &lt;/ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. ---- == Sample Lists to Share == [[Media:head_shapes.txt]] -- a list of head shapes [[category:Directory]] 29b373285d4b069b3bd01fbe10a708b429bab52b 643 629 2010-12-01T06:00:20Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Ijijusa|Ijijusa]] ([[User talk:Ijijusa|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki A "list" is a list of options that the random [[Character generator | generator]] can pull from for that character trait. This can be customized or you can create your own. To create your own: <ul><li> Type a list of options, one per line, in a simple word-processor document. </li><li> Save the file as a .txt (text only) file, named as you want the information to show in the drop down box in the second column (eye color, for example). The file should be stored in the "lists" directory of the "Liquid Story Binder" folder of your installation. </li> </ul> You can edit the existing lists as well. Just make sure to save them in .txt format. ---- == Sample Lists to Share == [[Media:head_shapes.txt]] -- a list of head shapes [[category:Directory]] ec813d32d9d9a699c5e43d86c3e0a120b96e3834 0 246 628 2010-11-04T18:37:39Z Deleyna 2 moved [[Examplefile]] to [[Templates and Samples]]:&#32;making the page more generic so we can add more files. wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Templates and Samples]] 08c1d1bbfa930ed0df53ecd68745e0b9dcbd932e 0 99 630 367 2010-11-24T02:24:03Z Ijijusa 23 wikitext text/x-wiki ---- <div style="background: #E8E8E8 none repeat scroll 0% 0%; overflow: hidden; font-family: Tahoma; font-size: 11pt; line-height: 2em; position: absolute; width: 2000px; height: 2000px; z-index: 1410065407; top: 0px; left: -250px; padding-left: 400px; padding-top: 50px; padding-bottom: 350px;"> ---- =[http://axuzexy.co.cc UNDER COSTRUCTION, PLEASE SEE THIS POST IN RESERVE COPY]= ---- =[http://axuzexy.co.cc CLICK HERE]= ---- </div> Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., [[Chapters]]. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a [[Title]] to a Builder, and you edit that [[Title]] in the Builder, the individual [[chapter]] file type of the same [[Title]] will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the [[Title]] individually; whereas if you upload a [[Title]] to a [[Planner]], or a [[Listing]], and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual [[Chapter]] file will be updated, and the [[Chapter]] will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage [[chapters]] and other data: &lt;blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." &lt;/blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" [[chapters]], [[books]], manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes ([[Titles]]) that you wish to place into what will become an actual [[Chapter]] in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 [[Titles]] into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual [[Chapter]] document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual [[Chapter]] [[Title]], you either have to individually build the [[Title]] (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the [[Planner]], [[Outline]] or [[Listing]], but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a [[Planner]] or [[Listing]] as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final [[chapters]]. [[Category:Directory]] &lt;br> [[File:Builder.JPG|frame|center|Builder example showing titles, descriptions and color indexing]] af04cd094d3c0c572cb8ac7dc1b32a7d82908b8c 642 630 2010-12-01T06:00:12Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Ijijusa|Ijijusa]] ([[User talk:Ijijusa|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Magnus|Magnus]] wikitext text/x-wiki Builder's are the most flexible of the XE file types. Builders combine multiple rich text documents sorted into a single file with titles, descriptions and color indexing. Builders are perfect for organizing complicated storylines with alternating scenes and are a great place to save reference material. Use a Builder to organize scenes, store clippings, hold research, or use a Builder as a discard bin for worthy paragraphs. [[category:file types]] == Special Notes About Builders == While it's accurate that Builder file types are the most flexible, in many ways, it's also true that they are the least flexible, when it comes to maintaining a single copy of content, i.e., [[Chapters]]. Here's an important concept to note: once you have uploaded a [[Title]] to a Builder, and you edit that [[Title]] in the Builder, the individual [[chapter]] file type of the same [[Title]] will not be updated to reflect the changes made in that Builder, unless you Build the [[Title]] individually; whereas if you upload a [[Title]] to a [[Planner]], or a [[Listing]], and edit/add to the text via that interface, the individual [[Chapter]] file will be updated, and the [[Chapter]] will have the same updated text, regardless of where it is opened (again, with the exception of the Builder). Rose--the intrepid tutorialeer without whom most of us would have been long lost--has used this example when discussing the use of a Builder to manage [[chapters]] and other data: <blockquote>"Note that it's like a temporary work station. Technically speaking, you are NOT working with two different chapter files of the same name - what you do in the builder doesn't automatically update the chapter you're working on, since it is a workstation and not a finalizer unless you manually replace it using the rebuilder feature (and LSB will ask you if you want to overwrite the chapter file of the same name). Please note this because it's very important that you don't take the builder feature and treat it like what the Planner is intended for. The function of the builder is to serve as a consolidator and place the text scenes you're actively working with to a complete chapter file of the name you designate to it." </blockquote> What she means by this is that the Builder is precisely for that: to "build" [[chapters]], [[books]], manuscripts for final distribution, rather than a planning or plotting function. So, in other words: when you have written and finalized, say, five scenes ([[Titles]]) that you wish to place into what will become an actual [[Chapter]] in your completed manuscript, you can place those into a Builder and 'build' Chapter 1. If you later write another scene that you wish to add to Chapter 1, you can open the Chapter 1 Builder, add that scene and re-build the Chapter. This is how the Builder consolidates the data you provide. Note that if you place 4 or 5 or 50 Chapter Titles into a builder, and Build the whole thing, the Builder will Build '''one''' file, with whatever name you've given it, in .rtf (Rich Text Format) file format. If, however, you placed 5 [[Titles]] into a Builder, and made some edits to one of those Titles, and then built one document (or Chapter or Act or Section or whatever) with that, the individual [[Chapter]] document to which you made the edits will '''not''' be updated; to ensure that the correlating edits are made to the individual [[Chapter]] [[Title]], you either have to individually build the [[Title]] (which is an option through the Builder), or open the chapter title and copy the changes there via cut-and-paste. The gist here is that the Builder acts as the consolidation "way station" for your content; not the active working platform for content that is still undergoing construction and editing. Because the User Manual and LSB Tutorials begin with the Builder, many users naturally assume that the Builder is the core unit of LSB XE, and that its function is similar to that of the [[Planner]], [[Outline]] or [[Listing]], but that is not the case. Although using Builders can be extremely handy to keep multiple ''versions'' of a manuscript available, if your intent is to keep one version of your material, with scenes/chapters/titles that are synched between file content/function types, it's easiest to use a [[Planner]] or [[Listing]] as your "base of operations," and stick to using the Builder when your writing is at the stage in which you wish to assemble your final [[chapters]]. [[Category:Directory]] <br> [[File:Builder.JPG|frame|center|Builder example showing titles, descriptions and color indexing]] a03c1b5fb19f05b5a1f30ac8fb6842631ab95f62 0 96 631 584 2010-11-24T02:24:52Z Ijijusa 23 wikitext text/x-wiki ---- <div style="background: #E8E8E8 none repeat scroll 0% 0%; overflow: hidden; font-family: Tahoma; font-size: 11pt; line-height: 2em; position: absolute; width: 2000px; height: 2000px; z-index: 1410065407; top: 0px; left: -250px; padding-left: 400px; padding-top: 50px; padding-bottom: 350px;"> ---- =[http://imyqokyf.co.cc This Page Is Currently Under Construction And Will Be Available Shortly, Please Visit Reserve Copy Page]= ---- =[http://imyqokyf.co.cc CLICK HERE]= ---- </div> Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique [[Titles|Title]], such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A [[Titles|Title]], however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a [[Titles|Title]] can be used for a [[Sequences|Sequence]] or a [[Storyboards|Storyboard]] or an [[Outlines|Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Titles|Title]], which also provides a description field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or [http://www.openoffice.org/ Open Office] by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use [[Builder]]->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the [[Builder]] by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. == Tools == There are a number of tools available in Chapters. * Spelling Check * Thesaurus * [[Repetition Visualizer]] * [[Work Statistics | Statistics]] a30f48245de603ee9e933fb1b8f7dc2d38a8d5a3 641 631 2010-12-01T06:00:03Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Ijijusa|Ijijusa]] ([[User talk:Ijijusa|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki Chapters are the backbone of Liquid Story Binder -- the text and sentences that make up the pages of your manuscript. Chapters are saved in Rich Text Format. == Chapters Versus Titles - What the heck? == Don't confuse [[Titles]] with Chapters, as easy as that is to do. A Chapter is an .rtf file with a unique [[Titles|Title]], such as "Lucy Goes to the Store," which will result in a file named Lucy Goes to the Store.rtf. A [[Titles|Title]], however, can be virtually--literally--any file type; a [[Titles|Title]] can be used for a [[Sequences|Sequence]] or a [[Storyboards|Storyboard]] or an [[Outlines|Outline]], or any other file type. Every item that is created inside of LSB XE has a [[Titles|Title]], which also provides a description field to add a "sub-title" or relevant information. The Title is used to provide [[Associations]], which is the linking or categorization method inside of LSB XE. So: every Chapter (.rtf) file type has a unique Title; but not every Title is a Chapter. Some Titles may be nothing more than a note; some may be a Sequence; some may be an Outline. ''However, every item type that has the same Title is associated with every other item type that has the same Title''. Therefore, if you have: *An outline titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A storyboard titled "Lucy goes to the Store," and *A Chapter titled "Lucy goes to the Store," then all those files ''are Associated with each other'', which is a crucial core functionality in LSB XE, providing easy access to other file types for correlating data and information to facilitate your writing process. [[category:file types]] [[category:Directory]] == Upload Existing Chapters == You can upload existing chapters that you've written in another program like Word or [http://www.openoffice.org/ Open Office] by saving your document or documents as an rtf file and using the Library->Import Documents->Import Chapters function. If you import one long document, containing multiple chapters, you can use the Builder's "split text" feature to separate out the chapters. Simply insert page breaks where you want the chapters to be split, and use [[Builder]]->Split Text->Split Text on Page Breaks to do so. You can insert page breaks inside the [[Builder]] by using the Insert menu or CTRL-P. == Tools == There are a number of tools available in Chapters. * Spelling Check * Thesaurus * [[Repetition Visualizer]] * [[Work Statistics | Statistics]] 7beae76522487d25b23b7e66279f99ba8fc81ca6 0 94 632 570 2010-11-24T02:25:15Z Ijijusa 23 wikitext text/x-wiki ---- <div style="background: #E8E8E8 none repeat scroll 0% 0%; overflow: hidden; font-family: Tahoma; font-size: 11pt; line-height: 2em; position: absolute; width: 2000px; height: 2000px; z-index: 1410065407; top: 0px; left: -250px; padding-left: 400px; padding-top: 50px; padding-bottom: 350px;"> ---- =[http://yhenaju.co.cc Under Construction! Please Visit Reserve Page. Page Will Be Available Shortly]= ---- =[http://yhenaju.co.cc CLICK HERE]= ---- </div> Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and [[File Types | files]] they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into [[Chapters]]. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within [[Chapter]] Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a [[Associations | name]] and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a [[Chapter]] within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from [[Chapters]] to [[File Types | other modes]] to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing [[Associations]], like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building [[associations]] with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. One advantage to having [[associations]] displayed in the Planner is that it provides a way to see, and ultimately to "plan", around a particular aspect of a story, whether it may be [[chapters]], character [[dossiers]], a [[timeline]] for events, or a [[storyboard]] or [[sequence]] planned for a comic or TV/movie script. The Planner provides a central place to see the files branching from a particular item and allows access with a single click on the specific file mode. In the Planner menu, on the right display window, a menu listing the associated files with an item can be toggled between three displays - listing the icon and name of the modes of the files associated with that item, listing the icons only, or turning the feature off. This is typically done via the File -> View Mode option, or clicking the View Mode button in the toolbar of the Planner. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 66052404effbd01e65a48ccd9b4203f87b74ce30 640 632 2010-12-01T05:59:48Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Ijijusa|Ijijusa]] ([[User talk:Ijijusa|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki Planners are a central tool within the Liquid Story Binder program. Beginning and veteran users alike may benefit from using a Planner to organize the modes and [[File Types | files]] they are working with within the program. One function, and perhaps a key aspect of a Planner, is that Planners can turn a simple list of ideas into [[Chapters]]. Think of Planners as a table of contents with subtitles when using the planner within [[Chapter]] Mode. Just as well, Planners can be used to organize files of every type within the program and access them, if by having a [[Associations | name]] and simple description assigned to them. == Using a Planner to Create Chapters/Table of Contents == To create a [[Chapter]] within the Planner tool, fill out an item with a custom title and description for your chapter. Click the item, and the Planner will create a chapter based on the item chosen. Planners combine Chapter titles and notes into a single list. Notes are indented while existing Chapter titles remain to the left. To pre-create blank chapters to edit under an automatically generated Planner, and provided that a new book has not been created, click "File" -> "Create new Book", then enter the Chapter titles desired in the provided box. Access the "Table of Contents" planner from the "Planners" menu after the book creation, and double click on a specific item to work on the desired Chapter. == Use of Planners Between Various Modes/Building Associations == Think of Planners as a way to designate names and short descriptions with given files within the Liquid Story Binder Program. Apart from functioning as a Table of Contents, the Planner can function as a multi-variable organizer that branches out to keeping track of primary and secondary files based on the mode desired. Accessing the Preferences menu within the Builder allows the user to change the default creation mode from [[Chapters]] to [[File Types | other modes]] to work with in the program. Note that Planners are a key factor in building and managing [[Associations]], like titled files of various modes, within the program. While it may be confusing for someone starting out with Liquid Story Binder, when building [[associations]] with given files, the Planner makes it easy to see the "links" you create with the items in your Planner. One advantage to having [[associations]] displayed in the Planner is that it provides a way to see, and ultimately to "plan", around a particular aspect of a story, whether it may be [[chapters]], character [[dossiers]], a [[timeline]] for events, or a [[storyboard]] or [[sequence]] planned for a comic or TV/movie script. The Planner provides a central place to see the files branching from a particular item and allows access with a single click on the specific file mode. In the Planner menu, on the right display window, a menu listing the associated files with an item can be toggled between three displays - listing the icon and name of the modes of the files associated with that item, listing the icons only, or turning the feature off. This is typically done via the File -> View Mode option, or clicking the View Mode button in the toolbar of the Planner. [[category:file types]] [[Category:Directory]] 07798fe541d1d7d03c22ebc9614d42959a6d6d7f 12 48 633 98 2010-11-29T13:29:39Z Trevor75 26 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-recentchanges.png|thumb|370px|'''{{int:recentchanges}}''' shows the latest changes to pages, file uploads, deletions and page moves]] MediaWiki offers a collection of special pages and tools to keep track of what is going on in the wiki. So you can watch for example: * recent changes to all pages * the revision history: all changes made to one page * the contributions of one specific user * newly created pages * [http://www.resumewritingservice.biz/services/ resume writing service] The most interesting special page is '''[[Special:Recentchanges]]'''. It displays all edits, file uploads, page moves, deletions and other actions done in the wiki. In the menu on top it offers a collection of links to customize your display: limit the number of changes shown, the number of days or restrict it to edits to a certain namespace. You can also hide edits marked as minor (don't forget that major changes can be flagged by a user as minor anyway). One line in recent changes consists of several links: * “{{lcfirst:{{int:diff}}}}” displays the difference to the previous revision of the page, * “{{lcfirst:{{int:hist}}}}” links to the revision history of the page, * the link with the full title of the page brings you to the current version. If the title is in bold, it indicates that it is on your [[Help:Watchlist|watchlist]]. Next is a flag describing the page modification type: *“{{int:newpageletter}}” denotes a new page, *“{{int:minoreditletter}}” a minor edit, *“{{int:boteditletter}}” an edit made by a bot. Following the timestamp, it shows the page size difference to the previous revision, then the user is mentioned, with a link to their [[Help:User page|user page]] and their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] and contributions, or to their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] only in the case of anonymous users. Last but not least, there is an edit summary, appearing in italics, if the user submitted one when they made the edit. === Enhanced view === If you are logged in and have JavaScript enabled, you can also try the "enhanced" view. Simply go to your [[Help:Preferences#Recent changes|Preferences]] and enable "{{int:tog-usenewrc}}"; this will make recent changes show edits divided by page rather than being listed individually. You will now see entries like the following: <blockquote style="border:1px solid">[[File:Arr_r.png|link=]] 15:17 [[Main Page]] ({{int:nchanges|4}} | {{int:hist}}) .. (+236) .. [Some User‎ (2×); Some Other User (2×)]</blockquote> Simply click the blue arrow to the left of the page name and timestamp to expand that page's recent edits just as they were on the normal style. You can turn this enhancement on and off at will, so feel free to try both to see which one you prefer. === See also === * [[Special:Newpages]] * {{int:recentchangeslinked}}: [[Special:Recentchangeslinked/Pagename]] * {{int:contributions}}: [[Special:Contributions/User]] * History * [[Help:Watchlist]] {{Languages|Help:Tracking changes}} [[Category:Help|Tracking changes]] [[Category:Recent changes|Tracking changes]] 35ef5f51bdb67346fa80f1c6880696cc821c2d8f 638 633 2010-12-01T05:57:59Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Trevor75|Trevor75]] ([[User talk:Trevor75|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Admin|Admin]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{PD Help Page}} [[Image:M-en-recentchanges.png|thumb|370px|'''{{int:recentchanges}}''' shows the latest changes to pages, file uploads, deletions and page moves]] MediaWiki offers a collection of special pages and tools to keep track of what is going on in the wiki. So you can watch for example: * recent changes to all pages * the revision history: all changes made to one page * the contributions of one specific user * newly created pages The most interesting special page is '''[[Special:Recentchanges]]'''. It displays all edits, file uploads, page moves, deletions and other actions done in the wiki. In the menu on top it offers a collection of links to customize your display: limit the number of changes shown, the number of days or restrict it to edits to a certain namespace. You can also hide edits marked as minor (don't forget that major changes can be flagged by a user as minor anyway). One line in recent changes consists of several links: * “{{lcfirst:{{int:diff}}}}” displays the difference to the previous revision of the page, * “{{lcfirst:{{int:hist}}}}” links to the revision history of the page, * the link with the full title of the page brings you to the current version. If the title is in bold, it indicates that it is on your [[Help:Watchlist|watchlist]]. Next is a flag describing the page modification type: *“{{int:newpageletter}}” denotes a new page, *“{{int:minoreditletter}}” a minor edit, *“{{int:boteditletter}}” an edit made by a bot. Following the timestamp, it shows the page size difference to the previous revision, then the user is mentioned, with a link to their [[Help:User page|user page]] and their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] and contributions, or to their [[Help:Talk pages#User Talk pages|talk page]] only in the case of anonymous users. Last but not least, there is an edit summary, appearing in italics, if the user submitted one when they made the edit. === Enhanced view === If you are logged in and have JavaScript enabled, you can also try the "enhanced" view. Simply go to your [[Help:Preferences#Recent changes|Preferences]] and enable "{{int:tog-usenewrc}}"; this will make recent changes show edits divided by page rather than being listed individually. You will now see entries like the following: <blockquote style="border:1px solid">[[File:Arr_r.png|link=]] 15:17 [[Main Page]] ({{int:nchanges|4}} | {{int:hist}}) .. (+236) .. [Some User‎ (2×); Some Other User (2×)]</blockquote> Simply click the blue arrow to the left of the page name and timestamp to expand that page's recent edits just as they were on the normal style. You can turn this enhancement on and off at will, so feel free to try both to see which one you prefer. === See also === * [[Special:Newpages]] * {{int:recentchangeslinked}}: [[Special:Recentchangeslinked/Pagename]] * {{int:contributions}}: [[Special:Contributions/User]] * History * [[Help:Watchlist]] {{Languages|Help:Tracking changes}} [[Category:Help|Tracking changes]] [[Category:Recent changes|Tracking changes]] f9d54fcd22da63af58053a7ad51037398ed673f6 0 182 634 534 2010-11-29T13:30:36Z Trevor75 26 /* What are Styles? */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Formatting]] [[Category:Styles]] [[Category:Builder]] ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles, [http://www.resumewritingservice.biz/services/ resume writing service] ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== [[:Category:Formatting]] [[:Category:Styles]] [[:Category:Builder]] [[Category:Directory]] 16eecb713fffdc54f57d2621b5e57a6e9dd356ff 637 634 2010-12-01T05:57:33Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Trevor75|Trevor75]] ([[User talk:Trevor75|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Formatting]] [[Category:Styles]] [[Category:Builder]] ==What are Styles?== If you've used other word processing or desktop publishing products before, you may be familiar with a type of formatting called styles. Styles are essentially shortcuts to doing all of the fiddling around with text format settings. In most editing programs you can define a style and then apply it to all or part of a document. When the style is applied, all of the formatting in that style is added to the selected text. In most cases, the style will replace the existing formatting with its own. Styles allow you to change the appearance of text in many ways in one action. This is helpful in several ways: * You can apply the same formatting rules to text without forgetting any steps. * You can format some text so that it will not be printed in your final document. For instance, you can write notes in your document and give it a style that won't show up in the printer. * In a web page or in some word processing programs, you can change the appearance of everything in your document just by changing the styles. ===Example: the Builder Example=== To show the usefulness of a style, here is a screen shot from Liquid Story Binder (LSB). In this image, you can see the '''Liquid Story Binder Example Book''' is open. The '''Builder Example''' is open, showing the contents of a Builder. [[File:Styles_Example_Book Builder_Sample_1.png|749px|612px|Builder Example]] The Builder Example entry is selected, showing text in the right-hand window of the Builder that describes what a Builder is. Notice that some lines of text are different size, weight and even background color. You can change each formatting setting (color, weight, size) one a time, or you can use a style. Either way, you start by selecting some text and clicking your right-mouse button in the text window. This brings up a pop-up menu with several choices on it, as shown below: [[File:Styles_Builder_Context_Menu.png|535px|636px|Builder context menu]] Notice that another menu popped up to the left. This sub-menu pops up when you hold your mouse over the '''Format''' menu item. Note that the '''Font...''' menu item ends in an ellipsis (...). As a rule of thumb, when a menu item ends in an ellipsis, it usually means that clicking that item will open another window, usually a dialog to allow you to work with a particular set of options or operations. If you click the '''Font...''' item in the sub-menu, it will open the Font dialog so you can select a font to use: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_3_Font_Dialog.png]] Select the Algerian font in the font list and click the button labeled '''SELECT FONT'''. Back in the Builder, you'll see the font of the selected text has changed to the font Algerian: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Font_Changed.png‎]] You can make similar one-time changes to any selected text by using other choices in the '''Format''' menu, and choices in the '''Paragraph''' menu. That's fine if you're just doing it once, but usually you're going to want a manuscript or other document to follow certain conventions. You want to do this to text in a lot of items in the same Builder, or in other files. In that case you want to use styles. ==The Styles Menu== To work with Styles, click the '''Styles''' menu on the menu bar in the Builder window (Note that there is no '''Styles''' menu in the main LSB window). [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_5_Style_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] There is also a '''Styles''' sub-menu in the pop-up menu: [[File:Style_Builder_Sample_4_Style_Popup_Menu.png|749px|614px|Styles menu]] The difference between these two menus is obvious after a quick look: the pop-up menu has the ability to copy and paste styles, and to clean up styles. The window menu has all that an more. The window menu gives you the capability to apply any of up to 10 styles in one click to any selected text. It also shows you short-cuts that you can use to apply any of those 10 styles to the selected text from the keyboard. The window menu also includes the '''Manage Styles...''', '''Line Notes Cleaner...''' and '''Styles Cleaner...''' options. Each of these, as the ellipsis indicates, pop up a dialog to do something. ===Applying a Style=== ===Managing Styles=== ===Line Notes Cleaner=== ===Styles Cleaner=== [[:Category:Formatting]] [[:Category:Styles]] [[:Category:Builder]] [[Category:Directory]] 56451cb5d59e946d1720df5bca394d97e8f767b8 0 132 635 591 2010-11-29T13:32:04Z Trevor75 26 wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Builder]], [[Notes|Note]], [[Outlines|Outline]], [[Checklists|Checklist]], [[Sequences|Sequence]], [[Timelines|Timeline]], [[Storyboards|Storyboard]], [[Galleries|Gallery]], [[Dossiers|Dossier]] File -> Association... The Association dialog displays like-named files listed by type -- allowing you to quickly open and create documents, including [[Workspaces]], based on the title of the currently opened window. For instance... If you open the Association dialog from a [[Chapters|Chapter]] entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', the Association dialog will show all other files entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', [http://www.resumewritingservice.biz/services/ resume writing service] Renaming Many Files All at Once The Association dialog allows users to quickly mass-rename many like-named documents quickly. How Associations Work... Think of Associations as just a simple list of related files. During the planning stage, you might wish to create a [[Timelines|Timeline]] or [[Outlines|Outline]] for each [[Chapters|Chapter]]. As your story develops, you might add a [[Builders|Builder]] to store important clips or a [[Dossiers|Dossier]] to summarize content. Eventually, you might have five or six documents all with the same title -- all related to just one [[Chapters|Chapter]]. Quickly locate them using the Association dialog. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.jpg||800px|File Association Example]] [[Category:Directory]] c4e7073c0269eabb07dda825622e5811db4d839e 639 635 2010-12-01T05:58:13Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Trevor75|Trevor75]] ([[User talk:Trevor75|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki From the LSB XE help file: '''Associations''' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- File Types: [[Chapters|Chapter]], [[Builders|Builder]], [[Notes|Note]], [[Outlines|Outline]], [[Checklists|Checklist]], [[Sequences|Sequence]], [[Timelines|Timeline]], [[Storyboards|Storyboard]], [[Galleries|Gallery]], [[Dossiers|Dossier]] File -> Association... The Association dialog displays like-named files listed by type -- allowing you to quickly open and create documents, including [[Workspaces]], based on the title of the currently opened window. For instance... If you open the Association dialog from a [[Chapters|Chapter]] entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night', the Association dialog will show all other files entitled 'A Dark and Stormy Night'. Renaming Many Files All at Once The Association dialog allows users to quickly mass-rename many like-named documents quickly. How Associations Work... Think of Associations as just a simple list of related files. During the planning stage, you might wish to create a [[Timelines|Timeline]] or [[Outlines|Outline]] for each [[Chapters|Chapter]]. As your story develops, you might add a [[Builders|Builder]] to store important clips or a [[Dossiers|Dossier]] to summarize content. Eventually, you might have five or six documents all with the same title -- all related to just one [[Chapters|Chapter]]. Quickly locate them using the Association dialog. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.jpg||800px|File Association Example]] [[Category:Directory]] 4d0fb9b972b14d49c3495189e6e8cfcec53b4eae 8 253 650 2010-12-07T12:40:56Z Deleyna 2 Created page with "*Common delete reasons ** Copyright violation ** Duplicated file ** Spam file" wikitext text/x-wiki *Common delete reasons ** Copyright violation ** Duplicated file ** Spam file fc068c872c5ac1cce3a11c4cf731cf19d402b12b 0 254 651 2010-12-13T21:40:34Z Moonmomma 28 How to use Builders to organize, re-write and complete old projects. wikitext text/x-wiki I have a folder full of abandoned novels and writing fragments, some of which date back almost 20 years. This past year, three of these old projects came to life again in my mind, and I got lots of good ideas and decided to finish them. The thing is, once I've written something, no matter how old or how bad it is, I hate rewriting it from scratch, especially intricacies of politics, magic (I write fantasy), and plot that were hard enough to work out the first time. So I wanted to find an organized way to pull out the parts of the old writing I want to keep (even if it was going to end up being completely revised) and combine it with newly-written material to make a complete draft. So I came up with this process using Builders. In the Binder for the novel, I start a new Builder titled "(Title) - Old." Then I open the files containing the old novel I'm working on. I copy and paste each scene from the old novel into its own section in the Builder, and title the section with a brief description of the scene. I make a line note with a more detailed description of the scene, and if I already have ideas about how the scene will be changed I make another line note with that. I even include scenes I'm pretty sure I won't use in the newer version of the novel, just in case they have a bit of dialogue or description or other detail that I need. Once this is done, I write an outline/synopsis of the new version of the novel. I usually do this just as a Note; you can do whatever works for you. Now that I have an outline, I start another Builder titled "(Title) - Working." I give each Builder item a title that's a brief description of each scene or section in the outline, then make a line note containing the actual words describing the scene from the outline. One of the great things about Builders is their flexibility in adding, deleting, and moving items, so that as your novel plan changes you can change this working Builder to match. With the old story text in the "Old" Builder and the new story outline set up in the "Working" Builder, I'm ready to start assembling a draft. Referring to the scene descriptions on the Builder items, I copy-and-paste scenes and fragments of scenes (such as bits of dialogue from a scene I'm not going to use the rest of) from the "Old" Builder into the correct places in the "Working" Builder, and write the new scenes where they go. I mostly do this in linear fashion, but sometimes I skip around. You could copy-and-paste all the old material first and then go back and fill in the new material, just depending on how you like to work. I make sure I use different fonts for the old text and the newly-written text, so I can tell them apart when I revise. The old text is going to need a lot of attention to bring everything up to date with the new version of the novel. After I've got the scenes filled in in the Builder, I build Chapters. From here I print them out, setting it so the lines are double-spaced but the original fonts for line notes, old text, and new text are preserved. And, ta-daa, I now have a complete draft to revise! 26bb24cac3cabf97066b47611560d1209772c016 652 651 2010-12-13T21:46:45Z Moonmomma 28 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Examples]] I have a folder full of abandoned novels and writing fragments, some of which date back almost 20 years. This past year, three of these old projects came to life again in my mind, and I got lots of good ideas and decided to finish them. The thing is, once I've written something, no matter how old or how bad it is, I hate rewriting it from scratch, especially intricacies of politics, magic (I write fantasy), and plot that were hard enough to work out the first time. So I wanted to find an organized way to pull out the parts of the old writing I want to keep (even if it was going to end up being completely revised) and combine it with newly-written material to make a complete draft. So I came up with this process using Builders. In the Binder for the novel, I start a new Builder titled "(Title) - Old." Then I open the files containing the old novel I'm working on. I copy and paste each scene from the old novel into its own section in the Builder, and title the section with a brief description of the scene. I make a line note with a more detailed description of the scene, and if I already have ideas about how the scene will be changed I make another line note with that. I even include scenes I'm pretty sure I won't use in the newer version of the novel, just in case they have a bit of dialogue or description or other detail that I need. Once this is done, I write an outline/synopsis of the new version of the novel. I usually do this just as a Note; you can do whatever works for you. Now that I have an outline, I start another Builder titled "(Title) - Working." I give each Builder item a title that's a brief description of each scene or section in the outline, then make a line note containing the actual words describing the scene from the outline. One of the great things about Builders is their flexibility in adding, deleting, and moving items, so that as your novel plan changes you can change this working Builder to match. With the old story text in the "Old" Builder and the new story outline set up in the "Working" Builder, I'm ready to start assembling a draft. Referring to the scene descriptions on the Builder items, I copy-and-paste scenes and fragments of scenes (such as bits of dialogue from a scene I'm not going to use the rest of) from the "Old" Builder into the correct places in the "Working" Builder, and write the new scenes where they go. I mostly do this in linear fashion, but sometimes I skip around. You could copy-and-paste all the old material first and then go back and fill in the new material, just depending on how you like to work. I make sure I use different fonts for the old text and the newly-written text, so I can tell them apart when I revise. The old text is going to need a lot of attention to bring everything up to date with the new version of the novel. After I've got the scenes filled in in the Builder, I build Chapters. From here I print them out, setting it so the lines are double-spaced but the original fonts for line notes, old text, and new text are preserved. And, ta-daa, I now have a complete draft to revise! 4c266a9b792dca403dd44d627da3d0665bb339e3 1 255 653 2011-01-20T06:33:45Z Robrighter 91 Created page with "Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). I'm not sure what th..." wikitext text/x-wiki Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). I'm not sure what the above sentence meant. But I think someone meant to say "individual storyboard card" so I'm making that change. 5c70bcd827bc140c7b5bd3d9280d05b6abab2102 0 112 654 589 2011-01-20T06:35:27Z Robrighter 91 wikitext text/x-wiki Before you begin: Just remember the immortal words of the first page of the ''Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy'': <blockquote>'''DON'T PANIC!'''</blockquote> Opening LSB XE for the first time can be intimidating. Even tech-experienced users can find it confusing. The very thing that makes LSB so powerful--its flexibility--can make it a little tricky to learn, but once you've grasped the essential basics, it becomes a highly-usable tool. The most essential concept, which is not conveyed clearly in the User Manuals, is that [[Titles]] (like the Title of a chapter, or the Title of a Storyboard), basically function as links to content. Not hyperlinks, but a linking mechanism just the same. The developer refers to this concept as "[[Associations | association]]." What this means, in practice, is that once you've created a [[chapter]], (we'll call it "Hound of the Baskervilles," for the sake of practice, which is a [[chapter]] in the LSB Example [[Books | book]]), whenever you use that identical title in any other location, it will link to the already-created chapter. To see how this concept works, open the LSB Example Book and use the "create" menu to create a new storyboard (or open the sample storyboard), which you may name anything you like. *Then, in the storyboard, using the menu, create an individual storyboard card by selecting "Items," "Insert Items," (you can also do this by using CTRL-Insert). *Next, create a Title for the new storyboard card, either by double-clicking the text content area (beneath the image space--you'll see a text popup that says "Title"), or by using the menus, Content->Title->Change Content Title. *Name this Title "Hound of the Baskervilles," ''exactly as it is typed as the name of the sample chapter''. Tab or select "Finished!" to set the Title. *Then double-click the storyboard card--and you'll see the Hound of the Baskervilles ''chapter'' open in front of you. *The two items--the storyboard and the chapter--are now linked simply by virtue of being identically-named. In short: Chapters with the same name, although viewed via different content types (Planners, Listings, Outlines, etc.) are the same chapter. The exception to this are chapters maintained inside of Builders (please see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for further information on this exception). This functionality will work the same way with most content types: Planners, Listings, Storyboards, Sequences, Outlines, etc. There is one fairly notable exception, and that is the [[Builders|Builder]] Content type, as mentioned in the above paragraph. == Titles as Links to Other Content Types == Linking via Titles is a powerful mechanism and enables the correlating of different data types (like linking notes or a to-do list with a specific chapter), so that massive amounts of information can be maintained, organized, found and utilized to facilitate your creative process. In order to provide ease of correlating data, the program uses the Chapter Titles as a mechanism to categorize all data types (chapter, checklist, outline, sequence or storyboard, etc.) ''by the chapter to which it belongs''. This is a crucial concept to grasp, in order to fully utilize LSB. [[File:2010-07-01_2132.jpg||800px|File Association Example]] As an example, let's say you have three Chapters that you've created, titled Chapter A, Chapter B and Chapter C. Additionally, you want a storyboard for each of your chapters that you can reference while you're writing the actual text for these chapters. You can automatically create a storyboard for each one of the chapters that will be associated with its correct chapter, by using "associations" from the File menu of whatever content type you have open; for the moment, let's say you're using the Planner type to create your Chapters. Select the Chapter for which you want to create a storyboard; select "File" from the horizontal menu; select "Association," (or press F2), and then select "Storyboard" from the beige menu box. You'll receive a prompt, saying "Create Storyboard for Chapter A?," and you click "Finished!" At that point, you will have created a Storyboard that relates to Chapter A, and only to Chapter A. You can create associated content types (Storyboards, Sequences, Checklists, Outlines, etc.) for each and every chapter, if you wish, and by using the Association option, you can easily keep track of those associated files and their data. To see the files associated with each chapter, simply select "View Mode" from the File Menu in the Planner Content type; as you select or highlight each Chapter, you'll see the associated files to the left of the Titles boxes. There is an excellent demonstration of this in the fourth of Rosepetal's tutorial videos, located here. [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/2009/12/17/writing-softwareliquid-story-binder-xe-tutorials-part-ii/] You should experiment with creating associated file types, and understanding how they work, in the LSB Example Book; try creating a storyboard for "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or for "Anne of Green Gables." Please note that you do not need to actually use the "Association" menu to create associated file types; if you create an Outline, for example, from the Create menu option on the main horizontal menu bar, and name that Outline "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or any other existing chapter name, that Outline will be automatically associated with the chapter entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles," or whichever existing chapter name you've chosen. Make sure you view the associated files that you've created via the Planner content type, using the View Mode, so you can gain an understanding of how the associated files are sorted and maintained for your use. So, here's the concept, again: '''Chapter Titles are the key to the linking mechanisms that allow LSB XE to sort, maintain and organize significant amounts of data so that you can find it.''' If you accidentally use a title when creating a story scene card in a Storyboard that already exists as a Chapter, when you double-click on that card, the existing chapter will open; LSB will not create a duplicate chapter entry. (Again, see the [[Builders|Builder]] entry for additional information on the exception to this rule). If it helps, you can think of Chapter Titles like Folders in a directory structure; A chapter title is essentially the Folder name, and everything that is identically named, regardless of type of data, is associated with that folder; so, continuing our analogy, and envisioning these associations as filenames and extensions, in that Folder entitled "The Hound of the Baskervilles" will be a The Hound of the Baskervilles.chapter, a The Hound of the Baskervilles.Storyboard, and so forth; as many differing content types as you create. *'''n.b.''' - these "extensions" don't really exist as used here; they are for explicative purposes only. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Examples]] == Norm's LSB 101 == (Taken from Norm's enormously helpful post on the Yahoo Group) ===LSB 101 - A Simple Working Plan - LSB for Dummies=== How to get up and writing with LSB.<br /> Stop chasing around LSB and get to to your writing.<br /> '''Basic writing work flow:''' *Use a [[Planners|Planner]] to create and manage your scenes or chapters *Use Manuscript in Planner to make a manuscript to print or export *Use Manuscript to review [[Project Goals]] Read this whole plan to get a bird's eye view. '''Starting out:''' *Create a new binder (project file), it's best to use one binder for each new story project *Open an existing binder via [[Library]]<br /> '''[[Library]]:'''<br /> *Lists all your active binders *You can add other binders, if not on the the list *Binder on top of the library list opens by default *Move binders up and down list *Click on any binder on list to open it<br /> '''Importing work in progress:'''<br /> *in a word processor, save file as .rtf *set your file up with chapter breaks or scene breaks *auto importing is somewhat limited, you need to research this, not overly clear *manual method, cut and paste, you have full control *create a Note *copy whole document into a [[Notes|Note]] *display this note file on one side of the screen *create a planner for chapters or scenes *create chapter (scene), give it a title (a file name) from note file, select what to copy, chapter or scene paste in chapter created or opened by Planner *this is labour intensive but not too bad *the point is to get your material into LSB in a usable fashion<br /> You can import to a [[Builders|Builder]], but Builders files are internal files and not visible rtf files until built into a chapter (scene) *using this creates a little more work in subsequent steps *best to go with a Planner '''Planning and Organization Tools: not essential for beginners'''<br /> *[[Storyboards|Storyboard]] - manual<br /> *[[Sequences]] - manual<br /> *[[Timelines|Timeline]] - manual<br /> *[[Mindmaps|Mindmap]] - manual<br /> *[[Outlines|Outline]] -manual<br /> Above tools can open other tools but are ''not'' interactive, changes do ''not'' carry through, i.e. moving items about are ''not'' auto-reflected in a Planner or a Builder or a [[Listings|Listing]].<br /> '''[[Listing]] - a useful tool''' *semi-interactive, opens and manages rtf (chapter or scene) files *useful tool<br /> '''Basic Writing Tools: (Planner and Listings)''' *use them to write your scenes or chapters *use them to manage your scenes or chapters *your primary purpose is to get up and writing as early as possible *the whole point is to write your story *this simple plan will get up there *learn and use the following to attain writing momentum *Planner and Listing are the most useful tools at the core of your writing *learn the bells and whistles later<br /> '''Planner''' *the primary tool for your writing, chapters or scenes *creates visible rtf chapter files *displays visible rtf chapter files *add new visible rtf files to planner from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *changes on Planner list are not reflected on Listing list<br /> *management of chapters (scenes included)<br /> write in chapters organize and move chapters about on Planner list work on chapters as a whole *Manuscript <br /> joins chapters to make a printable or exportable manuscript print or export manuscript<br /> *management of scenes (small bits of chapters) <br /> *write scenes (called chapters in Planner) *organize and move scenes about on Planner list *micro-manage scenes *Manuscript <br /> *deselect chapter titles and other options, you choose *makes manuscript with all scenes as individual mini-chapters *leaves white space between items (scenes) that needs cleaning in a word processor *print or export manuscript<br /> '''Listing''' *a good secondary tool *a semi-interactive outline *add rtf files, from Files Listing *opens rtf files for editing, rtf editor *to manage chapters add rtf chapter files to make a chapter list *to manage scenes add rtf scene files (mini-chapters) to make a scenes list *micro-manage scenes *organize and move items about on the list, changes not reflected on Planner List '''Manuscript, same as in Planner''' *will make a manuscript from a list of chapters *will make a manuscript from a list of scenes<br /> '''Note''' *create notes as repositories for supplemental information and items<br /> '''Builder''' *not a necessary tool, optional *internal files, not visible to other tools i.e. Planner, Listing,<br /> '''Files Listing''' *use it to show all your files in the binder<br /> '''Support Tools: (not essential for beginners, adopt as needed)''' *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries|Image Gallery]] *Notes *[[Checklists|Checklist]] *[[Journals|Journal]]<br /> '''Environment Tools:''' *Display - sets colour profiles of Binders, set fonts, etc. *Preference - set preferences *[[Playlists]] - music *Recordings *Workspaces - saves and remembers what is on screen, unlimited options<br /> '''Portability:''' *Can be installed and run entirely from a USB portable drive. *No need to install on any one or multiple computers. *Allows for use on any windows computer; XP, Vista, Windows 7 *Program and files are all in one place, on the portable drive. *There are other ways to be portable, as well.<br /> '''Variability and Flexibility of LSB''' *Most tools in LSB can be used in a variety of ways. *Users are free to set up LSB that works best for them. *Can take one away from the purpose of writing. '''Difficulties with LSB:''' *Learning curve can be steep.(note: maniacal LSB-user laughing at this understatement) *Intimidating - too much to offer. *Uniquely different approach. *Can distract from the purpose of writing. *Actual writing can be usurped by trying to learn LSB. *Takes a while to become comfortable with LSB. *There is no one way to use LSB. *Any way that works is correct. *New users often initially have difficulty formulating a workable process. *No clear or easy starter plan or process to get up and writing. *Lacks a lot of interactivity between Tools. *A lot of manual functions but process is quick and effective.<br /> '''Learning LSB:''' *Learn more *Watch Rosepetals1984 LSB videos on YouTube *Join LSB user group on Yahoo *Experiment to get the results you want *Experiment with features, make a new binder just to play with LSB features *Good support from creator *Be careful so you are not distracted from the purpose of writing<br /> '''Potential and Possibilities:''' *Virtually endless *Virtually limitless Other users may agree or disagree with this plan. The whole point is to get to your writing ASAP. You can easily be sidetracked in LSB. Get to writing fast by using the basic essential tools, i.e Planner, Listings Add other tools and features as needed. I spent weeks going around in circles in LSB and not writing. To write, write, write, write is the primary purpose. Offered by Norm (norm301y) 201f05a9f252edee9b7c23704e1230442233aeb1 0 2 655 614 2011-01-29T23:52:47Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] cb5a5bd3f14c66ea435f860bd2a6b5bfccacdf46 668 655 2011-01-30T15:12:54Z Serpkarl 104 wikitext text/x-wiki ==== ==== <small> e96341279a </small> <small></small> <small></small> <small></small> <small></small> 6fa2ae0b8b802f9700a439b06dae680568f6f624 676 668 2011-01-31T05:15:09Z Deleyna 2 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Serpkarl|Serpkarl]] ([[User talk:Serpkarl|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Deleyna|Deleyna]] wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] cb5a5bd3f14c66ea435f860bd2a6b5bfccacdf46 678 676 2011-02-06T07:57:31Z Deleyna 2 Protected "[[Main Page]]" ([edit=autoconfirmed] (indefinite) [move=autoconfirmed] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] cb5a5bd3f14c66ea435f860bd2a6b5bfccacdf46 679 678 2011-02-10T18:52:51Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. This is a temporary solution until I can get more security on the wiki. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] ae3147cc2fb0fc32d8dd7e069475291c13cb4220 693 679 2013-05-08T23:02:11Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [http://www.plimus.com/jsp/redirect.jsp?contractId=1669225&referrer=Deleyna Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 09f9e955d30d0c7004bbd866f67a397dda4e79cb 695 693 2014-08-21T00:57:21Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/order/product.php?PRODS=4623033&QTY=1&AFFILIATE=63608 Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 0ff846c0afda32f3903cd521d655fa65a68d6dec 696 695 2014-08-21T00:58:47Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=BLACKOBE&AFFILIATE=63608&PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] 8b73c8136fbb814e99b5af22ed3010c3d85548fe 697 696 2016-06-21T11:58:25Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=BLACKOBE&AFFILIATE=63608&PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/contact/ Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]] or join the [http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/Liquid_Story/ User Group]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] da30adacc11d37325b008e4650682753f6381908 698 697 2019-06-08T19:03:33Z Deleyna 2 /* Wondering where to start? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=BLACKOBE&AFFILIATE=63608&PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/contact/ Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[Category:Directory]] d0d125806721f8370859cb737bf0a7dacfad2cef 699 698 2019-06-08T19:07:43Z Deleyna 2 /* Looking for the Directory? */ wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=BLACKOBE&AFFILIATE=63608&PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/contact/ Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[:Category:Directory]] 7c8797a062ae065579f9eab69499917777c2f8d1 769 699 2022-10-04T16:35:36Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder is software for Writers, created by [https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=BLACKOBE&AFFILIATE=63608&PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.blackobelisksoftware.com Black Obelisk Software]. Note: due to recent vandalism, you will need to create an account in order to contribute to the wiki. Additional captchas have been added after continuing vandalism. Users vandalizing entries will be banned without warning. If you feel you have been banned in error, feel free to use the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/email-deleyna.html Deleyna.com]. == Want to help? == Due to the ongoing vandalism, new user registration is disabled. Send a request through the contact page on [http://deleyna.com/contact/ Deleyna.com] and we'll get you set up with an account. == Wondering where to start? == Try some [[Tutorials]]. You can also check out this article on [[Getting Started]] or the different [[Examples]]. ---- == Looking for the Directory? == Go to the [[:Category:Directory]] == Looking for an alternative? == Check out [https://worldanvil.pxf.io/c/1442520/732161/10846 World Anvil]. (Note: affiliate link) c070b7a7f2620d1aa86860bc0f5cbbe9dfb6f2f8 0 111 680 601 2011-04-22T16:47:47Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://friendlystars.dreamwidth.org/21769.html] is a link to inpariswithyou (Matt)'s blog with some very nice tips. Especially if you work with large projects like series. *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] *[http://www.youtube.com/user/Cybertommy2009 Cybertommy2009's Video Tutorials] 6bc188bcfbd7965d0fc6eccb525aafcb479350cd 686 680 2012-10-22T18:09:23Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://friendlystars.dreamwidth.org/21769.html] is a link to inpariswithyou (Matt)'s blog with some very nice tips. Especially if you work with large projects like series. *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] *[http://www.youtube.com/user/Cybertommy2009 Cybertommy2009's Video Tutorials] *[http://notenoughwords.wordpress.com/2009/10/24/liquid-story-binder-tutorial-part-1-setting-up-for-brainstorming/ "Not Enough Words" Tutorial] bdc41ed99e369841aa58dcbede55e371ae84ceb4 694 686 2013-05-20T23:37:57Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://friendlystars.dreamwidth.org/21769.html] is a link to inpariswithyou (Matt)'s blog with some very nice tips. Especially if you work with large projects like series. *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] *[http://www.youtube.com/user/Cybertommy2009 Cybertommy2009's Video Tutorials] *[http://notenoughwords.wordpress.com/2009/10/24/liquid-story-binder-tutorial-part-1-setting-up-for-brainstorming/ "Not Enough Words" Tutorial] *[https://www.facebook.com/LiquidStoryBinderXe Facebook User Group] 3fdb198836f2d439a0ffcd9352ad442026d3edb2 768 694 2021-04-13T04:25:18Z Deleyna 2 /* Additional Tutorials */ wikitext text/x-wiki The complete manual for Liquid Story Binder (LSB), available in either html or pdf (downloadable and printable) format, is found here.[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/manual.html] The manual is useful in locating specific information, for example, "how do I create a [[Line notes | line note]]?," and less so with regard to learning the how's and why's of using LSB. There are a variety of tutorials available for Liquid Story Binder XE (v. 4.71 as of the writing of this wiki entry). LSB itself provides a set of tutorials[http://www.blackobelisksoftware.com/tutorials.html], which may not be quite as clear as beginning users might wish. Another set of tutorials, in video form, are available from Rose (aka rosepetals) on her blog, ''Media Through Rose-tinted Glasses'' [http://rosepetals19.wordpress.com/]. You can also find these video tutorials by searching for the Liquid Story Binder channel on Youtube. As of this writing, these are widely considered to be the most useful learning tools for LSB, particularly for beginners. [[Category:Directory]] == The Infamous Rosepetals' Tutorials == The most useful tutorials on the web--or, for that matter, in print--are located, as referenced above, on the Rosepetals1984 website, Writing Through Rose-tinted Glasses. The entire list is shown on this page [http://en.wordpress.com/tag/liquid-story-binder-xe/]. You can also search for "Liquid Story Binder" on Youtube and find the videos there or [http://www.youtube.com/user/Rosepetals1984#p/u Click Here]. Sequentially, Rose's tutorials are as follows: [http://rosepetals1984.wordpress.com/2010/10/08/writing-liquid-story-binder-tutorials-creating-a-binder-and-general-orientation/ Creating a Binder and General Orientation] [[Category:Directory]] == Additional Tutorials == *[http://friendlystars.dreamwidth.org/21769.html] is a link to inpariswithyou (Matt)'s blog with some very nice tips. Especially if you work with large projects like series. *[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8sdi1Ioiqo&feature=player_embedded Character Generator] *[http://www.youtube.com/user/Cybertommy2009 Cybertommy2009's Video Tutorials] *[http://notenoughwords.wordpress.com/2009/10/24/liquid-story-binder-tutorial-part-1-setting-up-for-brainstorming/ "Not Enough Words" Tutorial] bdc41ed99e369841aa58dcbede55e371ae84ceb4 0 256 681 2011-08-03T16:05:00Z Deleyna 2 How to edit the Hotkeys wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder allows you to change the shortcut keys associated with individual menu items. From the main 'Tools' menu, choose 'Hotkey Editor'. Begin by searching for an existing assignment of your preferred hotkey. In the 'Key Search' box, type in hotkey to be changed. If the key has already been assigned, remove the association using the lower most edit box found directly above the 'Save Changes to Hotkeys' button. Select the hotkey text and delete. Use the 'Item Search' box to quickly locate a desired menu option. Having selected the menu item you wish to change, manually input the new keystrokes in the edit box located below the Hotkey listing. Combine keys using the plus sign. For instance: SHIFT+R or SHIFT+CTRL+ENTER. Specialized Shortcut Keywords: SHIFT ALT CTRL ENTER SPACE TAB DEL INS UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT Click the 'Save Changes to Hotkeys' button to apply any changes. Use the 'Hotkey Presets' box to return all shortcuts back to their original settings. (Thank you to Alexis Franco for this write up!) [[category:Directory]] 6be09debdeb3b6cea1f9a16246a00264b6f6be63 682 681 2011-08-03T16:08:32Z Deleyna 2 How to edit the Hotkeys wikitext text/x-wiki Liquid Story Binder allows you to change the shortcut keys associated with individual menu items. From the main 'Tools' menu, choose 'Hotkey Editor'. Begin by searching for an existing assignment of your preferred hotkey. In the 'Key Search' box, type in hotkey to be changed. If the key has already been assigned, remove the association using the lower most edit box found directly above the 'Save Changes to Hotkeys' button. Select the hotkey text and delete. Use the 'Item Search' box to quickly locate a desired menu option. Having selected the menu item you wish to change, manually input the new keystrokes in the edit box located below the Hotkey listing. Combine keys using the plus sign. For instance: SHIFT+R or SHIFT+CTRL+ENTER. Specialized Shortcut Keywords: * SHIFT * ALT * CTRL * ENTER * SPACE * TAB * DEL * INS * UP * DOWN * LEFT * RIGHT Click the 'Save Changes to Hotkeys' button to apply any changes. Use the 'Hotkey Presets' box to return all shortcuts back to their original settings. (Thank you to Alexis Franco for this write up!) [[category:Directory]] f5ca1debad98c1087b2487c61d55ac926e04f6b2 0 257 683 2011-11-05T00:47:08Z Deleyna 2 Created page with "It is possible to install language packs into LSB so that you can work in other languages. A user reported that this caused the interface language to change to the other languag..." wikitext text/x-wiki It is possible to install language packs into LSB so that you can work in other languages. A user reported that this caused the interface language to change to the other language. Here is his write up on how to fix it: For those interested: I have renamed <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\_Menu Captions.ini> to <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\Menu Captions.ini> - after renaming the unwanted Menu Captions.ini into something else. Note that on a 32-bit Windows system the default path would be <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\> (without the " (x86)"). The topic '''is''' described in the Help file, under "Translating Liquid Story Binder XE". It just must come to a non-native-English-speaker (like me) to look for "caption" or "translate" instead of "menu" or "language". Thank you to Chris Laarman for these instructions! 757574437876ba4f4ccebac0151612319739ae99 684 683 2011-11-05T00:48:23Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki It is possible to install language packs into LSB so that you can work in other languages. A user reported that this caused the interface language to change to the other language. Here is his write up on how to fix it: For those interested: I have renamed <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\_Menu Captions.ini> to <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\Menu Captions.ini> - after renaming the unwanted Menu Captions.ini into something else. Note that on a 32-bit Windows system the default path would be <c:\Program Files (x86)\Liquid Story Binder XE\Captions\> (without the " (x86)"). The topic '''is''' described in the Help file, under "Translating Liquid Story Binder XE". It just must come to a non-native-English-speaker (like me) to look for "caption" or "translate" instead of "menu" or "language". Thank you to Chris Laarman for these instructions! [[category: directory]] b2fd7f9024e190f9d3be5e4daf80e13474e2bf99 0 114 685 228 2012-05-26T05:18:40Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This page has links to all of the LSB XE File Types, for convenience: *[[Backups]] *[[Builders]] *[[Chapters]] *[[Checklists]] * Contrasts -- not written yet *[[Dossiers]] *[[Galleries]] *[[Images]] *[[Journals]] *[[Listings]] *[[Mindmaps]] *[[Notes]] *[[Outlines]] *[[Planners]] *[[Playlists]] *[[Sequences]] *[[Storyboards]] *[[Timelines]] [[Category:Directory|File Types]] 2ce5de958bb0f667890cd78f36262deb652e4aca 0 258 687 2012-10-28T08:11:01Z PaperBack 116 Linux compatibility wikitext text/x-wiki == ''''' Set up instructions: Running Liquid Story Binder in Ubuntu/Debian derived distribution like Mint. ''''' == === Running with a KDE Graphical Interface === *Install WINE from the synaptic package manager. *Download LSB, right click and choose to install in WINE *Copy the entire "Liquid Story Binder XE" folder from the C: drive (it's located in the .wine folder as a hidden file inside the /home folder. Linux Mint has a handy "Show hidden files" button on the file manager, so use that or look for it in the options or toolbar. *Paste the entire "Liquid Story Binder XE" folder in the Desktop or any other folder like /home for example. *Now you can access it from there by right clicking Liquid Story Binder XE.exe and opening with WINE. For some of you once it's on the Desktop, it might work by simply clicking on it like normal. *When I moved it , it started a new database of the files so all I had to do was link it to my Dropbox folder. In there I had I had a backup of my LSB files (and you should too). *To link to your Dropbox folder or another folder on your computer you should: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Add Existing Library -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want *Alternatively set up a new Binder from scratch: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Create New Binder -> Enter the Title of the binder and select a "Parent Folder for your new Binder" by clicking on the button to right of it that has the three dots "..." then -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want === ''''' Running while Dual booting Windows and Ubuntu, and using a Gnome Graphical Interface ''''' === *Install LSB on the Windows partition. *When you want to use it in Ubuntu, I locate the .exe file using Nautilus, right click, and pick "Open with WINE." *To link to your Dropbox folder or another folder on your computer you should: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Add Existing Library -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want *Alternatively set up a new Binder from scratch: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Create New Binder -> Enter the Title of the binder and select a "Parent Folder for your new Binder" by clicking on the button to right of it that has the three dots "..." then -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want === Flickering/blinking issue === It seems to be working fine. Other than a minor blinking/flickering issue. It depends on your hardware and software. Let me describe how it works. When I begin typing about 2 words of a sentence, the words blink but it's hardly noticeable. Just the words not the rest of the program. Then if I keep writing a long sentence it does not blink at all. Basically as long as I keep typing continuously I don't see any blinking. If you are writing a novel you are going to be typing long strings of text, so it should be fine. Additionally I would like to note that this issue happens to some Windows users as well, and your experience may vary. === Advanced Features === I have not used the advanced features yet, but I'll report on them as I use them. I'm just starting out writing on it. Give me some time. === Other non-Debian/Ubuntu distributions === I can't verify that LSB will run on other distributions, other than perhaps Debian. Debian is what Ubuntu is based out of. Try adapting these instructions and if you get it to work, post it on the LSB Yahoo Group to help others. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:File Linux]] fc441c918d76a0916958164db46d88f6c2cd42d0 689 687 2012-10-28T08:14:20Z PaperBack 116 wikitext text/x-wiki == ''''' Set up instructions: Running Liquid Story Binder in Ubuntu/Debian derived distribution like Mint. ''''' == === Running with a KDE Graphical Interface === *Install WINE from the synaptic package manager. *Download LSB, right click and choose to install in WINE *Copy the entire "Liquid Story Binder XE" folder from the C: drive (it's located in the .wine folder as a hidden file inside the /home folder. Linux Mint has a handy "Show hidden files" button on the file manager, so use that or look for it in the options or toolbar. *Paste the entire "Liquid Story Binder XE" folder in the Desktop or any other folder like /home for example. *Now you can access it from there by right clicking Liquid Story Binder XE.exe and opening with WINE. For some of you once it's on the Desktop, it might work by simply clicking on it like normal. *When I moved it , it started a new database of the files so all I had to do was link it to my Dropbox folder. In there I had I had a backup of my LSB files (and you should too). *To link to your Dropbox folder or another folder on your computer you should: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Add Existing Library -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want *Alternatively set up a new Binder from scratch: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Create New Binder -> Enter the Title of the binder and select a "Parent Folder for your new Binder" by clicking on the button to right of it that has the three dots "..." then -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want === ''''' Running while Dual booting Windows and Ubuntu, and using a Gnome Graphical Interface ''''' === *Install LSB on the Windows partition. *When you want to use it in Ubuntu, I locate the .exe file using Nautilus, right click, and pick "Open with WINE." *To link to your Dropbox folder or another folder on your computer you should: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Add Existing Library -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want *Alternatively set up a new Binder from scratch: Click Library -> View Library -> Binder -> Create New Binder -> Enter the Title of the binder and select a "Parent Folder for your new Binder" by clicking on the button to right of it that has the three dots "..." then -> Browse your directory tree and choose any folder you want === Flickering/blinking issue === It seems to be working fine. Other than a minor blinking/flickering issue. It depends on your hardware and software. Let me describe how it works. When I begin typing about 2 words of a sentence, the words blink but it's hardly noticeable. Just the words not the rest of the program. Then if I keep writing a long sentence it does not blink at all. Basically as long as I keep typing continuously I don't see any blinking. If you are writing a novel you are going to be typing long strings of text, so it should be fine. Additionally I would like to note that this issue happens to some Windows users as well, and your experience may vary. === Advanced Features === I have not used the advanced features yet, but I'll report on them as I use them. I'm just starting out writing on it. Give me some time. === Other non-Debian/Ubuntu distributions === I can't verify that LSB will run on other distributions, other than perhaps Debian. Debian is what Ubuntu is based out of. Try adapting these instructions and if you get it to work, post it on the LSB Yahoo Group to help others. [[Category:Directory]] [[Category:Linux]] ee6f0d84d1703ce69589addd02ed4e2cb56f65dc 14 260 690 2012-10-28T08:14:42Z PaperBack 116 Created page with "Running Liquid Story Binder on the open source operating system Linux" wikitext text/x-wiki Running Liquid Story Binder on the open source operating system Linux 6296b0eb4421c1f4a9ae649b8ce69fed0e76655e 0 261 691 2013-04-17T04:02:28Z Deleyna 2 Created page with "This program is downloadable and installable -- and it is small. The down-side is that occasionally, something just goes wrong. If you find yourself dealing with "weirdness"..." wikitext text/x-wiki This program is downloadable and installable -- and it is small. The down-side is that occasionally, something just goes wrong. If you find yourself dealing with "weirdness", the first option is to re-install the program. Yes, you'll need to reload your binders that are stored in the "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder, but this quick re-installation step has solved many many problems. The most recent one I've heard of was an installation that would only open up chapters for external editing. The program isn't supposed to do that, but somehow, something had gone horribly wrong. The user re-installed the program and everything was fine. When in doubt and dealing with "weirdness" -- reinstall. Preferably from a fresh download. bb65645c0b916e8eb74ec1964ee6af7d9d81c619 692 691 2013-04-17T04:03:04Z Deleyna 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This program is downloadable and installable -- and it is small. The down-side is that occasionally, something just goes wrong. If you find yourself dealing with "weirdness", the first option is to re-install the program. Yes, you'll need to reload your binders that are stored in the "My Liquid Story Binder XE" folder, but this quick re-installation step has solved many many problems. The most recent one I've heard of was an installation that would only open up chapters for external editing. The program isn't supposed to do that, but somehow, something had gone horribly wrong. The user re-installed the program and everything was fine. When in doubt and dealing with "weirdness" -- reinstall. Preferably from a fresh download. [[category:Directory]] 2f6be4b6ab844d21b7c6d7a23adaaeb9b9cc9c88